When the ethtool command is used to set the speed of the device while
the device is down, the check to set the initial mode may fail when
the device is brought up, causing failure to bring the device up.
Update the code to set the initial mode based on the desired speed if
auto-negotiation is disabled.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The device private data structure contains all the defined hardware
features for the device. However one of the features is not set. Even
though the feature is not currently used, set it to avoid future
issues of the feature being checked thinking it has been properly set.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* enable channel 144 on 5 GHz
* enable Adaptive Noise Immunity (ANI) by default
* add Wake on Wireless LAN (WOW) patterns support
* add basic Tunneled Direct Link Setup (TDLS) support
* add multi-channel support for QCA6174
* enable IBSS RSN support
* enable Bluetooth Coexistance whenever firmware supports it
* add more versatile way to set bitrates used by the firmware
ath9k:
* spectral scan: add support for multiple FFT frames per report
iwlwifi:
* major rework of the scan code (Luca)
* some work on the thermal code (Chaya Rachel)
* some work on the firwmare debugging infrastructure
brcmfmac:
* SDIO suspend and resume fixes
* wiphy band info and changes in regulatory settings
* add support for BCM4324 SDIO and BCM4358 PCIe
* enable support of PCIe devices on router platforms (Hante)
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.11 (GNU/Linux)
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJVXbP3AAoJEG4XJFUm622b5KoH/1qlTHsKcyvdxlhQOgYNGCXA
HNMwcxtwFyRYHFeVTGOQp2BVknEoqWTwGv1m4FQ1pBSSwuUvAyw4BHNSRat/zaNc
wLnZgUYKH5VHeoE/cpe/Asowau+u8hru1adPsVSjudTXMinKrNaDUfjSs2U+UR0+
BaC3PtsANk7wH82+bZq3qXYjcaZITObDe3WBmMNMG0nTimS6pScgnTUnfHch+CEA
0sTOlZF+QTGiH/c5tw2SAoRft4OG+oTnWYQ+vEEQsVev7Yegasa/kg4NdDVdjBNk
9VH9aDlQfGgxodCoeJuQCDzUZL8ixnvYTLeUTxqypzx9Cw0TsLDwoMQA+Ux3G8w=
=JSya
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'wireless-drivers-next-for-davem-2015-05-21' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvalo/wireless-drivers-next
Kalle Valo says:
====================
ath10k:
* enable channel 144 on 5 GHz
* enable Adaptive Noise Immunity (ANI) by default
* add Wake on Wireless LAN (WOW) patterns support
* add basic Tunneled Direct Link Setup (TDLS) support
* add multi-channel support for QCA6174
* enable IBSS RSN support
* enable Bluetooth Coexistance whenever firmware supports it
* add more versatile way to set bitrates used by the firmware
ath9k:
* spectral scan: add support for multiple FFT frames per report
iwlwifi:
* major rework of the scan code (Luca)
* some work on the thermal code (Chaya Rachel)
* some work on the firwmare debugging infrastructure
brcmfmac:
* SDIO suspend and resume fixes
* wiphy band info and changes in regulatory settings
* add support for BCM4324 SDIO and BCM4358 PCIe
* enable support of PCIe devices on router platforms (Hante)
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the limitation that disallows configuring single ported VFs
in the presence of IB ports, after addressing the issues that
prevented that to work.
SMI (QP0) requests/responses are still not supported for single
ported IB VFs.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It's legal for drivers to provide the QP port through the
QPC schedule-queue field on the reset-to-init QP state change.
Add adjusting of the schedule queue port in the SRIOV wrapper
for that operation too.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some VF drivers flow set the schedule queue in the QP context but
without setting none of OPTPAR_SCHED_QUEUE or OPTPAR_PRIMARY_ADDR_PATH.
To allow for such non-modified drivers to function as single ported
IB VFs, we must adjust the schedule queue port whenever being set,
e.g as currently done for single ported Eth VFs.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As part of enabling single ported VFs over IB ports we need to handle
some of the flows for generting EQ events for VFs which don't come
into play under Eth ports.
This mainly includes port management events derived from changes of the
phyiscal port (lid change, client re-register, down/up, etc), VF pkey table
changes and VF guid changes initiated by the IB driver.
(1) make sure that events are generated only for VFs sitting on
the relevant physical port (under the ALL_SLAVES flow).
(2) before generating the event, convert from physical (one or two)
to VF port (always equals one).
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Single port VFs always provide port = 1 (even if the actual physical
port used is port 2). As such, we need to convert the port provided
by the VF to the physical port before calling into the firmware.
It turns out that the Linux mlx4 VF RoCE driver maintains a copy of
the GID table and hence this change became critical only for single
ported IB VFs, but it could be needed for other RoCE VF drivers too.
Fixes: 449fc48866 ('net/mlx4: Adapt code for N-Port VF')
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/cadence/macb.c
drivers/net/phy/phy.c
include/linux/skbuff.h
net/ipv4/tcp.c
net/switchdev/switchdev.c
Switchdev was a case of RTNH_H_{EXTERNAL --> OFFLOAD}
renaming overlapping with net-next changes of various
sorts.
phy.c was a case of two changes, one adding a local
variable to a function whilst the second was removing
one.
tcp.c overlapped a deadlock fix with the addition of new tcp_info
statistic values.
macb.c involved the addition of two zyncq device entries.
skbuff.h involved adding back ipv4_daddr to nf_bridge_info
whilst net-next changes put two other existing members of
that struct into a union.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
According to the Zynq TRM, gigabit half duplex is not supported. Add a
new cap and compatible string so Zynq can avoid advertising that mode.
Signed-off-by: Nathan Sullivan <nathan.sullivan@ni.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The tx_curr_frame_payload field is u32. When we try to calculate a
small negative delta based on it, we end up with a positive integer
close to 2^32 instead. So the tx_bytes pointer increases by about
2^32 for every transmitted frame.
Fix by calculating the delta as a signed long.
Cc: Ben Hutchings <ben.hutchings@codethink.co.uk>
Reported-by: Florian Bruhin <me@the-compiler.org>
Fixes: 7a1e890e21 ("usbnet: Fix tx_bytes statistic running backward in cdc_ncm")
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some firmware revisions pad 4th hw address in
Native Wifi Rx decap. This is the case with 10.x
and it was assumed that this is true for all
firmware images.
However QCA988X with 999.999.0.636 and QCA61X4
with WLAN.RM.2.0-00088 don't have the padding.
Hence add a feature flag indicating that the
padding isn't present so firmware images can
advertise it appropriately. This way driver will
behave as it was before with old firmware blobs
and doesn't cause any regressions from user
perspective.
Effectively this patch enables QCA988X with
999.999.0.636 and QCA61X4 with WLAN.RM.2.0-00088
to set up client bridging provided user has an
updated firmware blob.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
By using SOC_WAKE register it is possible to bring
down power consumption of QCA61X4 from 36mA to
16mA when associated and idle.
Currently the sleep threshold/grace period is at a
very conservative value of 60ms.
Contrary to QCA61X4 the QCA988X firmware doesn't
have Rx/beacon filtering available for client mode
and SWBA events are used for beaconing in AP/IBSS
so the SoC needs to be woken up at least every
~100ms in most cases. This means that QCA988X
is at a disadvantage and the power consumption
won't drop as much as for QCA61X4.
Due to putting irq-safe spinlocks on every MMIO
read/write it is expected this can cause a little
performance regression on some systems. I haven't
done any thorough measurements but some of my
tests don't show any extreme degradation.
The patch removes some explicit pci_wake calls
that were added in 320e14b8db51aa ("ath10k: fix
some pci wake/sleep issues"). This is safe because
all MMIO accesses are now wrapped and the device
is woken up automatically if necessary.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
mac80211 can update vif powersave state while
disconnected. Firmware doesn't behave nicely and
consumes more power than necessary if PS is
disabled on a non-started vdev. Hence
force-enable PS for non-running vdevs.
This reduces power drain on QCA61X4 from 88mA to
36mA when interface is up and not associated.
QCA988X wasn't measured.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
It is actually safe to enable ASPM after the
device is booted up.
This reduces power drain of QCA61X4 when driver is
simply loaded (no interface is up) from 31mA to
14mA. QCA988X wasn't measured but doesn't seem to
regress in any other way.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Fix format specifier used for dma_addr_t, namely use %pad
Debug print virtual address for the same buffer as well.
Fixes: dc16427bbe ("wil6210: Add pmc debug mechanism memory management")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
* fix bad APMG configuration for 8000 (no AMPG on these devices)
* fix MAC address assignment for 8000
* fix firmware debugging triggers (MLME)
* fix several bugs in low power states code (net-detect,
d0i3)
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=bz0b
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'iwlwifi-for-kalle-2015-05-21' of https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/iwlwifi/iwlwifi-fixes
* fix firmware name and other things to enable 3165
* fix bad APMG configuration for 8000 (no AMPG on these devices)
* fix MAC address assignment for 8000
* fix firmware debugging triggers (MLME)
* fix several bugs in low power states code (net-detect,
d0i3)
Since the caller already check the presence of a of_node there
is no need to repeat the check in stmmac_probe_config_dt.
There is also no point in checking the return value of the
of_match_device function since if there wasn't match in the
first place we would never be in this function.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since stmmac_dvr_probe takes care of setting driver data and
assign resources to the priv structure there is no need to
access the priv structure from the other probe functions.
This mean that this function can be changed into just return
an int and thus simplifying the callers.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Creat a struct that contain all the resources that needs to be
assigned to the priv struct in stmmac_dvr_probe. This makes it
possible to factor out more common code from the other probe
functions and also use this struct to hold the resources as
they are fetched.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move setting of driver data into stmmac_dvr_probe so the
other probe functions don't have to. This will help to
simplify the other probe functions later.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove some T4/T5 registers that were included incorrectly.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a set_mac_address() NIC-type function for EF10 only, and
use this to set the MAC address on the vadaptor. For Siena and
earlier, the MAC address continues to be set by MC_CMD_SET_MAC;
this is still called on EF10, and including a MAC address in
this command has no effect.
The sriov_mac_address_changed() NIC-type function is no longer
needed on EF10, but it is needed for Siena where it is used to
update the peer address of the PF for VFDI. Change this to use
the new set_mac_address function pointer.
efx_ef10_sriov_mac_address_changed() is no longer called, as VFs
will try to change the MAC address on their vadaptor rather than
trying to change to the context of the PF to alter the vport.
When a VF is running in direct passthrough mode with MAC spoofing
enabled, it will be able to change the MAC address on its vadaptor.
In this case, there is a link to the PF, so find the correct VF in
its ef10_vf array and update the MAC address.
ndo_set_mac_address() can be called during driver unload while
bonding, and in this case the device has already been stopped, so
don't call efx_net_open() to restart it after reconfiguration.
efx->port_enabled is set to false in efx_stop_port(), so it is
indicator of whether the device needs to be restarted.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Exercised with
"ip link set <PF intf> vf <vf_i> state {auto|enable|disable}"
Sets the reporting policy for VF link state to either
- mirror physical link state
- always up
- always down
get VF link state mode in efx_ef10_sriov_get_vf_config
Exercised by
"ip link show <PF intf>";
output will include a line like
vf 0 MAC 12:34:56:78:9a:bc, link-state auto
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The max vlan tags that can be offloaded is 2, including any upstream VLAN
aggregator. Currently there is no way for the net driver to know whether
the upstream vswitch (if any) is using vlan tags, so there is no way to
know how many tags we can request.
Along with the implementation for the ndo_set_vf_vlan callback, this patch
also adds 2 VLAN tags for the driver created VEB switch if possible, that
way it is possible to offload as many tags as are allowed.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently we do an entity reset when we detect an MC reboot.
This messes up SRIOV because it leaves VFs orphaned. The extra
reset is rather redundant anyway, since the MC reboot will have
basically reset everything.
This change replaces the entity reset after MC reboot with a
simpler datapath reset that reallocates resources but doesn't
perform the entity reset.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rtnetlink calls ndo_get_vf_config when compiling information
about a network interface, so that the VFs associated with a PF
can be listed (eg: ip link show).
Implement a response to this entry point and return PF-set MAC
address for VF in ndo_get_vf_config
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement a response to this entrypoint.
The ndo_set_vf_mac() entrypoint is only exposed in the driver if
CONFIG_SFC_SRIOV is defined.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to avoid MC bugs the flags field needs to be set to 0.
Instead of explicitly clearing out the flags individually, a
better way to do this is to memset the MCDI_BUF to 0.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A VF's MAC address is set by its parent PF and added to its vport.
To get this MAC address, the VF must use MC_CMD_ VPORT_GET_MAC_ADDRESSES.
In the current scheme, a VF's vport should only have one MAC address,
so warn if this is not the case.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If MCDI timeouts are encountered during efx_ef10_filter_table_remove(),
an FLR will be queued, but efx->filter_state will still be kfree()d.
The queued FLR will then call efx_ef10_filter_table_restore(), which
will try to use efx->filter_state. This previously caused a panic.
This patch adds an rwsem to protect the existence of efx->filter_state,
separately from the spinlock protecting its contents. Users which can
race against efx_ef10_filter_table_remove() should down_read this rwsem.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Initialised in efx_probe_vf and removal is dealt with in
efx_ef10_remove.
vf->efx is needed in future patches to change the MAC address
of the VF via the parent PF, while the driver is bound to the
VF.
Example: ip link set dev vf NUM mac LLADDR
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Otherwise the PF and VF can disagree on the VF's MAC address and
this leads to strange behaviour, up to and including kernel panics.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added function efx_ef10_get_vf_index to store the vf_index
in nic_data during probe
vf_index is needed in future patches to access a particular
VF in the VF data structure.
Moved efx_ef10_probe_pf and efx_ef10_probe_vf in order to
used efx_ef10_remove
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MC_CMD_SET_MAC is privileged and can only by called by the link
control function.
This patch adds efx_ef10_mac_reconfigure_vf which avoids the call
to MC_CMD_SET_MAC by the Virtual function
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is one primary function per adaptor, one link control function
per port and the rest as categorised as general.
This patch adds privileges to the MCDI commands based on which
functions are allowed to call them.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This also matches with the sibling call netdev_alloc_skb_ip_align() made in
rx fast path.
Signed-off-by: Vineet Gupta <vgupta@synopsys.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
30 usecs (or really, 1 jiffy) can go by pretty fast.
Move the set of the timeout immediately before the loop.
Remove the unnecessary max(1ul, usecs_to_jiffies(30)) as
usecs_to_jiffies with a non-zero constant is guaranteed
to be non-zero.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The motivation for this is that rocker_port_internal_vlan_id_{get,put} appear
to only partially implement the transaction model: memory allocation
and freeing is transactional, but hash and bitmap manipulation is not.
The latter could be fixed, however, as it is not currently exercised
due to trans always being SWITCHDEV_TRANS_NONE it seems cleaner
to make rocker_port_internal_vlan_id_get non-transactional.
This problem was introduced by c4f20321d9 ("rocker: support
prepare-commit transaction model").
Found by inspection.
I do not believe that this change should have any run-time effect.
Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rocker_port_ipv4_nh() and in turn rocker_port_ipv4_neigh() may be
be called with trans == SWITCHDEV_TRANS_PREPARE and then
trans == SWITCHDEV_TRANS_COMMIT from switchdev_port_obj_set() via
fib_table_insert().
The first time that rocker_port_ipv4_nh() is called, with
trans == SWITCHDEV_TRANS_PREPARE, _rocker_neigh_add() adds a new entry to
the neigh table.
And the second time rocker_port_ipv4_nh() is called, with
trans == SWITCHDEV_TRANS_COMMIT, that entry is found. This causes
rocker_port_ipv4_nh() to believe it is not adding an entry and thus it
frees "entry", which is still present in rocker driver's neigh table.
This problem does not appear to affect deletion as my analysis is that
deletion is always performed with trans == SWITCHDEV_TRANS_NONE.
For completeness _rocker_neigh_{add,del,prepare} are updated not to
manipulate fib table entries if trans == SWITCHDEV_TRANS_PREPARE.
Fixes: c4f20321d9 ("rocker: support prepare-commit transaction model")
Reported-by: Toshiaki Makita <makita.toshiaki@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the generic mechanism to declare a bitmap instead of unsigned long.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
qos_seq points (to a struct) inside the command response data.
Make sure to free the response only after qos_seq is not
needed anymore.
Reported-by: Heng Luo <heng.luo@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
There are buses that can't handle ASYNC command without
copying them. Duplicate the host command instead.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Take the MAC address from the OTP even if one is present in
the NVM, if that MAC address happens to be a reserved one.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
fw_status is the only pointer pointing to a block of memory
allocated above and should be freed after use.
Note: this come from Klockwork static analyzer.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org [3.19+]
Fixes: 2021a89d7b ("iwlwifi: mvm: treat netdetect wake up separately")
Signed-off-by: Haim Dreyfuss <haim.dreyfuss@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Since firmware version 0.2 we use AACK handling directly in the firmware.
Inform the stack that the hardware supports and uses it.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Together with mainlining the driver we released a first public binary version
of the device firmware. This is version 0.2. With this change we warn users
who run outdated versions of the firmware. While we have not seen problems
with it yet (thus no error, but a warning only) it would be better to run the
released and tested firmware. You can find released versions here:
http://downloads.qi-hardware.com/people/werner/wpan/web/
Signed-off-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This is an alternative way of fixing:
commit db9683fb41 ("net: phy: Make sure PHY_RESUMING state change
is always processed")
When the PHY state transitions from PHY_HALTED to PHY_RESUMING, there are
two things we need to do:
1). Re-enable interrupts (and power up the physical link, if powered down)
2). Update the PHY state and net-device based on the link status.
There's no strict reason why #1 has to be done from within the main
phy_state_machine() function. There is a risk that other changes to the
PHY (e.g. setting speed/duplex, which calls phy_start_aneg()) could cause
a subsequent state transition before phy_state_machine() has processed
the PHY_RESUMING state change. This would leave the PHY with interrupts
disabled and/or still in the BMCR_PDOWN/low-power mode.
Moving enabling the interrupts and phy_resume() into phy_start() will
guarantee this work always gets done. As the PHY is already in the HALTED
state and interrupts are disabled, it shouldn't conflict with any work
being done in phy_state_machine(). The downside of this change is that if
the PHY_RESUMING state is ever entered from anywhere else, it'll also have
to repeat this work.
Signed-off-by: Tim Beale <tim.beale@alliedtelesis.co.nz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch add missing values for at86rf212 ed level values. Currently
there are 15 values and the register setting supports 16 different ed
level values.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Craig Younkins <craig@freshtemp.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
replace ntoh{s,l} and hton{s,l} calls with the generic byteorder in
cxgb4/t4_hw.c file
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The hwmon interface in the be2net driver causes a link error when
be2net is built-in while the hwmon subsystem is a loadable module:
drivers/built-in.o: In function `be_probe':
drivers/net/ethernet/emulex/benet/be_main.c:5761: undefined reference to `devm_hwmon_device_register_with_groups'
This adds a new Kconfig symbol, following the example of multiple
other drivers that have the same problem. The new CONFIG_BE2NET_HWMON
will not be available when (BE2NET=y && HWMON=m) to avoid this
problem.
We have to also mark be_hwmon_show_temp as 'static' to ensure the
compiler can optimize out all the unused code.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Fixes: 29e9122b3a ("be2net: Export board temperature using hwmon-sysfs interface.")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch just cleanups the code at several places.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch will add async xmit support for the fakelb driver.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch cleanups the fakelb_hw_deliver function by removing them.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds reset defaults for the fakelb phy. I used the channel 13
and page 0 which is the same default like at86rf233.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds an own phy attribute for page and channel into
fakelb_phy. The current way is to use the internal mac802154 stored phy
pib values which can occur in locking issues while using it inside the
driver layer.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch introduce a fakelb ifup phys list, which stores all
registered phys which are in an operated mode. This will reduce the
iterations of non-operated phys while transmit frames. There exists two
locks now, one rwlock for the operated interfaces and the spinlock for
protecting the list for all registered virtual phys.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The list need to be protected while iteration which is need when other
list iterates at the same time over this list.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch moves the fakelb list of all registered phy's in a static
declaration in the fakelb driver.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch moves the rwlock declarition into a static variable.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
A real phy don't transmit the transmitted frame back to the phy. This
behaviour will confuse the 6LoWPAN and the upper IPv6 neighbour
discovery cache. We need now at least two virtual phy's to creating a
virtual wpan network.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch renames fakelb_dev_priv to fakelb_phy. We don't faking
devices here, we fake wpan phys. This avoids also confusing with the
variable priv, which is used several times in this driver to represent
this structure.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Iterate and removing items from a list, we should use
list_for_each_entry_safe instead list_for_each_entry to avoid accidents
by removing.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch change the default virtual wpan phys of fakelb driver from
one to two. To have one virtual phy makes no sense, because it need at
least two virtual phy's to speak to each other.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds support for the atusb transceiver.
The current driver supports basic functionality only. Possible further
tasks would be to sync functionality with the at86rf230 driver, because
the atusb use internally an at86rf231 transceiver. Some of these
features need a firmware update like AACK and ARET handling.
I did small changes to this driver to work with xmit_async callback and
setting of a random extended perm address.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Cc: Werner Almesberger <werner@almesberger.net>
Cc: Stefan Schmidt <s.schmidt@samsung.com>
Cc: Richard Sharpe <realrichardsharpe@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch fix the complete callback for going into aret on. Currently
we starting after a state change into aret on again a state change into
aret on which is not necessary.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
fakelb_hw_deliver creates a copy of the skb's header which can
potentially return NULL so we now check for this before actually
delivering to the 802.15.4 MAC layer.
Signed-off-by: Martin Townsend <martin.townsend@xsilon.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds the reset states for tx power levels after running reset
procedure.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds reset values for cca ed level values after running reset
procedure.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch reworks the cca energy detection level handling. This
contains a calculation which works on all transceiver types and
add support for dump cca energy detection levels.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds support for get transmit power levels and reworks the
set of transmit power levels which was broken before.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch sets the at86rf230 supported cca modes. In case of at86rf212
it also can support listen before transmit.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch introduce a flag property for the wpan phy structure.
The current flag settings in ieee802154_hw are accessable in mac802154
layer only which is okay for flags which indicates MAC handling which
are done by phy. For real PHY layer settings like cca mode, transmit
power, cca energy detection level.
The difference between these flags are that the MAC handling flags are
only handled in mac802154/HardMac layer e.g. on an interface up. The phy
settings are direct netlink calls from nl802154 into the driver layer
and the nl802154 need to have a chance to check if the driver supports
this handling before sending to the next layer.
We also check now on PHY flags while dumping and setting pib attributes.
In comparing with MIB attributes the 802.15.4 gives us an default value
which we assume when a transceiver implement less functionality. In case
of MIB settings the nl802154 layer doesn't need to check on the
ieee802154_hw flags then.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch introduce the wpan_phy_supported struct for wpan_phy. There
is currently no way to check if a transceiver can handle IEEE 802.15.4
complaint values. With this struct we can check before if the
transceiver supports these values before sending to driver layer.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Suggested-by: Phoebe Buckheister <phoebe.buckheister@itwm.fraunhofer.de>
Acked-by: Varka Bhadram <varkabhadram@gmail.com>
Cc: Alan Ott <alan@signal11.us>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch change the handling of cca energy detection level from dbm to
mbm. This prepares to handle floating point cca energy detection levels
values. The old netlink 802.15.4 will convert the dbm value to mbm for
handling backward compatibility.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch change the handling of transmit power level from dbm to mbm.
This prepares to handle floating point transmit power levels values. The
old netlink 802.15.4 will convert the dbm value to mbm for handling
backward compatibility.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch change the transmit power from s8 to s32. This prepares to store a
mbm value instead dbm inside the transmit power variable. The old
interface keep the a s8 dbm value, which should be backward compatibility
when assign s8 to s32.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
By inspection, this appears to be a typo. The gating comparison
involves vxlan->dev rather than dev. In fact, dev is the iterator in
the preceding loop above but it is actually constant in the 2nd loop.
Use of dev seems to be a bad cut-n-paste from the prior call to
unregister_netdevice_queue. Change dev to vxlan->dev, since that is
what is actually being checked.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We expect that MC_CMD_SRIOV will fail if the card has no VFs configured.
So output a readable message instead of a cryptic MCDI error.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MoCA interfaces require the use of an user-space daemon (mocad) which
will typically use cmd->autoneg to force the link. This is causing other
network manager applications not to get proper carrier down
notifications because of the following sequence of events:
- link down interrupt is received, link is set to 0 by the interrupt
handler
- fixed_link update callback runs and updates the BMSR register
accordingly
- PHY library polls the PHY for link status, sees the link is down,
proceeds with reporting that
- mocad gets notified of the link state and call phy_ethtool_sset()
with cmd->autoneg set to the link status (0)
- phy_start_aneg() is called at the end of phy_ethtool_sset() and sets
the PHY state to PHY_FORCING
Just make sure we notify the interface carrier appropriately when we
detect that the link is down in our fixed_link update callback. This is
made local to the bcm_sf2 driver as the PHY library does the right thing
in any case. This is similar to the GENET change introduced in
54d7c01d3e ("net: bcmgenet: enable MoCA
link state change detection").
Fixes: 246d7f773c ("net: dsa: add Broadcom SF2 switch driver")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the struct netvsc_stats has a member s_sync
of type u64_stats_sync.
This definition will break kernel build as the macro
netdev_alloc_pcpu_stats requires this member name to be syncp.
(see netdev_alloc_pcpu_stats definition in ./include/linux/netdevice.h)
This patch changes netvsc_stats's member name from s_sync to syncp to fix
the build break.
Signed-off-by: Simon Xiao <sixiao@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- introduce port fdb obj and generic switchdev_port_fdb_add/del/dump()
- use switchdev_port_fdb_add/del/dump in rocker/team/bonding ndo ops.
- add support for fdb obj in switchdev_port_obj_add/del/dump()
- switch rocker to implement fdb ops via switchdev_ops
v3: updated to sync with named union changes.
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sridhar.samudrala@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before the patch, the command 'ip link add bond2 type bond mode 802.3ad'
causes the kernel to send a rtnl message for the bond2 interface, with an
ifindex 0.
'ip monitor' shows:
0: bond2: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,MASTER> mtu 1500 state DOWN group default
link/ether 00:00:00:00:00:00 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff
9: bond2@NONE: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,MASTER> mtu 1500 qdisc noop state DOWN group default
link/ether ea:3e:1f:53:92:7b brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff
[snip]
The patch fixes the spotted bug by checking in bond driver if the interface
is registered before calling the notifier chain.
It also adds a check in rtmsg_ifinfo() to prevent this kind of bug in the
future.
Fixes: d4261e5650 ("bonding: create netlink event when bonding option is changed")
CC: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Reported-by: Julien Meunier <julien.meunier@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If phy_start_aneg() was called while the phydev is in the PHY_RESUMING
state, then its state would immediately transition to PHY_AN (or
PHY_FORCING). This meant the phy_state_machine() never processed the
PHY_RESUMING state change, which meant interrupts weren't enabled for the
PHY. If the PHY used low-power mode (i.e. using BMCR_PDOWN), then the
physical link wouldn't get powered up again.
There seems no point for phy_start_aneg() to make the PHY_RESUMING -->
PHY_AN transition, as the state machine will do this anyway. I'm not sure
about the case where autoneg is disabled, as my patch will change
behaviour so that the PHY goes to PHY_NOLINK instead of PHY_FORCING. An
alternative solution would be to move the phy_config_interrupt() and
phy_resume() work out of the state machine and into phy_start().
The background behind this: we're running linux v3.16.7 and from user-space
we want to enable the eth port (i.e. do a SIOCSIFFLAGS ioctl with the
IFF_UP flag) and immediately afterward set the interface's speed/duplex.
Enabling the interface calls .ndo_open() then phy_start() and the PHY
transitions PHY_HALTED --> PHY_RESUMING. Setting the speed/duplex ends up
calling phy_ethtool_sset(), which calls phy_start_aneg() (meanwhile the
phy_state_machine() hasn't processed the PHY_RESUMING state change yet).
Signed-off-by: Tim Beale <tim.beale@alliedtelesis.co.nz>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It can be useful to debug the PHY state machine, add dynamic debug
prints of the old and new PHY devices state under a friendly format.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RGMII interfaces come in multiple flavors: RGMII with transmit or
receive internal delay, no delays at all, or delays in both direction.
This change extends the initial check for PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_RGMII to
cover all of these variants since EEE should be allowed for any of these
modes, since it is a property of the RGMII, hence Gigabit PHY capability
more than the RGMII electrical interface and its delays.
Fixes: a59a4d1921 ("phy: add the EEE support and the way to access to the MMD registers")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Once we get a neighbour through looking up arp cache or creating a
new one in rocker_port_ipv4_resolve(), the neighbour's refcount is
already taken. But as we don't put the refcount again after it's
used, this makes the neighbour entry leaked.
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Once we get a neighbour through looking up arp cache or creating a
new one in rocker_port_ipv4_resolve(), the neighbour's refcount is
already taken. But as we don't put the refcount again after it's
used, this makes the neighbour entry leaked.
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The underlying device support will set the device dma_mask pointer
if DMA is set up properly for the device. Remove the check for and
assignment of dma_mask when it is null. Instead, just error out if
the dma_set_mask_and_coherent function fails because dma_mask is null.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The flow control negotiation logic is flawed and does not properly
advertise and process auto-negotiation of the flow control settings.
Update the flow control support to properly set the flow control
auto-negotiation settings and process the results approrpriately.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Simplify the device tree support of the amd-xgbe driver by defining
the PHY-related resources within the ethernet device node. The support
provides backwards compatibility with the original way.
Update the driver version to 1.0.2.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The AMD XGBE device is intended to work with a specific integrated PHY
and that PHY is not meant to be a standalone PHY for use by other
devices. As such this patch removes the phylib driver and implements
the PHY support in the amd-xgbe driver (the majority of the logic from
the phylib driver is moved into the amd-xgbe driver).
Update the driver version to 1.0.1.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rework the SKB allocation so that all of the buffers of the first
descriptor are handled in the SKB allocation routine. After copying the
data in the header buffer (which can be just the header if split header
processing succeeded for header plus data if split header processing did
not succeed) into the SKB, check for remaining data in the receive
buffer. If there is data remaining in the receive buffer, add that as a
frag to the SKB. Once an SKB has been allocated, all other descriptors
are added as frags to the SKB.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for the network interface message level settings for
determining whether to issue some of the driver messages. Make
use of the netif_* interface where appropriate.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add additional/extended statistics beyond what is provided by the
hardware to be reported via ethtool. The new stats focus on the
calls into ndo_start_xmit and the napi_poll routine.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The dwmac-generic replaces the driver inside the stmmac
platform code. This turns stmmac platform into a library
used by drivers for common platform driver functions.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert platform glue layer into a proper platform
driver and add it to the build system.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert platform glue layer into a proper platform
driver and add it to the build system.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert platform glue layer into a proper platform
driver and add it to the build system.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert platform glue layer into a proper platform
driver and add it to the build system.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert platform glue layer into a proper platform
driver and add it to the build system.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert platform glue layer into a proper platform
driver and add it to the build system.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Create a new driver around the generic device tree match strings
in the stmmac platform code. This driver is intended to be used
by all platforms that doesn't require any platform specific code
to function or is using platform data.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Prepare the stmmac platform code to support standalone drivers
by exporting the need functions and having of_match_device use
the match table reference already present in the driver struct.
This will allow us to reuse the platform driver functions from
this code easily in other stand alone platform drivers.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for Ethernet on NXP LPC18xx and LPC43xx using the
dwmac driver. This glue is required to setup phy interface
mode, MII or RMII, on the SoC.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Describe the handler for RXUBR better with a new comment.
Signed-off-by: Nathan Sullivan <nathan.sullivan@ni.com>
Reviewied-by: Josh Cartwright <joshc@ni.com>
Reviewied-by: Ben Shelton <ben.shelton@ni.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A few triggers have status = MLME_SUCCESS and they are still
interesting. E.g. if we want to collect data upon deauth,
the status will be MLME_SUCCESS. Fix that.
Fixes: d42f535034 ("iwlwifi: mvm: add trigger for firmware dump upon MLME failures")
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Disabling the clocks is a standard procedure while stopping the
device. On family 8000 however, disabling the bus master DMA clock
increases the NIC's power consumption.
To fix this, skip this call if the device family is
IWL_DEVICE_FAMILY_8000.
Signed-off-by: Avri Altman <avri.altman@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
3165 really needs to load iwlwifi-7265D-13.ucode. This
device is supported starting from -13.ucode, update the
MIN and OK defines accordingly. While at it, add 3165 to
the device list in the Kconfig file.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Current code does not lock anything when calculating the TX and RX stats.
As a result, the RX and TX data reported by ifconfig are not accuracy in a
system with high network throughput and multiple CPUs (in my test,
RX/TX = 83% between 2 HyperV VM nodes which have 8 vCPUs and 40G Ethernet).
This patch fixed the above issue by using per_cpu stats.
netvsc_get_stats64() summarizes TX and RX data by iterating over all CPUs
to get their respective stats.
This v2 patch addressed David's comments on the cleanup path when
netdev_alloc_pcpu_stats() failed.
Signed-off-by: Simon Xiao <sixiao@microsoft.com>
Reviewed-by: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This also changes mii_bus.phy_mask to u32 for consistency.
Signed-off-by: Bert Vermeulen <bert@biot.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With a cross-compiler based on gcc-4.9, I see warnings like the following:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx4/resource_tracker.c: In function 'mlx4_SW2HW_CQ_wrapper':
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx4/resource_tracker.c:3048:10: error: 'cq' may be used uninitialized in this function [-Werror=maybe-uninitialized]
cq->mtt = mtt;
I think the warning is spurious because we only use cq when
cq_res_start_move_to() returns zero, and it always initializes *cq in that
case. The srq case is similar. But maybe gcc isn't smart enough to figure
that out.
Initialize cq and srq explicitly to avoid the warnings.
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
None of those drivers uses last_rx for its own needs.
See 4dc89133f4 ("net: add a comment on
netdev->last_rx") for reference.
Signed-off-by: Francois Romieu <romieu@fr.zoreil.com>
Cc: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Cc: Zhangfei Gao <zhangfei.gao@linaro.org>
Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Cc: Wingman Kwok <w-kwok2@ti.com>
Cc: Murali Karicheri <m-karicheri2@ti.com>
Cc: Chris Metcalf <cmetcalf@tilera.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Update mdiobb_read() to read whether the PHY has a broken turn-around,
and if it does, ignore it to make the read succeeed.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
OS2BMC feature will allow the server to communicate with the on-board
BMC/idrac (Baseboard Management Controller) over the LOM via
standard Ethernet.
When OS2BMC feature is enabled, the LOM will filter traffic coming
from the host. If the destination MAC address matches the iDRAC MAC
address, it will forward the packet to the NC-SI side band interface
for iDRAC processing. Otherwise, it would send it out on the wire to
the external network. Broadcast and multicast packets are sent on the
side-band NC-SI channel and on the wire as well. Some of the packet
filters are not supported in the NIC and hence driver will identify
such packets and will hint the NIC to send those packets to the BMC.
This is done by duplicating packets on the management ring. Packets
are sent to the management ring, by setting mgmt bit in the wrb header.
The NIC will forward the packets on the management ring to the BMC
through the side-band NC-SI channel.
Please refer to this online document for more details,
http://www.dell.com/downloads/global/products/pedge/
os_to_bmc_passthrough_a_new_chapter_in_system_management.pdf
Signed-off-by: Venkat Duvvuru <VenkatKumar.Duvvuru@Emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When an error (related to HW or FW) is detected on a function, the driver
must pro-actively report a "link down" to the stack so that a possible
failover can be initiated. This is being done currently only for some
HW errors. This patch reports a "link down" even for fatal FW errors and
EEH errors.
Signed-off-by: Venkat Duvvuru <VenkatKumar.Duvvuru@Emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ethtool statistics is not the right place to display board temperature.
This patch adds support to export die temperature of devices supported
by be2net driver via the sysfs hwmon interface.
Signed-off-by: Venkat Duvvuru <VenkatKumar.Duvvuru@Emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The bitwise tests are always true here because it uses '|' where '&' is
intended.
Fixes: 98b5a0f4a2 ('net: macb: Add support for jumbo frames')
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is an initial implementation of a netdev driver for GENEVE
tunnels. This implementation uses a fixed UDP port, and only supports
point-to-point links with specific partner endpoints. Only IPv4
links are supported at this time.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Also, remove a needless netif_err() from efx_ptp_update_stats() - if the
MCDI fails it'll print its own error message, we don't need another that
adds no information.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Four minor merge conflicts:
1) qca_spi.c renamed the local variable used for the SPI device
from spi_device to spi, meanwhile the spi_set_drvdata() call
got moved further up in the probe function.
2) Two changes were both adding new members to codel params
structure, and thus we had overlapping changes to the
initializer function.
3) 'net' was making a fix to sk_release_kernel() which is
completely removed in 'net-next'.
4) In net_namespace.c, the rtnl_net_fill() call for GET operations
had the command value fixed, meanwhile 'net-next' adjusted the
argument signature a bit.
This also matches example merge resolutions posted by Stephen
Rothwell over the past two days.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix missing copy_from_user in macvtap SIOCSIFHWADDR ioctl.
Signed-off-by: Justin Cormack <justin@netbsd.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Older gcc versions (e.g. gcc version 4.4.6) don't like anonymous unions
which was causing build issues on the newly added switchdev attr/obj
structs. Fix this by using named union on structs.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
And let driver convert it to host-byte order as needed.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit e2c6544829 moved pm_qos_req to e1000_adapter. Add the header file
that defines the struct.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Cc: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Don't do clock-mode-select if clk == NULL,
since when building without CONFIG_HAVE_CLK,
clk_get returns NULL and clk_get_rate returns 0.
Doing clock-mode-select in this cause causes kszphy_probe to
return -EINVAL and thus prevents the device from being probed.
The original code (before regression) would return 0
when building without CONFIG_HAVE_CLK.
Cc: stable <stable@vger.kernel.org> # 3.18+
Fixes: 1fadee0c36 ("net/phy: micrel: Add clock support for
KSZ8021/KSZ8031")
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Reviewed-by: Johan Hovold <johan@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklass@axis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DMA allocates skb->len instead of headlen
which is used for DMA.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cleanup few MACROS left out in t4_hw.h to be consistent with the
existing ones. Also replace few hardcoded values with MACROS. Also
update comments for some code
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Based on the information given to this driver (via the xmit_more skb flag),
we can defer signaling the host if more packets are on the way. This will help
make the host more efficient since it can potentially process a larger batch of
packets. Implement this optimization.
Signed-off-by: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similarly to the TX path, allow the RX path to be configured with both
'rx-frames' and 'rx-usecs' coalescing parameters.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the ability to configure both 'tx-frames' which controls how many frames
are doing to trigger a single interrupt and 'tx-usecs' which dictates how long
to wait before an interrupt should be services.
Since our timer resolution is close to 8.192 us, we round up to the nearest
value the 'tx-usecs' timeout value.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The macvtap driver tries to emulate all the ioctls supported by a normal
tun/tap driver, however it was missing the generic SIOCGIFHWADDR and
SIOCSIFHWADDR ioctls to get and set the mac address that are supported
by tun/tap. This patch adds these.
Signed-off-by: Justin Cormack <justin@netbsd.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Well almost clean: ignore the CHECKs for space after cast operator and some
longer-than-80 char cases where for readability it's better to keep as-is.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Roopa said remove the feature flag for this series and she'll work on
bringing it back if needed at a later date.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The IPv4 FIB ops convert nicely to the switchdev objs and we're left with
only four switchdev ops: port get/set and port add/del. Other objs will
follow, such as FDB. So go ahead and convert IPv4 FIB over to switchdev
obj for consistency, anticipating more objs to come.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rocker, bonding and team and switch over to the new
switchdev_port_bridge_dellink to avoid duplicating code in each driver.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rocker, bonding, and team can now use the switchdev bridge setlink to parse
raw netlink; no need to duplicate this code in each driver.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rocker: use switchdev get/set attr for bridge port flags
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
STP update is just a settable port attribute, so convert
switchdev_port_stp_update to an attr set.
For DSA, the prepare phase is skipped and STP updates are only done in the
commit phase. This is because currently the DSA drivers don't need to
allocate any memory for STP updates and the STP update will not fail to HW
(unless something horrible goes wrong on the MDIO bus, in which case the
prepare phase wouldn't have been able to predict anyway).
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For rocker, support prepare-commit transaction model for setting attributes
(and for adding objects). This requires rocker to preallocate memory
needed for the commit up front in the prepare phase. Since rtnl_lock is
held between prepare-commit, store the allocated memory on a queue hanging
off of the rocker_port. Also, in prepare phase, do everything right up to
calling into HW. The same code paths are tranversed in the driver for both
prepare and commit phases. In some cases, any state modified in the
prepare phase must be reverted before returning so the commit phase makes
the same decisions.
As a consequence of holding rtnl_lock in process context for all attr sets
(and obj adds), all memory is GFP_KERNEL allocated and we don't need to
busy spin waiting for the device to complete the command. So the bulk of
this patch is simplifying the memory allocations to only use GFP_KERNEL and
to remove the nowait flag and busy spin loop.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Switch ID is just a gettable port attribute. Convert switchdev op
switchdev_parent_id_get to a switchdev attr.
Note: for sysfs and netlink interfaces, SWITCHDEV_ATTR_PORT_PARENT_ID is
called with SWITCHDEV_F_NO_RECUSE to limit switch ID user-visiblity to only
port netdevs. So when a port is stacked under bond/bridge, the user can
only query switch id via the switch ports, but not via the upper devices
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Turned out that "switchdev" sticks. So just unify all related terms to use
this prefix.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Turned out that "switchdev" sticks. So just unify all related terms to use
this prefix.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change updates igb so that it will correctly perform the descriptor
count calculation. Previously it was taking NETDEV_FRAG_PAGE_MAX_SIZE
into account with isn't really correct since a different value is used to
determine the size of the pages used for TCP. That is actually determined
by SKB_FRAG_PAGE_ORDER.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use one return statement instead of two to simplify the code.
Both are returning the same value.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This enables the ethtool's "-d" and "--register-dump"
options for fec devices.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After receiving a PADT and the socket is closed, user space will no
longer drop the reference to the pppoe device.
This leads to errors like this:
[ 488.570000] unregister_netdevice: waiting for eth0.2 to become free. Usage count = 2
Fixes: 287f3a943f ("pppoe: Use workqueue to die properly when a PADT is received")
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rx clear count reported in wmi_chan_info_event is actually channel_busy_count
not rx_frame_count. Send rx_clear_count through time_busy of survey_info
and set SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY in filled.
iw wlan0 survey dump
urvey data from wlan0
frequency: 5180 MHz [in use]
noise: -103 dBm
channel active time: 150 ms
channel busy time: 22 ms
Survey data from wlan0
frequency: 5200 MHz
noise: -102 dBm
channel active time: 146 ms
channel busy time: 0 ms
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Registering the netdev before setting the priv data is unsafe.
So fix this possible race by setting the priv data first.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Wahren <stefan.wahren@i2se.com>
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> # v3.18+
Fixes: 291ab06e (net: qualcomm: new Ethernet over SPI driver for QCA7000)
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds netlink support for the following bonding options:
* BOND_OPT_AD_ACTOR_SYS_PRIO
* BOND_OPT_AD_ACTOR_SYSTEM
* BOND_OPT_AD_USER_PORT_KEY
When setting the actor system mac address we assume the netlink message
contains a binary mac and not a string representation of a mac.
Signed-off-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
[jt: completed the setting side of the netlink attributes]
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Toppins <jtoppins@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <razor@blackwall.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The port key has three components - user-key, speed-part, and duplex-part.
The LSBit is for the duplex-part, next 5 bits are for the speed while the
remaining 10 bits are the user defined key bits. Get these 10 bits
from the user-space (through the SysFs interface) and use it to form the
admin port-key. Allowed range for the user-key is 0 - 1023 (10 bits). If
it is not provided then use zero for the user-key-bits (default).
It can set using following example code -
# modprobe bonding mode=4
# usr_port_key=$(( RANDOM & 0x3FF ))
# echo $usr_port_key > /sys/class/net/bond0/bonding/ad_user_port_key
# echo +eth1 > /sys/class/net/bond0/bonding/slaves
...
# ip link set bond0 up
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@redhat.com>
[jt: * fixed up style issues reported by checkpatch
* fixed up context from change in ad_actor_sys_prio patch]
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Toppins <jtoppins@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In an AD system, the communication between actor and partner is the
business between these two entities. In the current setup anyone on the
same L2 can "guess" the LACPDU contents and then possibly send the
spoofed LACPDUs and trick the partner causing connectivity issues for
the AD system. This patch allows to use a random mac-address obscuring
it's identity making it harder for someone in the L2 is do the same thing.
This patch allows user-space to choose the mac-address for the AD-system.
This mac-address can not be NULL or a Multicast. If the mac-address is set
from user-space; kernel will honor it and will not overwrite it. In the
absence (value from user space); the logic will default to using the
masters' mac as the mac-address for the AD-system.
It can be set using example code below -
# modprobe bonding mode=4
# sys_mac_addr=$(printf '%02x:%02x:%02x:%02x:%02x:%02x' \
$(( (RANDOM & 0xFE) | 0x02 )) \
$(( RANDOM & 0xFF )) \
$(( RANDOM & 0xFF )) \
$(( RANDOM & 0xFF )) \
$(( RANDOM & 0xFF )) \
$(( RANDOM & 0xFF )))
# echo $sys_mac_addr > /sys/class/net/bond0/bonding/ad_actor_system
# echo +eth1 > /sys/class/net/bond0/bonding/slaves
...
# ip link set bond0 up
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@redhat.com>
[jt: fixed up style issues reported by checkpatch]
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Toppins <jtoppins@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch allows user to randomize the system-priority in an ad-system.
The allowed range is 1 - 0xFFFF while default value is 0xFFFF. If user
does not specify this value, the system defaults to 0xFFFF, which is
what it was before this patch.
Following example code could set the value -
# modprobe bonding mode=4
# sys_prio=$(( 1 + RANDOM + RANDOM ))
# echo $sys_prio > /sys/class/net/bond0/bonding/ad_actor_sys_prio
# echo +eth1 > /sys/class/net/bond0/bonding/slaves
...
# ip link set bond0 up
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@redhat.com>
[jt: * fixed up style issues reported by checkpatch
* changed how the default value is set in bond_check_params(), this
makes the default consistent between what gets set for a new bond
and what the default is claimed to be in the bonding options.]
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Toppins <jtoppins@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Spectral scan supported by ath10k has capability to monitor and report
through whole bands and channels, but current buffer size is too small
to save reported spectral scan data.
This results in dropping 5G channel reports at all when dual band card
is used, so that users are not able to analyze spectral environments.
Hence increase the buffer size to fix the problem.
A spectral data size is vary based on the number of bins, so the unit
buffer size, 1140, is chose to minimize relay buffer fragmentation.
The total buffer size is also chose in tradeoff with spectral scan
support vs. kernel memory consumption.
Since theoretical maximum buffer size, 9.5MB, can be consumed with
512 bins in dual bands, we target to cover up to 128 bins for all
channels in dual bands and due to the buffer size limitation,
spectral scan with bin number bigger than 128 needs to be run on
single band each.
Signed-off-by: Peter Oh <poh@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
In preparation for changing how struct net is refcounted
on kernel sockets pass the knowledge that we are creating
a kernel socket from sock_create_kern through to sk_alloc.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no need for tun to do the weird network namespace refcounting.
The existing network namespace refcounting in tfile has almost exactly
the same lifetime. So rewrite the code to use the struct sock network
namespace refcounting and remove the unnecessary hand rolled network
namespace refcounting and the unncesary tfile->net.
This change allows the tun code to directly call sock_put bypassing
sock_release and making SOCK_EXTERNALLY_ALLOCATED unnecessary.
Remove the now unncessary tun_release so that if anything tries to use
the sock_release code path the kernel will oops, and let us know about
the bug.
The macvtap code already uses it's internal socket this way.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the bus id was supplied via a struct platform_device, the driver wasn't
handling -1 to mean an unspecified id of the only instance of this driver,
as the platform spec requires.
Signed-off-by: Bert Vermeulen <bert@biot.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 12a8541d5c "bnx2x: Delay during kdump load" added a 5 seconds
delay to bnx2x's probe function in the kdump case to let the firmware
realize the old driver is gone.
The problem with the delay is that it is per-device, so if you have
several bnx2x NICs in NPAR mode, the delays can accumulate to minutes.
Fix it by adjusting the delay so that we do not wait more than
necessary, i.e. no more delaying after 5 seconds of kernel boot time.
Signed-off-by: Michal Schmidt <mschmidt@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All spi based drivers have an instance of struct spi_device
as spi. This patch renames spi_device to spi to synchronize
with all the drivers.
Signed-off-by: Varka Bhadram <varkab@cdac.in>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are devices that forbid MIMO by the mean of the NVM.
Detect thoses devices and forbid MIMO otherwise the firmware
would crash. STBC is still allowed on these devices.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2015-05-07
This series contains updates to igb only.
Toshiaki provides two fixes for igb, first fixes an issue when changing
the number of rings by ethtool which causes oops because of uninitialized
pointers. The second fix resolves a typo where tx_ring was used instead
of the desired rx_ring.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In a following commit, a new function will be introduced to only lookup for
a nsid (no allocation if the nsid doesn't exist). To avoid confusion, the
existing function is renamed.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=dcJu
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'linux-can-next-for-4.2-20150506' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mkl/linux-can-next
Marc Kleine-Budde says:
====================
pull-request: can-next 2015-05-06
this is a pull request of a seven patches for net-next/master.
Andreas Gröger contributes two patches for the janz-ican3 driver. In
the first patch, the documentation for already existing sysfs entries
is added, the second patch adds support for another module/firmware
variant. A patch by Shawn Landden makes the padding in the struct
can_frame explicit. The next 4 patches target the flexcan driver, the
first one is by David Jander adding some documentation, the reaming
three by me add more documentation and two small code cleanups.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add macb_change_mtu callback; if jumbo frame support is present allow
mtu size changes upto (jumbo max length allowed - headers).
Signed-off-by: Harini Katakam <harinik@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Punnaiah Choudary Kalluri <punnaia@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enable jumbo frame support for Zynq Ultrascale+ MPSoC.
Update the NWCFG register and descriptor length masks accordingly.
Jumbo max length register should be set according to support in SoC; it is
set to 10240 for Zynq Ultrascale+ MPSoC.
Signed-off-by: Harini Katakam <harinik@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Punnaiah Choudary Kalluri <punnaia@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add compatible string and config structure for Zynq Ultrascale+ MPSoC
Signed-off-by: Harini Katakam <harinik@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Punnaiah Choudary Kalluri <punnaia@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use device flag IFF_LIVE_ADDR_CHANGE to signal that
the device supports changing the hardware address when
the device is running.
This allows eth_mac_addr() to change the mac address
also when the network device's interface is open.
This capability is required by certain applications,
like bonding mode 6 (Adaptive Load Balancing).
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Manoil <claudiu.manoil@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Handle TxFIFO underrun exceptions outside the fast path.
A controller reset is more reliable in this exceptional
case, as opposed to re-enabling on-the-fly the Tx DMA.
As the controller reset is handled outside the fast path
by the reset_gfar() workqueue handler, the locking
scheme on the Tx path is significantly simplified.
Because the Tx processing (xmit queues and tx napi) is
disabled during controller reset, tstat access from xmit
does not require locking. So the scope of the txlock on
the processing path is now reduced to num_txbdfree, which
is shared only between process context (xmit) and softirq
(clean_tx_ring). As a result, the txlock must not guard
against interrupt context, and the spin_lock_irqsave()
from xmit can be replaced by spin_lock_bh(). Likewise,
the locking has been downgraded for clean_tx_ring().
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Manoil <claudiu.manoil@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
a lot of small fixes and cleanups, the bigger items are:
* proper mac80211 rate control locking, to fix some random crashes
(this required changing other locking as well)
* mac80211 "fast-xmit", a mechanism to reduce, in most cases, the
amount of code we execute while going from ndo_start_xmit() to
the driver
* this also clears the way for properly supporting S/G and checksum
and segmentation offloads
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=oUlh
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2015-05-06' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Lots of updates for net-next for this cycle. As usual, we have
a lot of small fixes and cleanups, the bigger items are:
* proper mac80211 rate control locking, to fix some random crashes
(this required changing other locking as well)
* mac80211 "fast-xmit", a mechanism to reduce, in most cases, the
amount of code we execute while going from ndo_start_xmit() to
the driver
* this also clears the way for properly supporting S/G and checksum
and segmentation offloads
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
transfer_buffer_length is of type u32. It's therefore wrong to assign it
to a signed integer. This patch avoids the overflow.
It's worth noting that entry->length here is a long; perhaps it would be
beneficial at somepoint to change this to be unsigned as well, if
nothing else relies on its signedness for error conditions or the like.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch should have been part of the previous patch having the
same summary. See http://marc.info/?l=linux-kernel&m=143039470103795&w=2
Unfortunately, I didn't check to see where else this lock was used before
submitting that patch. This should take care of it for netxen_nic, as I
did a thorough search this time.
To recap from the original patch; although testing this driver with
DEBUG_LOCKDEP and DEBUG_SPINLOCK enabled did not produce any traces,
it would be more prudent in the case of tx_clean_lock to use _bh
versions of spin_[un]lock, since this lock is manipulated in both
the process and softirq contexts.
This patch was tested for functionality and regressions with netperf
and DEBUG_LOCKDEP and DEBUG_SPINLOCK enabled.
Signed-off-by: Tony Camuso <tcamuso@redhat.com>
Acked-By: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-By: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implements t4_init_rss_mode() to initialize the rss_mode for all the ports. If
Tunnel All Lookup isn't specified in the global RSS Configuration, then we need
to specify a default Ingress Queue for any ingress packets which aren't hashed.
We'll use our first ingress queue.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara.volam@avagotech.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@avagotech.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use be_virtfn() to determine a VF instead of !be_physfn() for better
readability.
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@avagotech.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The code in be_check_ufi_compatibility() checks to see if a UFI file meant
for a lower rev of a chip is being flashed on a higher rev, which is
disallowed. This patch re-writes the code needed for this check in a much
simpler manner.
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara.volam@avagotech.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@avagotech.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When an RXQ is created in be_open(), the driver currently posts only
64 buffers. This sometimes results in packet drops when there is a traffic
burst as soon as the interface is enabled.
This patch fixes this problem by posting the full RXQ on interface enable.
Signed-off-by: Suresh Reddy <Suresh.Reddy@avagotech.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@avagotech.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the FW runs out of vlan filters it can either return an
INSUFFICIENT_RESOURCES error or an INSUFFICIENT_VLANS error.
The driver currently checks only for the former error value.
This patch adds a check for the latter value too.
Signed-off-by: Kalesh AP <kalesh.purayil@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@avagotech.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently pkts with L3 or L4 errors received on PFs are not dropped
by the adapter, but instead sent to the stack. This helps the network stack
to better reflect error statistics. This was not being done on BE3 VFs.
This patch fixes this for BE3 VFs.
Signed-off-by: Somnath Kotur <somnath.kotur@avagotech.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@avagotech.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently adaptive interrupt moderation is set by calculating
and configuring an EQ-delay every second. This is done via
a FW-cmd. But, on Skyhawk-R a "re-arm to interrupt" delay
can be set while ringing the EQ-DB. This patch uses this
facility to calculate and set the interrupt delay every 1ms.
This helps moderating interrupts better when the traffic
is bursty.
Signed-off-by: Padmanabh Ratnakar <padmanabh.ratnakar@avagotech.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@avagotech.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for spoofchk configuration for VFs.
When it is enabled, "spoof checking" is done for both MAC-address and VLAN.
For each VF, the HW ensures that the source MAC address (or vlan) of
every outgoing packet exists in the MAC-list (or vlan-list) configured
for RX filtering for that VF. If not, the packet is dropped and an error
is reported to the driver in the TX completion; this is reflected in the
"tx_spoof_check_err" ethtool counter.
This feature is supported in Skyhawk FW version 10.6.31.0 and above.
Signed-off-by: Kalesh AP <kalesh.purayil@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@avagotech.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The xgene_enet driver is only useful on X-Gene SoC.
Signed-off-by: Jean Delvare <jdelvare@suse.de>
Cc: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Cc: Keyur Chudgar <kchudgar@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The amd-xgbe driver currently only works with the Seattle SoC, which
is ARM64 architecture, so there is no point in building this driver on
other architectures except for build testing purpose. The dependency
list can be updated later if the driver ever supports other
architectures.
Signed-off-by: Jean Delvare <jdelvare@suse.de>
Cc: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Cc: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the device ID of the VF to the PCI device ID table.
Added a boolean flag is_vf in efx_nic_type to differentiate
between a VF and PF at probe time. This flag is useful in later
patches while setting MAC address specially in the
PCI-passthrough case.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow PFs to allocate shared RSS contexts if we exhaust our
exclusive RSS contexts. Make VFs use shared RSS contexts in
all cases.
Spruce up error handling so that the shadow copy of the RSS
table is updated after successful update, rather than in all
cases, so that we report the actual contents of the RSS table
after a failure to set it, rather than what we'd like it to be.
Populate context_size parameter when vacuously allocating RSS
context of size 1.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* Accept EPERM in some simple cases, the following cases are handled:
1) efx_mcdi_read_assertion()
Unprivileged PCI functions aren't allowed to GET_ASSERTS.
We return success as it's up to the primary PF to deal with asserts.
2) efx_mcdi_mon_probe() in efx_ef10_probe()
Unprivileged PCI functions aren't allowed to read sensor info, and
worrying about sensor data is the primary PF's job.
3) phy_op->reconfigure() in efx_init_port() and efx_reset_up()
Unprivileged functions aren't allowed to MC_CMD_SET_LINK, they just have
to accept the settings (including flow-control, which is what
efx_init_port() is worried about) they've been given.
4) Fallback to GET_WORKAROUNDS in efx_ef10_probe()
Unprivileged PCI functions aren't allowed to set workarounds. So if
efx_mcdi_set_workaround() fails EPERM, use efx_mcdi_get_workarounds()
to find out if workaround_35388 is enabled.
5) If DRV_ATTACH gets EPERM, try without specifying fw-variant
Unprivileged PCI functions have to use a FIRMWARE_ID of 0xffffffff
(MC_CMD_FW_DONT_CARE).
6) Don't try to exit_assertion unless one had fired
Previously we called efx_mcdi_exit_assertion even if
efx_mcdi_read_assertion had received MC_CMD_GET_ASSERTS_FLAGS_NO_FAILS.
This is unnecessary, and the resulting MC_CMD_REBOOT, even if the
AFTER_ASSERTION flag made it a no-op, would fail EPERM for unprivileged
PCI functions.
So make efx_mcdi_read_assertion return whether an assert happened, and only
call efx_mcdi_exit_assertion if it has.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To be able to use MC_CMD_VADAPTOR_SET_MAC, vadaptors must be
manually allocated and freed as automatic vadaptors will disappear
when their reference_count reaches zero, which must happen before
the MAC address is changed.
Vadaptors are allocated and freed in the vswitching_probe/remove
functions for PFs and VFs, and this means that vadaptors are restored
correctly following an MC reboot or other reset when required.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The parent PF creates vports for all its child VFs and adds MAC
addresses to these. When the VF driver loads, it can make an MCDI
call to get the MAC address that the parent PF assigned it.
The parent PF also assigns a mac address to its own vport because
implicit creation of a vAdaptor will only work on evb ports with
MAC addresses assigned.
The vport MAC address needs to be stored in the PF's nic_data
struct as it can later be changed on the vadaptor (and its net_dev
struct). When removing a vport the original MAC address must be
deleted.
A new flag is needed in the VF data structure to identify whether
a vport has been assigned to the VF. This is to determine whether
it needs to be un-assigned before freeing the vport. Also,
attempting to un-assign a vport which is not assigned will result
in an EALREADY error.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added efx_nic_type structure for VF.
Mapped a different BAR for VF as it uses BAR 0 for memory.
Added functions sriov_init and sriov_fini.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use MC_CMD_GET_FUNCTION_INFO to record the PF number in nic_data.
This will be needed when assigned vports to VFs.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds functions to allocate and free vswitches and vports; vadaptors
are automatically allocated and freed when TX/RX queues are
initialised and finalised. This vswitching structure is only created
if the firmware supports it, so a check that full-featured firmware
is running is performed first.
If the MC resets, the vswitching infrastructure will need to be
recreated, so mark the "must_probe_vswitching" flag when an MC reboot
is detected.
Don't try to create a vswitch if vf-count=0
This allocation of vswitches and vports does not currently support
configuring VLAN tags, but that can be added in a future change.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The default port ID of EVB_PORT_ID_ASSIGNED is a "magic" number
for the MCFW to select the physical port of the PF. If other
vswitches and vports are created on top of the default firmware
configuration, the ID of the newly created vport is then required
when passed to MCDI commands. Currently, this doesn't happen so
the vport_id is never changed, but a subsequent patch will change
this behaviour so that other vswitches and vports are created.
The vport_id recorded in nic_data is only relevant for PFs.
VFs will have their vports created by their parent PF, and in
that case the parent PF will record the vport ID of each VF.
For a VF, nic_data->vport_id is expected to remain at the default
value.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The (future) code to add/remove vswitches and vports will be
dependent on the firmware variant.
To simplify the checking of the firmware variant, record
values for rx_dpcpu_fw_id and tx_dpcpu_fw_id in EF10 nic_data.
There was only one place where this was previously used:
efx_mcdi_print_fwver() in ethtool.c.
The MC_CMD_GET_CAPABILITIES can be replaced and the values from
nic_data used instead.
Note that the printing of "?" if the MC command fails or if the
outlength is incorrect no longer apply, because errors are returned
in efx_ef10_init_datapath_caps() in both of these cases.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The TX_DOMAIN field is currently reserved but its safer to set
it to 0 for future compatibility.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for the use of sriov_configure on EF10
to enable Virtual Functions while the driver is loaded.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The efx_vf struct contains Siena-specific fields for VFs,
so rename to siena_vf.
Also move it into the siena_nic_data struct, as EF10 will
track its VFs in its own ef10_nic_data, storing much less
information about them since VFDI is no longer used.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
By putting all the efx_{siena,ef10}_sriov_* declarations in
{siena,ef10}_sriov.h, ensure they cannot be called from nic-generic code.
Also fixes up an instance of this, where mcdi.c was calling
efx_siena_sriov_flr.
The single instance of netdev_ops should call general high level
functions that can then call something adapter specific in efx_nic_type.
We should only do adapter specialisation via efx_nic_type.
Removal of sriov functionality from the Falcon code means that tests
are needed for the presence of some callbacks.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This device is sold as 'Lenovo OneLink Pro Dock'.
Chipset is RTL8153 and works with r8152.
Signed-off-by: Vasily Titskiy <qehgt0@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DSA can have nested MDIO busses, where the Ethernet MDIO bus is used
to access an MDIO bus within the switch which has the PHYs connected
to it. This nesting causes lockdep to give false positives. Use
mutex_lock_nested() to avoid this.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The SMI bus is the bottleneck in all switch operations, not the
granularity of locks. Replace the stats mutex by the SMI mutex to make
the locking concept simpler.
The REG_READ/REG_WRITE macros cannot be used while holding the SMI
mutex, since they try to acquire it. Replace with calls to the
appropriate function which does not try to get the mutex.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The SMI bus is the bottleneck in all switch operations, not the
granularity of locks. Replace the PHY mutex by the SMI mutex to make
the locking concept simpler.
The REG_READ/REG_WRITE macros cannot be used while holding the SMI
mutex, since they try to acquire it. Replace with calls to the
appropriate function which does not try to get the mutex.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mv88e6185 is part of the family that the mv88e6131 driver
supports. Add it to the probe function, and set the number of ports.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The 6171 is one member of the family 6171/6175/6350/6351. Add the
other family members to the driver.
Not tested on these new devices.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mv88e6172 is part of the mv88e6352 family of devices. Move support
for it out of the mv88e6171 driver into the mv88e6352, which results
in some simplifications to the code.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use defines for registers, shifts and bits in the remaining register
accesses in the individual drivers, in order to aid readability.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that setting up a port is identical for all switches, centralisers
the code looping over all the ports to set them up.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The port setup code in the individual drivers is identical for 6123,
6171, and 6352, and very similar in 6131. Move it all into mv88e6xxx,
using the chip families to differentiate on features.
Similarly, the global setup is also very similar. Move the majority
into mv8e6xxx.
The chips themselves fall into families. Add helpers which uses the
device IDs to determine if a device is a member of a family or not.
Add some additional device IDs to the existing list, to make these
helper functions more complete. However these IDs are not yet added to
the probe functions.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The same hardware issue the at91 must work around applies to at least the
Zynq ethernet, and possibly more devices. The driver also needs to handle
the RXUBR interrupt since it turns it on with MACB_RX_INT_FLAGS anyway.
Signed-off-by: Nathan Sullivan <nathan.sullivan@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This prevents silence failures with driver waiting (infinitely) for a
callback.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
"flowrings" and "*flowrings" are both pointers so this always returns
sizeof(void *) and the current code works fine. But "*flowrings" is
intended here and static checkers complain, so lets change it.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
If the wl18xx-conf.bin file is missing or invalid (e.g. due
to recent driver change), fallback to default configuration
instead of failing driver load.
Reported-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
cfg80211 would complain about invalid AID in during TDLS setup.
This was happening because we use same AID value as provide by AP
while forming setup messages.
Parse AID from Association response and filter BIT14 and BIT15
of AID to get valid AID.
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
wait_event_interruptible_timeout() returns 0 upon timeout. We should
convert it to a negative error code (such as -ETIMEDOUT) instead of
returning it directly, as return code of 0 indicates that command was
executed.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Torokhov <dmitry.torokhov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Normal FFT reports generate a LOT of data, to save resources
enable short repeat by default also on ath9k_htc (it's already
enabled by default on ath9k). This can always be changed from
userspace if needed.
Signed-off-by: Nick Kossifidis <mickflemm@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
E/M noise is a pretty good source of entropy so we mix the FFT
measurements of the E/M spectrum to /dev/random pool. Note that
this doesn't increase the pool's entropy count but it still helps
on improving the output of /dev/(u)random.
Signed-off-by: Nick Kossifidis <mickflemm@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Temp buffer is only used for fixing malformed frames, there is no
need to memset it every time.
Signed-off-by: Nick Kossifidis <mickflemm@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
There is no reason to keep processing FFT reports if there is no
space left on the relayfs buffers for the results. This saves
lots of CPU cycles, especially on normal (non-short) reports.
Signed-off-by: Nick Kossifidis <mickflemm@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
No need to copy the frame to the temporary buffer when its length
is ok.
Signed-off-by: Nick Kossifidis <mickflemm@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Since we have lots of frames on a normal FFT report don't bother
processing the malformed ones. Only try to fix malformed frames
in case of a short FFT report (only a single frame on the report).
Signed-off-by: Nick Kossifidis <mickflemm@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Since we can identify the FFT frames on the report by checking the
consistency of their magnitude info, we can process all of them,
even when some of them are corrupted.
This patch introduces two functions to quickly verify the integrity
of the mag_info fields and some further tweaks to detect the frames
in the report and process them.
Note that in case of missing bytes we don't duplicate them, instead
we leave them as zeroes. This way we get less noise on the FFT plot.
Signed-off-by: Nick Kossifidis <mickflemm@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
a) Check that the maximum magnitude is at the specified index
b) Check if the maximum magnitude index is at dc_pos and if so
calculate a new one (value at dc_pos is invalid)
c) Check if the specified maximum magnitude is indeed the maximum
Signed-off-by: Nick Kossifidis <mickflemm@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Since more checks and fixes will be added later and ath_cmn_process_fft is
already big enough.
Signed-off-by: Nick Kossifidis <mickflemm@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Maximum magnitude index is a 5bit signed integer,
convert to an 8bit signed integer and then "shift" it so that it can be used
as an array index. Note that the current implementation adds +1 to the index
value (so it can't be used as an array index) and it's only valid for HT20
channels.
Note that the maximum magnitude index is not being used by
the userspace tools that parse FFT samples (they just use
maximum magnitude) so this doesn't break userspace compatibility.
Signed-off-by: Nick Kossifidis <mickflemm@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
FFT spectral scan is a functionality that makes sense to have its own
debug flag.
Signed-off-by: Nick Kossifidis <mickflemm@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
* Interrupt request need to happen when the wilink chip is powered on and
driving the wlan_irq line. This avoids spurious interrupt issues that
are a result of different external pulls configuration on different
platforms
* Allow working with wl18xx level-low and falling edge irqs by configuring
wl18xx to invert the device interrupt
Signed-off-by: Eyal Reizer <eyalr@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch fix some spelling typo in drivers/net/wirless
Signed-off-by: Masanari Iida <standby24x7@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
We will reset more_task_flag at the end of main process
routine. This optimization will help to remove spinlock
operations at couple of places in the code.
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
With PCIE it is possible to support multiple devices with the
same device type. They all load the same nvram file. In order to
support this the nvram can specify which part of the nvram is
for which pcie device. This patch adds support for these new
types of nvram files.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel (Deognyoun) Kim <dekim@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch adds support for the BCM4358 2x2 11ac device.
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
commit 330b4e4be9 ("brcmfmac: Add wowl support for SDIO devices.")
changed the behaviour by removing the MMC_PM_KEEP_POWER flag for
non-wowl scenario, which needs to be restored. Another necessary
change is to mark the card as being non-removable. With this in place
the suspend resume test passes successfully doing:
# echo devices > /sys/power/pm_test
# echo mem > /sys/power/state
Note that power may still be switched off when system is going
in S3 state.
Reported-by: Fu, Zhonghui <<zhonghui.fu@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Acked-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
When the sdio bus state is not ready to process we abort the
interrupt service routine. This is not wanted as it keeps the
interrupt source active. Better clear the interrupt source.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch adds support for the BCM4324 B5 revision. This device
is similar to BCM43241 from driver and firmware perspective. It
is known to be used in Lenovo Thinkpad Tablet devices.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The scheduled scan support depends on firmware supporting the PNO
feature. This feature is optional so add a feature flag for this
in the driver and announce scheduled scan support accordingly.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Some feature flags were not described in the header file. Adding
the description.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
When change the country code the available channels may change. So
the wiphy bands should be updated accordingly.
Reviewed-by: Daniel (Deognyoun) Kim <dekim@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The driver was constructing a list of channels per wiphy band
by querying the device. This list is not what the hardware is
able to do as it is already filtered by the country setting in
the device. As user-space may change the country this would
require updating the channel list which is not recommended [1].
This patch introduces a superset of channels. The individual
channels are disabled appropriately by querying the device.
[1] http://mid.gmane.org/1426706320.3001.21.camel@sipsolutions.net
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel (Deognyoun) Kim <dekim@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch fixes an issue where it was discovered that driver is setting
invalid HT IEs to FW. This was happening because bug in parsing HT IE.
Driver would incorrectly point to start of HT IE while FW only needs actual
HT configuration - excluding EID and length.
Signed-off-by: Zhaoyang Liu <liuzy@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch reverts 'commit c5534844cd ("mwifiex:
enable aggregation for TID 6 and 7 streams")'.
TID6 & TID7 is voice traffic which is quite time sensitive.
Do not enable any type of aggregation on these TIDs.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
* some work on the thermal code (Chaya Rachel)
* some work on the firwmare debugging infrastructure
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=c7VM
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'iwlwifi-next-for-kalle-2015-05-03' of https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/iwlwifi/iwlwifi-next
* major rework of the scan code (Luca)
* some work on the thermal code (Chaya Rachel)
* some work on the firwmare debugging infrastructure
adapter->tx_ring is set to NULL where rx_ring should be.
Fixes: 5536d2102a ("igb: Combine q_vector and ring allocation into a single function")
Signed-off-by: Toshiaki Makita <makita.toshiaki@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When changing the number of rings by ethtool -L, q_vectors are reused,
which causes oops because of uninitialized pointers.
- When an rx is reused as a tx, q_vector->rx.ring is not set to NULL, which
misleads igb_poll() to determine that it has an rx ring although it
actually points to the tx ring.
- When a tx is reused as an rx, q_vector->rx.ring->skb
(q_vector->ring[0].skb) has a value that was used as tx_stats before.
Fix these problems by zeroing it out on reuseing it.
Fixes: 02ef6e1d0b ("igb: Fix queue allocation method to accommodate changing during runtime")
Signed-off-by: Toshiaki Makita <makita.toshiaki@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch replaces a open coded variant of a "mailbox code" definition by an
existing define, improves code readability.
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
This patch adds a short documentation snippet about the mailbox organization as
it's regularly not correct in freescale's datasheets.
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Flexcan V10 and newer are able to receive RTR frames in a MB. Older versions
are not. Those should use flexcan in FIFO mode.
Signed-off-by: David Jander <david@protonic.nl>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
The GO_CONCURRENT regulatory definition can be extended to station
interfaces requesting to IR as part of TDLS off-channel operations.
Rename the GO_CONCURRENT flag to IR_CONCURRENT and allow the added
use-case.
Change internal users of GO_CONCURRENT to use the new definition.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Declare that MCS 0-9 are supported for all Rx chains.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Previously, VHT capabilities and supported MCSs where set for all
bands, although VHT is only allowed on 5.2 GHz band. Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Extend the function to read the TKIP IV32/IV16 to read the IV/PN for
all ciphers in order to allow drivers with full hardware crypto to
properly support this.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In our department we are using some older Janz ICAN3-modules in our dekstop
pcs. There we have slightly different carrier boards than the janz-cmodio
supported in the kernel sources, called CAN-PCI2 with two submodules. But the
pci configuration regions are identical. So extending the supported pci devices
to the corresponding device ids is sufficient to get the drivers working.
* The old ICAN3-modules with firmware 1.28 need more then 250ms for the restart
after reset. I've increased the timeout to 500ms.
* The janz_ican3 module uses the raw can services of the Janz-firmware, this
means firmware must be ICANOS/2. Our ICAN3-modules are equipped with
CAL/CANopen-firmware, so I must use the appropriate commands for the layer
management services.
Te driver detects the firmware after module reset and selects the commands
matching the firmware. This affects the bus on/off-command
(ican3_set_bus_state) and the configuration of the bittiming
(ican3_set_bittiming). For better diagnostics the detected firmware string is
presented as sysfs attribute (fwinfo).
Signed-off-by: Andreas Gröger <andreas24groeger@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
The Firmware uses dynamic EQs allocation based on number of VFs and
max EQs that can be allocated. As a result, VF can have EQ numbers
that are larger than 256.
According to the firmware spec, the max value is limited to be 1024
(10 bits), adapt the relevant code accordingly. This bug was impossible
to hit prior to commit 7ae0e400cd ("net/mlx4_core: Flexible (asymmetric)
allocation of EQs and MSI-X vectors for PF/VFs") which actually enables
large number of EQs for VFs.
Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This caused the en_stats_adder helper to accumulate a field which is
not related to the counter, fix that.
Fixes: a3333b35da ('net/mlx4_en: Moderate ethtool callback to show [..]')
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
VXLAN must provide the skb mark and specifiy IPPROTO_UDP when doing
the FIB lookup for the remote ip. Otherwise an invalid route might
be returned.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Synchronize names with other drivers.
Signed-off-by: Srikanth Thokala <sthokal@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use of_property_* calls
Signed-off-by: Srikanth Thokala <sthokal@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
use devm_* calls
Signed-off-by: Srikanth Thokala <sthokal@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Synchronize names with other drivers
Signed-off-by: Srikanth Thokala <sthokal@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is rule for network drivers with comments blocks
which is newly checked by checkpatch.pl script.
Let's fix it.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Removed checkpatch.pl errors and warnings.
Signed-off-by: Srikanth Thokala <sthokal@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds proper checks to handle the PHY-less case.
Signed-off-by: Srikanth Thokala <sthokal@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the current implementation, jumbo frames are supported only
for the frame sizes > 16K. This patch corrects this logic to
handle jumbo frames for lesser frame sizes (< 16K) ensuring jumbo frame
MTU is within the limit of max frame size configured in the h/w
design.
Signed-off-by: Srikanth Thokala <sthokal@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The packet completion interrupts for TX and RX should be serviced before
the packets are consumed. This ensures against the degenerate case when a
new completion interrupt is raised after the handler has exited but before
the interrupts are cleared. In this case its possible for the ISR to clear
an unhandled interrupt (leading to potential deadlock).
Signed-off-by: Peter Crosthwaite <peter.crosthwaite@xilinx.com>
Tested-by: Jason Wu <huanyu@xilinx.com>
Acked-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The AXI-DMA rx-delay interrupt can sometimes be triggered
when there are 0 outstanding packets received. This is due
to the fact that the receive function will greedily consume
as many packets as possible on interrupt. So if two packets
(with a very particular timing) arrive in succession they
will each cause the rx-delay interrupt, but the first interrupt
will consume both packets.
This means the second interrupt is a 0 packet receive.
This is mostly OK, except that the tail pointer register is
updated unconditionally on receive. Currently the tail pointer
is always set to the current bd-ring descriptor under
the assumption that the hardware has moved onto the next
descriptor. What this means for length 0 recv is the current
descriptor that the hardware is potentially yet to use will
be marked as the tail. This causes the hardware to think
its run out of descriptors deadlocking the whole rx path.
Fixed by updating the tail pointer to the most recent
successfully consumed descriptor.
Reported-by: Wendy Liang <wendy.liang@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Crosthwaite <peter.crosthwaite@xilinx.com>
Tested-by: Jason Wu <huanyu@xilinx.com>
Acked-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for the RGMII. The h/w configuration
parameter C_PHY_TYPE, which represents the interface configured in
the design, is used to differentiate various interfaces supported
by AXI Ethernet.
Signed-off-by: Srikanth Thokala <sthokal@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
pktgen sends raw udp packets and bypasses most of the
linux networking stack. User can specify different packet sizes.
Hence we need to discard the packet if the length is greater than mtu
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds device node to ULD info. Use the node info to alloc_ring() for ctrl
TX queues
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Passes a Congestion Channel Map to t4_sge_alloc_rxq()
for the Ethernet RX Queues based on the MPS Buffer Group Map
of the TX Channel rather than just the TX Channel Map.
Also, in t4_sge_alloc_rxq() for T5, setting up the
Congestion Manager values of the new RX Ethernet Queue is
done by firmware now.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Also changed the name of t4_hw.c:get_mps_bg_map() to t4_get_mps_bg_map()
and make it an exported routine with a definition in cxgb4.h.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to make sure that the Free List Size, in pointers, is at
least 2 Egress Queue Units (8 pointers/each) larger than the SGE's Egress
Congestion Threshold (in pointers).
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Earlier tricks of setting broadcast bit only when IPv4 address is added
onto interface are not good enough especially when autoconf comes in play.
Setting them on always is performance drag but now that multicast /
broadcast is not processed in fast-path; enabling broadcast will let
autoconf work correctly without affecting performance characteristics of
the device.
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Processing multicast / broadcast in fast path is performance draining
and having more links means more cloning and bringing performance
down further.
Broadcast; in particular, need to be given to all the virtual links.
Earlier tricks of enabling broadcast bit for IPv4 only interfaces are not
really working since it fails autoconf. Which means enabling broadcast
for all the links if protocol specific hacks do not have to be added into
the driver.
This patch defers all (incoming as well as outgoing) multicast traffic to
a work-queue leaving only the unicast traffic in the fast-path. Now if we
need to apply any additional tricks to further reduce the impact of this
(multicast / broadcast) type of traffic, it can be implemented while
processing this work without affecting the fast-path.
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With commit b56fc3c536 ("hv_netvsc: Fix a bug in netvsc_start_xmit()"),
skb variable is no longer used in netvsc_send. Remove variable and dead
code that depended on it.
Cc: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Cc: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: Jerry Snitselaar <jsnitsel@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is just a code cleanup, make the LED trigger names const
as they're not expected to be modified by drivers.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Submit 909d9faae2 ("bnx2x: Prevent inner-reload while VFs exist")
contained a bug - MTU change was not prevented by it; Instead, it
`randomally' prevented bnx2x_resume() from running [harmless yet wrong].
This moves the check to its correct spot.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2015-05-04
Here's the first bluetooth-next pull request for 4.2:
- Various fixes for at86rf230 driver
- ieee802154: trace events support for rdev->ops
- HCI UART driver refactoring
- New Realtek IDs added to btusb driver
- Off-by-one fix for rtl8723b in btusb driver
- Refactoring of btbcm driver for both UART & USB use
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 8d7d9cca43.
Now that the necessary infrastructure is really all there
in the tree, we can put this change back in.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When smsc911x uses GPIO as the interrupt controller, and if both are
loaded as modules, we get following error:
"smsc911x: Could not allocate irq resource"
This issue is because of smsc911x using platform_get_resource to get
device tree based irq resource.
commit "9ec36ca (of/irq: do irq resolution in platform_get_irq)" and
commit "7085a7 (drivers: platform: parse IRQ flags from resources)" add
support in platform_get_irq to resolve irq and irq_flags respectively
for both modern device tree and legacy static platform data platforms.
Modify smsc911x driver to use platform_get_irq to pick up irq resource
correctly and use irq_get_trigger_type to get the IRQ trigger flags.
Signed-off-by: Kamlakant Patel <kamlakant.patel@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
WSC connection is secure (privacy bit set in various frames)
but authentication suite, keys etc. are absent.
Support this mode in the connect WMI command. Detect WSC by
having 'sme->privacy' and no RSN IE. Inform firmware about WSC
session by setting dot11_auth_mode to WMI_AUTH11_WSC.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Introduce 2 types of GTK, Tx (for this STA) and Rx (for each peer).
Now, AP has only Tx GTK, STA - only Rx one. PBSS not supported yet;
for it, continue using pseudo-DMS.
Handle per-vring .1x state, update it from WMI_VRING_EN_EVENTID
event. This allows unification for unicast and broadcast vrings.
This mechanism replaces former per-CID "data_port_open"
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Pmc is a hardware debug mechanism which allows capturing phy data,
packets, and internally generated events and messages synchronized
and time stamped by the hardware. It requires memory buffers
allocated by the driver in order to be used by hardware dma to
upstream real time debug data to host memory.
Driver will handle memory allocation and release, and fetching
the data from the memory to application layer via debug file
system. The configuration of pmc is handled entirely by the
application layer.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Shulman <qca_shulmanv@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Parameters for the start_ap and change_bcon contains
probe response template and probe response IE's.
supplicant puts in the proberesp_ies only WPS related IE's,
while firmware need all IE's, most notable is RSN that is not
included in the proberesp_ies.
Always use IE's provided by the bcon->probe_resp
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Boot loader "ready" indication has changed from "bit0 set"
to "only bit0 set". This is to address hardware glitches.
Due to glitches, sometimes right after reset register reads
0xffffffff, or (rarely) other garbage.
Reflect this in the driver
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Rx descriptor fields accordingly to the updated
hardware documentation
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Sometimes it takes for the firmware more than 20ms to
react on "echo" command after reset. Increase timeout
from 20 to 50ms
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
qca6174 otp binary seems to always return an error to the host, even if the
calibration succeeded. Add a firmware feature flag to detect if the firmware
image which have this problem and workaround the issue in ath10k by ignoring
the error code.
I was also considering making this hw specific flag but as this is strictly a
firmware issue it's best to handle this via a firmware feature flag so that it
will be easy to disable the workaround.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Because error codes are negative, it only makes sense to
consistently use signed types when handling them. Also remove
some explicit comparisons with 0 on these variables.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The global semaphore bits should be released in the reverse of the
order that they were taken, so correct that.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
IOSF is the Intel On-chip System Fabric used in SOCs. IOSF SB is
the IOSF SideBand message interface. This patch serializes IOSF SB
access using both phy bits in the SWFW_SEMAPHORE register. It also
adds a helper function to wait for IOSF SB accesses to complete.
Use the new function to perform this wait before each access, as
specified in the datasheet, in addition to using it to wait for
IOSF SB read/write completion.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We were using s64 for lat_ns (latency nano-second value) since in
our calculations a negative value could be a resultant. For negative
values, we then assign lat_ns to be zero, so the value passed to
do_div() was never negative, but do_div() expects the argument type
to be u64, so do a cast to resolve a compile warning seen on
PowerPC.
CC: Yanjiang Jin <yanjiang.jin@windriver.com>
CC: Yanir Lubetkin <yanirx.lubetkin@intel.com>
Reported-by: Yanjiang Jin <yanjiang.jin@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
The driver wasn't allowing jumbo frames to be
enabled when CRC stripping was disabled, however it was allowing CRC
stripping to be disabled while jumbo frames were enabled. This fixes that by
making it so that the NETIF_F_RXFCS flag cannot be set when jumbo frames are
enabled on 82579 and newer parts.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When the VLAN_HLEN was added to the calculation for the maximum frame size
there seems to have been a number of issues added to the driver.
The first issue is that in some cases the maximum frame size for a device
never really reached the actual maximum frame size as the VLAN header
length was not included the calculation for that value. As a result some
parts only supported a maximum frame size of either 1496 in the case of
parts that didn't support jumbo frames, and 8996 in the case of the parts
that do.
The second issue is the fact that there were several checks that weren't
updated so as a result setting an MTU of 1500 was treated as enabling jumbo
frames as the calculated value was 1522 instead of 1518. I have addressed
those by replacing ETH_FRAME_LEN with VLAN_ETH_FRAME_LEN where appropriate.
The final issue was the fact that lowering the MTU below 1500 would cause
the driver to allocate 2K buffers for the rings. This is an old issue that
was fixed several years ago in igb/ixgbe and I am addressing now by just
replacing == with a <= so that we always just round up to 1522 for anything
that isn't a jumbo frame.
Fixes: c751a3d58c ("e1000e: Correctly include VLAN_HLEN when changing interface MTU")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
'err' will be overwritten so no need to initialize it to zero.
Signed-off-by: Jean Sacren <sakiwit@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
igb_enable_mas() should only be called for the 82575 and has no clear
return so changing it to void. Also simplify the odd conditional
expression.
Signed-off-by: Todd Fujinaka <todd.fujinaka@intel.com>
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
7ab87ff4c7 ("via-rhine: move work from
irq handler to softirq and beyond") forgot to explicitely control the
lifespan of the tx_dirty and tx_cur pointers.
Signed-off-by: Francois Romieu <romieu@fr.zoreil.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Follow the now usual transmit descriptor update path:
1. content change
2. dma_wmb
3. ownership change
Signed-off-by: Francois Romieu <romieu@fr.zoreil.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The NAPI receive path depends on desc->rx_status but it does not
enforce any explicit receive barrier.
Signed-off-by: Francois Romieu <romieu@fr.zoreil.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver no longer produces holes in its receive ring so rx_head_desc
only duplicates cur_rx.
Signed-off-by: Francois Romieu <romieu@fr.zoreil.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rationales:
- throttle work under memory pressure
- lower receive descriptor recycling latency for the network adapter
- lower the maintenance burden of uncommon paths
The patch is twofold:
- it fails early if the receive ring can't be completely initialized
at dev->open() time
- it drops packets on the floor in the napi receive handler so as to
keep the received ring full
Signed-off-by: Francois Romieu <romieu@fr.zoreil.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It's used to initialize the receive ring but it will actually shine when
the receive poll code is reworked.
Signed-off-by: Francois Romieu <romieu@fr.zoreil.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a macvlan device is placed in promiscuous mode, it currently
just sets it's multicast mask to permissive, but doesn't change
the state of the lower device. As a result, not all multicast
traffic can be received on such device. Additionally, none of
a vlan traffic can be received on such device as well.
This patch propagates the promiscuous mode setting to lower device
so that lower device may receive all packets that macvlan may
be interested in.
Signed-off-by: Vladislav Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With netpoll making use of the transmit function it is possible for the
ndo_start_xmit function to be called with irqs disabled. As such we need
to use dev_kfree_skb_any in the Tx cleanup path for frames that are
dropped.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The function r8169_csum_workaround is called in the ndo_start_xmit path of
the r8169 driver. As such it should not be using dev_kfree_skb as it is
not irq safe, so instead we should be using dev_kfree_skb_any for freeing
in the dropped path, and dev_consume_skb_any for any frames that were
transmitted.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The netpoll path will call napi->poll with a budget of 0 in order to clean
the Tx rings only. This change updates the fm10k driver so that it will
correctly support that instead of cleaning 1 Rx frame if a budget of 0 is
received.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the missing unregister for the mv88e6352_switch_driver.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=EtJM
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'linux-can-fixes-for-4.1-20150501' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mkl/linux-can
Marc Kleine-Budde says:
====================
this is a pull request of a single patch for net/master.
The patch is contributed by Jeppe Ledet-Pedersen, it fixes the
extended frame handling in the xilinx driver.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This file is built off of a tristate Kconfig option and also contains
modular function calls so it should explicitly include module.h to
avoid compile breakage during header shuffles done in the future.
Cc: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Do not use ieee80211_vif pointer in ath_get_rate_txpower() since it has been
overwritten by setup_frame_info() and it will result in a corrupted tx power
configuration. Set per-packet tx power in setup_frame_info() according to
current vif tx power.
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi83@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Fix a copy paste bug that didn't copy wildcard SSIDs to
scan requests. This bug causes scan with only wildcard
SSID to be passive, and scans with more than one SSID to
send only the direct probes.
Fixes: 2a28ac14c518 ("iwlwifi: mvm: add common scan params to thw iwl_mvm_scan_params struct")
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
A small cleanup to make use of the ether_addr_equal helper.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using IDR_SRR in RXFIFO_ID to test for the presence of data is only
valid for standard frames. For extended frames the bit is always 1 and
IDR_RTR should be used instead. This patch switches the check to use
CAN_RTR_FLAG which is correctly set when reading the ID.
The patch also changes the DW1/DW2 to be read unconditionally, since
this is necessary to remove the frame from the RXFIFO.
Signed-off-by: Jeppe Ledet-Pedersen <jlp@gomspace.com>
Acked-by: Kedareswara rao Appana <appanad@xilinx.com>
Cc: linux-stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Fixed the following kbuild warnings:
1. unused variable 'of_id'
2. buffer overflow 'ring_cfg' 5 <= 5
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RGMII-ID uses an internal delay within the transmitter or receiver. This
feature is phy specific. The rest of the communication is normal RGMII.
So the fec driver has to check for all RGMII modes, not only
'PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_RGMII'.
Signed-off-by: Markus Pargmann <mpa@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When system is out of memory, refilling of RX buffers fails while
the driver continue to pass the received packets to the kernel stack.
At some point, when all RX buffers deplete, driver may fall into a
sleep, and not recover when memory for new RX buffers is once again
availible. This is because hardware does not have valid descriptors,
so no interrupt will be generated for the driver to return to work
in napi context. Fix it by schedule the napi poll function from
stats_task delayed workqueue, as long as the allocations fail.
Signed-off-by: Ido Shamay <idos@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While testing this driver with DEBUG_LOCKDEP and DEBUG_SPINLOCK
enabled did not produce any traces, it would be more prudent in the
case of tx_clean_lock to use spin_[un]lock_bh, since this lock is
manipulated in both the process and softirq contexts.
This patch was tested for functionality and regressions with netperf
and DEBUG_LOCKDEP and DEBUG_SPINLOCK enabled.
Signed-off-by: Tony Camuso <tcamuso@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver unlike other drivers does not log link state changes. It's
better for an user when asynchronous link states are logged to the system
log.
v3: Changes from v2 discarded as "not necessary"
Cc: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Cc: Subbu Seetharaman <subbu.seetharaman@emulex.com>
Cc: Ajit Khaparde <ajit.khaparde@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enables receiving large packets from other LPARs. These packets
have a -1 IP header checksum, so we must recalculate to have
a valid checksum.
Signed-off-by: Brian King <brking@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Falcon <tlfalcon@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Brian King <brking@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Falcon <tlfalcon@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for TSO. TSO is turned off by default and
must be enabled and configured by the user. The driver
version number is increased so that users can be sure
that they are using ibmveth with TSO support.
Cc: Brian King <brking@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Falcon <tlfalcon@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch enables 64k rx buffer pools by default. If Cooperative
Memory Overcommitment (CMO) is enabled, the number of 64k buffers
is reduced to save memory.
Cc: Brian King <brking@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Falcon <tlfalcon@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Addresses the following kernel logs seen during boot:
Kernel unaligned access at TPC[100ee150] mlx4_QUERY_HCA+0x80/0x248 [mlx4_core]
Kernel unaligned access at TPC[100f071c] mlx4_QUERY_ADAPTER+0x100/0x12c [mlx4_core]
Kernel unaligned access at TPC[100f071c] mlx4_QUERY_ADAPTER+0x100/0x12c [mlx4_core]
Kernel unaligned access at TPC[100f071c] mlx4_QUERY_ADAPTER+0x100/0x12c [mlx4_core]
Kernel unaligned access at TPC[100f071c] mlx4_QUERY_ADAPTER+0x100/0x12c [mlx4_core]
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <david.ahern@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Poirier <bpoirier@suse.de>
Fixes: 9e311e7 ("net/mlx4_en: Use affinity hint")
Acked-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adding ring manager v2 support for APM X-Gene ethernet driver.
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is a preparatory patch for adding ethernet support for APM X-Gene
ethernet driver to work with ring manager v2.
Added xgene_ring_ops structure for storing chip specific ring manager
properties and functions.
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for one of the slp_tr gpio use cases which
indicates the TX_START command without doing some spi bus traffic.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Varka Bhadram <varkabhadram@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If a transmit ends in a calibration which means the transceiver do a
TRX_OFF state change, we can directly change into TX_ARET state instead
doing a TX_ON to TX_ARET statechange.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Varka Bhadram <varkabhadram@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
All supported transceivers can do a valid state change from TRX_OFF to
AACK_ON. This patch removes the state change chain from TRX_OFF ->
TX_ON -> AACK_ON instead we doing a directly state change from TRX_OFF
to AACK_ON.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds a calibration timeout reset when change from TRX_OFF to
TX_ARET_ON which also occurs a calibration.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Varka Bhadram <varkabhadram@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch moves the calculation timeout of TRX_OFF to RX_AACK_ON
handling to the async state change functionality. With this patch we can
do a reset of calculation timeout when others TRX_OFF to RX_AACK_ON
happens instead of doing this on interface up only.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Varka Bhadram <varkabhadram@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch cleanups the at86rf230 driver to use a space instead a tab
after define.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Varka Bhadram <varkabhadram@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Instead of using the 'magic' number of 0x1f the TRX_STATE_MASK macro is
introduced.
Signed-off-by: Christoffer Holmstedt <christoffer.holmstedt@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Commit 6559a7e829 ("cxgb4: Cleanup macros so they follow the same
style and look consistent") introduced a regression where reading MC1
memory in adapters where MC0 isn't present or MC0 size is not equal to MC1
size caused the adapter to crash due to incorrect computation of memoffset.
Fix is to read the size of MC0 instead of MC1 for offset calculation
Signed-off-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In a kdump environment interfaces might be re-loaded without a proper
unload sequence in the previous running kernel.
bnx2x management FW and driver maintains a `pulse' that notifies the FW
that the driver is still up and running.
Driver load on the kdump kernel should be performed only after the pulse
has been out-of-sync long enough for the management FW to identify that
the driver has crashed, on which point it will perform some necessary
cleanup of the HW.
In today's distros kdump loading is quite fast, sometimes too fast for our
FW to get out-of-sync. This patch delays the bnx2x's probe during kdump
to allow a proper re-load on the kdump kernel.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes a Kernel Panic in bonding driver debugfs file: rlb_hash_table.
$> modprobe bonding mode=6
$> cat /sys/kernel/debug/bonding/bond0/rlb_hash_table
This will crash the kernel. The struct alb_bond_info is initialized only when
the bonding interface is initialized (ip link set bond0 up) and not at the time
it is allocated. If we try to read the table before that, it'll result in a
kernel panic.
The patch applies against both net and net-next
Signed-off-by: Vishwanath Pai <vpai@akamai.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Under heavy Rx load, observed that the Hw is updating the USED bit
and it is not updating the received frame status to the BD control
field. This could be lack of resources for processing the BDs at high
data rates. Driver drops the frame associated with this BD but not
clearing the USED bit. So, this is causing hang condition as Hw
expects USED bit to be cleared for this BD.
Signed-off-by: Punnaiah Choudary Kalluri <punnaia@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit b08cc79155 eliminated memory
allocation in the packet send path:
"hv_netvsc: Eliminate memory allocation in the packet send path
The network protocol used to communicate with the host is the remote ndis (rndis)
protocol. We need to decorate each outgoing packet with a rndis header and
additional rndis state (rndis per-packet state). To manage this state, we
currently allocate memory in the transmit path. Eliminate this allocation by
requesting additional head room in the skb."
This commit introduced a bug since it did not account for the case if the skb
was cloned. Fix this bug.
Signed-off-by: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Tested-by: Dexuan Cui <decui@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Altera TSE MAC rx DMA transfer starts with the 2 additional bytes for IP
payload alignment. This patch fixes tse_rx() function loop which reads DMA
rx status and extracts packet length from it. Status signalises a whole DMA
transfer length, which is 2 bytes longer than the packet itself.
Signed-off-by: Vlastimil Setka <setka@vsis.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
By default, the number of tx queues is limited by the number of online cpus
in mlx4_en_get_profile(). However, this limit no longer holds after the
ethtool .set_channels method has been called. In that situation, the driver
may access invalid bits of certain cpumask variables when queue_index >=
nr_cpu_ids.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Poirier <bpoirier@suse.de>
Acked-by: Ido Shamay <idos@mellanox.com>
Fixes: d03a68f ("net/mlx4_en: Configure the XPS queue mapping on driver load")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NLM_F_MULTI must be used only when a NLMSG_DONE message is sent. In fact,
it is sent only at the end of a dump.
Libraries like libnl will wait forever for NLMSG_DONE.
Fixes: e5a55a8987 ("net: create generic bridge ops")
Fixes: 815cccbf10 ("ixgbe: add setlink, getlink support to ixgbe and ixgbevf")
CC: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
CC: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
CC: Subbu Seetharaman <subbu.seetharaman@emulex.com>
CC: Ajit Khaparde <ajit.khaparde@emulex.com>
CC: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
CC: intel-wired-lan@lists.osuosl.org
CC: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
CC: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
CC: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
CC: bridge@lists.linux-foundation.org
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix the 0x0x prefix in an integer constant.
In this case, while at it, also fix a typo (s/unitcast/unicast/).
Signed-off-by: Antonio Ospite <ao2@ao2.it>
Cc: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix the 0x0x prefix in an integer constant.
Signed-off-by: Antonio Ospite <ao2@ao2.it>
Cc: Jay Cliburn <jcliburn@gmail.com>
Cc: Chris Snook <chris.snook@gmail.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These flags are redundant with dev->features. Remove them.
Just make sure to set dev->features ourselves in bnx2x_set_features()
before performing the reload of the card.
Signed-off-by: Michal Schmidt <mschmidt@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is simpler to have the TPA mode as one three-state variable.
Signed-off-by: Michal Schmidt <mschmidt@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If disable_tpa is set, remove NETIF_F_LRO from hw_features, so ethtool sees
it as "off [fixed]".
Note that setting the NETIF_F_LRO bit in dev->features in the 'else'
branch is not needed, because the bit was already set by
bnx2x_init_dev().
Then the check for disable_tpa in in bnx2x_fix_features() becomes unnecessary.
Signed-off-by: Michal Schmidt <mschmidt@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1. Introduce netif-msg to netvsc to control debug logging output
and keep msg_enable in netvsc_device_context so that it is
kept persistently.
2. Only call dump_rndis_message() when NETIF_MSG_RX_ERR or above
is specified in netvsc module debug param.
In non-debug mode, in current code, dump_rndis_message() will not
dump anything but it still initialize some local variables and
process the switch logic which is unnecessary, especially in
high network throughput situation.
Signed-off-by: Simon Xiao <sixiao@microsoft.com>
Reviewed-by: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some more tidbits left over from the legacy scan removal.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The thermal throttling parameters were constant and hardcoded, not allowing
changes for different NIC families.
Change this so that the values are part of the NIC family configuration and
are not constant (so they can be changed dynamically in the future).
Signed-off-by: Chaya Rachel Ivgi <chaya.rachel.ivgi@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
When a firmware restart is done, don't try to reprogram the keys to new
slots but rather just keep the old key index, while skipping keys that
weren't programmed before.
Not only does this restore the state more faithfully, but it will also
allow using the HW key index for internal purposes as an array index.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The generic scan command functions are now irrelevant, since both
sched and regular scans are in the same code. So rename this
functions to dwell and isolate all the dwell-related setting to them.
Keeping the dwell code separate makes it easier to compare the LMAC
and UMAC versions.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Having an LMAC counterpart for the existing UMAC flags function makes
things more consistent and easy to compare and spot the differences.
The flags are the same, but are in different bits, so unfortunately we
can't use a single function for both APIs.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Clean the code a little by moving all the flags into the right
function. Additionally, rename the function, since "common" is now
irrelevant.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
When we use an external buffer, it is allocated from the
t DRAM and can be as big as 64MB. This buffer is huge and
might not be needed for the specific issue being chased.
Especially if lots of dumps are going to be created.
Allow to limit the size of the buffer in the configuration.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
qos_seq points (to a struct) inside the command response data.
Make sure to free the response only after qos_seq is not
needed anymore.
type=bugfix
bug=not-tracked
fixes=I78c07110b59dcd389207bd2b168b0a2760839fe0
Change-Id: I619ce2c17e064dc98c7be9abc1e23175fdc8fb9a
Reported-by: Heng Luo <heng.luo@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Reviewed-on: https://gerrit.rds.intel.com/r/55381
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Tested-by: IWL Jenkins
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
With just a few differences left in the UMAC scan functions now, we
can merge them into one, taking care of the small difference according
to the total number of iterations required.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
In theory, LMAC scans can handle a 32-bit delay, but since waiting for
over 18 hours to start the scan is a bit silly and to keep it aligned
with UMAC scans (which only support 16-bit delays), trim it down to
16-bits.
This makes the LMAC vs. UMAC and the UMAC reg scan vs. UMAC sched scan
code more similar.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The last remaining difference between the regular scan and scheduled
scan flows for LMAC is the FW capabilities check for EBS scans.
Merge these checks into a new function and then combine the LMAC scan
functions into a single one.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
As another step towards combining the scan and sched scan functions,
add parameters that tell the scan function how many iterations we want
(i.e. 1 for normal scan, more for scheduled scan) and that set the
full scan multiplier (only meaningful for LMAC).
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The probe request to be added to both LMAC and UMAC scan commands are
identical, so move the generation out of the LMAC/UMAC-specific code.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
To make things clearer, rename the iwl_mvm_scan_calc_params() function
to iwl_mvm_calc_dwell() and make it calculate and fill in only
dwell-related parameters.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Now that both scheduled scan and regular scan SSID populating
functions do the same thing, they can be combined into a single
function.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The firmware inverts the order of the SSIDs sent out in probe requests
(for some reason). For regular scans, we've been passing the SSIDs in
the opposite order so they go out in the order we want. With
scheduled scans, we were not doing that, so they were sent out in
reverse order of priority. Fix that by using the reverse order when
populating the SSIDs array for scheduled scans as well.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The only difference in the ssid_bitmap between LMAC and UMAC scans is
that in LMAC bits 1 to 20 are used, while in UMAC bits 0 to 19 are
used (*sigh*). So we can combine the bitmap creation into a single
function and simply shift left if LMAC is used.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Many parameters are common for all scans. Instead of parsing the
cfg80211 scan and sched scan requests differently in each flow, move
the parsing outside of the API/scan-type specific functions. In this
way, we only need to differentiate between scan types once.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Similarly to the regular scan patch, a lot of the UMAC and LMAC sched
scan code is also almost identical. Grab the low hanging fruits by
combining the obvious parts.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
A lot of the UMAC and LMAC scan code is almost identical. Grab the
low hanging fruits by combining the obvious parts.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Usually during HW recovery the state of all active interfaces is cleaned
up during drv_start(). There's a special case where a HW restart is
requested when an interface is going down. In this case the iface-iterator
won't see this interface and we won't clean it. This has bad consequences
once the interface is legitimately brought up again.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Instead of repeating the same code in 4 different places, combine the
comparisons into a new function. Additionally, this change fixes UMAC
scans where the RRM IEs were not taken into consideration when
calculating the IE length.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
We have a function (iwl_mvm_scan_size()) that can calculate the scan
size for both UMAC and LMAC scans. Use that function instead of
calculating manually for LMAC scan and sched scan.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
We don't support -9.ucode so, all the released firmwares
support scheduled scan properly.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Remove unused struct iwl_scan_offload_req and enum
iwl_scan_offload_flags which are not used anymore. Rename
iwl_scan_offload_schedule to iwl_scan_schedule_lmac to make it clear
that this is for LMAC only. And fix a small typo.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Previously there was a check that compared window->average_tpt
to some value, and if it was different - it set it to that
value. However, this value was already calculated and set in
_rs_collect_tx_data(), so the entire check is unneeded.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
This adds support for configuring and retrieving the FW
monitor in MARBH mode.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Net-detect scans were using the same type as sched scan, which was
causing the driver to return -EBUSY and prevent the system from
suspending if there was an ongoing scheduled scan. To avoid this, add
a new type for net-detect and don't stop anything when it is
requested, so that the existing scheduled scan will be resumed when
the system wakes up.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Move all the scan code that was in mac80211.c to scan.c where it
belongs, leaving only the parts that are specific to mac80211 ops.
Change some function definitions slightly to improve consistency.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
All scans are using the unified APIs now, so using "unified" in the
symbols is useless and just make them much longer and the main
difference between scans now is LMAC vs. UMAC. Remove "unified" from
all relevant symbols.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Instead of hardcoding the differences between UMAC scans and LMAC
scans (which in this case is the number of simultaneous scans that can
run), introduce a max_scans variable and stop scans of the other type
(i.e. stop sched scan if regular scan is being attempted and
vice-versa) if the number of running scans reached the maximum.
Add a function that checks if the maximum number of scans was reached
and stops the appropriate scan to make room for the new scan.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
If a new scan cannot be run for some reason, we shouldn't cancel other
ongoing scans. Move the checks to before the code that cancels other
scans.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Now that we have separate flags for stopping scans, we don't need to
wait for the scan stopped work to complete before starting the new
scan. Previously we needed it because we had no way of distinguishing
the scan that was being stopped from the scan that was currently
running. With the new flags there won't be any confusions and we are
able to handle the stop for the correct type of scan.
Thus we can remove the iwl_mvm_cancel_scan_wait_notif() function.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
LMAC scans cannot handle more than one scan at a time, but UMAC scans
can. To avoid confusion we should combine the states of these two
types of scans. To do so, we need to support mutliple scans at the
same time for UMAC.
This commit changes the scan_status element from a single value to a
bitmask of running scan types for LMAC. Later, we will modify UMAC
scans to use the same state bitmask.
Additionally, add stopping scan flags for scheduled and regular scans.
This makes it easier to differentiate and handle stop requests
triggered by the driver and spontaneous stops generated by the
firmware.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
In some cases, max_out_time value is smaller than 200 and having the
NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY flag was actually causing the
max_out_time to be increased. To avoid that, set max_out_time to 200
only if it's greater than 200.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Add scan parameters information to make it easier to debug scan dwell
times and fragmentation.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
last_txrate_idx isn't used anymore and can be dropped as this info
exists already somewhere else.
Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyalx.shapira@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Same code appear a few lines later while the position has
no effect on the actual flow.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
When user space requests mac80211 to transmit a frame off
channel, mac80211 notifies the driver, and the driver requests
a time event from the ucode, and then transmits the frame.
When the driver requests a time event, it can specify what is the allowed
max delay for starting the time event.
When the max delay is too big, this can cause a timeout in the user space,
that is waiting for the frame to be transmitted.
Currently the max delay is extremely long.
Reduce the max delay for the AUX ROC time event that is sent to the ucode.
Signed-off-by: Matti Gottlieb <matti.gottlieb@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Firmware "board" file name has changed from wil6210.board
to wil6210.brd by the FW generation tools.
Reflect this in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
cfg80211_ops.stop_ap supposed to have interface carried turned off as
post condition. Fulfill this requirement.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Trace where wil6210_disconnect() is called from.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
refactor module parameter debug_fw to act as "fw debug mode",
where driver do nothing but allow card memory access.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
During firmware restart, the quota command isn't calculated multiple
times, but after the firmware restart it has to be sent, so force it.
Otherwise the firmware crashes.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
I forgot to rename the CPTCFG_ prefix...
Fixes: 484b3d13b4 ("iwlwifi: mvm: add debugfs entry with the number of net-detect scans")
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Our device needs two different firmwares: the INIT firmware
and the operational (OPER) firmware. The first one is run
when the driver loads and it returns calibrations results
as well as the NVM. The second one implements the WiFi
protocol.
If the wlan interface is not brought up, the device is put
to low power state: no firmware will be running. When the
interface is brought up, we would run the OPER firmware
only and reuse the results of the run of the INIT firmware
when the driver was loaded. This is changing with this
patch.
We now run the INIT firmware every time mac80211 calls
start(). The penalty for that is minimal since the INIT
firwmare run fast. I now also avoid to power down the device
between the INIT and OPER firmware on certains buses.
The motivation for this change is that there are components
on the device (MFUART) that are triggered by the INIT
firmware and need the device to be powered up in order to
keep running. Powering the device down between the INIT and
OPER firmware would stop these components and prevent them
from running again since they are triggered by the INIT
firmware only.
The new flow allows this and also allows to trigger these
components again when the interface is brought up after
it has been brought down.
Signed-off-by: Eran Harary <eran.harary@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Major changes in ath10k:
* enable channel 144 on 5 GHz
* enable Adaptive Noise Immunity (ANI) by default
* add Wake on Wireless LAN (WOW) patterns support
* add basic Tunneled Direct Link Setup (TDLS) support
* add multi-channel support for QCA6174
* enable IBSS RSN support
* enable Bluetooth Coexistance whenever firmware supports it
* add more versatile way to set bitrates used by the firmware
The USB mini-driver in rtlwifi, which is used by rtl8192cu, issues a call to
usb_control_msg() with a timeout value of 0. In some instances where the
interface is shutting down, this infinite wait results in a CPU deadlock. A
one second timeout fixes this problem without affecting any normal operations.
This bug is reported at https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=927786.
Reported-by: Bernhard Wiedemann <bwiedemann@suse.com>
Tested-by: Bernhard Wiedemann <bwiedemann@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Cc: Stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Cc: Bernhard Wiedemann <bwiedemann@suse.com>
Cc: Takashi Iwai<tiwai@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Currently when interface type is MAC to Phy, netif_carrier_(on/off)
is called which is not needed as Phy lib already updates the carrier
status to net stack. This is needed only for other interface types
Signed-off-by: Murali Karicheri <m-karicheri2@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) mlx4 doesn't check fully for supported valid RSS hash function, fix
from Amir Vadai
2) Off by one in ibmveth_change_mtu(), from David Gibson
3) Prevent altera chip from reporting false error interrupts in some
circumstances, from Chee Nouk Phoon
4) Get rid of that stupid endless loop trying to allocate a FIN packet
in TCP, and in the process kill deadlocks. From Eric Dumazet
5) Fix get_rps_cpus() crash due to wrong invalid-cpu value, also from
Eric Dumazet
6) Fix two bugs in async rhashtable resizing, from Thomas Graf
7) Fix topology server listener socket namespace bug in TIPC, from Ying
Xue
8) Add some missing HAS_DMA kconfig dependencies, from Geert
Uytterhoeven
9) bgmac driver intends to force re-polling but does so by returning
the wrong value from it's ->poll() handler. Fix from Rafał Miłecki
10) When the creater of an rhashtable configures a max size for it,
don't bark in the logs and drop insertions when that is exceeded.
Fix from Johannes Berg
11) Recover from out of order packets in ppp mppe properly, from Sylvain
Rochet
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (41 commits)
bnx2x: really disable TPA if 'disable_tpa' option is set
net:treewide: Fix typo in drivers/net
net/mlx4_en: Prevent setting invalid RSS hash function
mdio-mux-gpio: use new gpiod_get_array and gpiod_put_array functions
netfilter; Add some missing default cases to switch statements in nft_reject.
ppp: mppe: discard late packet in stateless mode
ppp: mppe: sanity error path rework
net/bonding: Make DRV macros private
net: rfs: fix crash in get_rps_cpus()
altera tse: add support for fixed-links.
pxa168: fix double deallocation of managed resources
net: fix crash in build_skb()
net: eth: altera: Resolve false errors from MSGDMA to TSE
ehea: Fix memory hook reference counting crashes
net/tg3: Release IRQs on permanent error
net: mdio-gpio: support access that may sleep
inet: fix possible panic in reqsk_queue_unlink()
rhashtable: don't attempt to grow when at max_size
bgmac: fix requests for extra polling calls from NAPI
tcp: avoid looping in tcp_send_fin()
...
bnx2x's 'disable_tpa=1' module option is not respected properly and TPA
(transparent packet aggregation) remains enabled. Even though the
module option causes LRO to be disabled, TPA is enabled in GRO mode.
Additionally, disabling GRO via ethtool then has no effect. One can
still observe tpa_* statistics increase and large packets being received
in tcpdump.
The bug was an unintended consequence of commit aebf6244cd "bnx2x: Be
more forgiving toward SW GRO".
Fix it by following the bp->disable_tpa flag when initializing fp's.
Signed-off-by: Michal Schmidt <mschmidt@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
mlx4_en_check_rxfh_func() was checking for hardware support before
setting a known RSS hash function, but didn't do any check before
setting unknown RSS hash function. Need to make it fail on such values.
In this occasion, moved the actual setting of the new value from the
check function into mlx4_en_set_rxfh().
Fixes: 947cbb0 ("net/mlx4_en: Support for configurable RSS hash function")
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the new gpiod_get_array and gpiod_put_array functions
(added to mainline in the v4.1 merge window) for obtaining and
disposing of GPIO descriptors.
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Rojhalat Ibrahim <imr@rtschenk.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Until now only a single fixed tx rate or nss was
allowed to be set.
The patch attempts to improve this by allowing
most bitrate masks. The limitation is VHT MCS
rates cannot be expressed separately using
existing firmware interfaces and only the
following VHT MCS ranges are supported: none, 0-7,
0-8, and 0-9.
This keeps the old behaviour when requesting
single tx rate or single nss. The new bitrate mask
logic is only applied to other cases that would
return -EINVAL until now.
Depending on firmware revisions some combinations
may crash firmware so use with care, please.
This depends on "ath10k: don't use reassoc flag".
Without it key cache would effectively be
invalidated upon bitrate change leading to
communication being no longer possible.
These work:
iw wlan0 set bitrates legacy-5 6 12 ht-mcs-5 1 2 3
iw wlan0 set bitrates legacy-5 ht-mcs-5 7 8 9
iw wlan0 set bitrates legacy-5 24 ht-mcs-5 vht-mcs-5 1:0-9
These won't work:
iw wlan0 set bitrates legacy-5 ht-mcs-5 vht-mcs-5 1:0-5
iw wlan0 set bitrates vht-mcs-5 2:7-9
(note the invalid VHT MCS ranges)
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
When PPP is used over a link which does not guarantee packet ordering,
we might get late MPPE packets. This is a problem because MPPE must be
kept synchronized and the current implementation does not drop them and
rekey 4095 times instead of 0, which is wrong.
In order to prevent rekeying about a whole count space times (~ 4095
times), drop packets which are not within the forward 4096/2 window and
increase sanity error counter.
Signed-off-by: Sylvain Rochet <sylvain.rochet@finsecur.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We are going to need sanity error path a little further, rework to be
able to use the sanity error path anywhere in decompressor.
Signed-off-by: Sylvain Rochet <sylvain.rochet@finsecur.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The bonding modules currently defines four macros with
general names that pollute the global namespace:
DRV_VERSION
DRV_RELDATE
DRV_NAME
DRV_DESCRIPTION
Fixing that by defining a private bonding_priv.h
header files which includes those defines.
Signed-off-by: Matan Barak <matanb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull fourth vfs update from Al Viro:
"d_inode() annotations from David Howells (sat in for-next since before
the beginning of merge window) + four assorted fixes"
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs:
RCU pathwalk breakage when running into a symlink overmounting something
fix I_DIO_WAKEUP definition
direct-io: only inc/dec inode->i_dio_count for file systems
fs/9p: fix readdir()
VFS: assorted d_backing_inode() annotations
VFS: fs/inode.c helpers: d_inode() annotations
VFS: fs/cachefiles: d_backing_inode() annotations
VFS: fs library helpers: d_inode() annotations
VFS: assorted weird filesystems: d_inode() annotations
VFS: normal filesystems (and lustre): d_inode() annotations
VFS: security/: d_inode() annotations
VFS: security/: d_backing_inode() annotations
VFS: net/: d_inode() annotations
VFS: net/unix: d_backing_inode() annotations
VFS: kernel/: d_inode() annotations
VFS: audit: d_backing_inode() annotations
VFS: Fix up some ->d_inode accesses in the chelsio driver
VFS: Cachefiles should perform fs modifications on the top layer only
VFS: AF_UNIX sockets should call mknod on the top layer only
Add support for fixed-links in configurations without PHY.
(e.g. connection to a switch, SGMII point to point, SFPs)
Check: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/fixed-link.txt.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Oetken <ennoerlangen@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 43d3ddf87a ("net: pxa168_eth: add device tree support") starts
to use managed resources by adding devm_clk_get() and
devm_ioremap_resource(), but it leaves explicit iounmap() and clock_put()
in pxa168_eth_remove() and in failure handling code of pxa168_eth_probe().
As a result double free can happen.
The patch removes explicit resource deallocation. Also it converts
clk_disable() to clk_disable_unprepare() to make it symmetrical with
clk_prepare_enable().
Found by Linux Driver Verification project (linuxtesting.org).
Signed-off-by: Alexey Khoroshilov <khoroshilov@ispras.ru>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch resolves false errors from MSGDMA in TX mSGDMA MM to ST
mode, and is a continuation of the patch recently submitted by Andrea
Oetken. The MSGDMA had a logic bug that masked detection of this issue
prior to Quartus 14.1/Build 164. When the MSGDMA logic bug was addressed
in Quartus 14.1/Build 164, the driver problem was exposed.
The problem is corrected by making sure MSGDMA_DESC_CTL_TR_ERR_IRQ is not
set for any of the transmit DMA descriptors, and only used for receive
descriptors.
Fixes: 71cd26e altera tse: Error-Bit on tx-avalon-stream always set.
Signed-off-by: Chee Nouk Phoon <cnphoon@altera.com>
Signed-off-by: Vince Bridgers <vbridger@opensource.altera.com>a
Cc: Andreas Oetken <ennoerlangen@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The recent commit to only register the EHEA memory hotplug hooks on
adapter probe has a few problems.
Firstly the reference counting is wrong for multiple adapters, in that
the hooks are registered multiple times. Secondly the check in the tear
down path is backward. Finally the error path doesn't decrement the
count.
The multiple registration of the hooks is the biggest problem, as it
leads to oopses when the system is rebooted, and/or errors during memory
hotplug, eg:
$ ./mem-on-off-test.sh -r 2
...
ehea: memory is going offline
ehea: LPAR memory changed - re-initializing driver
ehea: re-initializing driver complete
ehea: memory is going offline
ehea: LPAR memory changed - re-initializing driver
ehea: opcode=26c ret=fffffffffffffffc arg1=8000000003000003 arg2=0 arg3=700000060000d600 arg4=3fded0000 arg5=200 arg6=0 arg7=0
ehea: register_rpage_mr failed
ehea: registering mr failed
ehea: register MR failed - driver inoperable!
ehea: memory is going offline
Fixes: aa18332331 ("ehea: Register memory hotplug, reboot and crash hooks on adapter probe")
Signed-off-by: Michael Ellerman <mpe@ellerman.id.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When having permanent EEH error, the PCI device will be removed
from the system. For this case, we shouldn't set pcierr_recovery
to true wrongly, which blocks the driver to release the allocated
interrupts and their handlers. Eventually, we can't disable MSI
or MSIx successfully because of the MSI or MSIx interrupts still
have associated interrupt actions, which is turned into following
stack dump.
Oops: Exception in kernel mode, sig: 5 [#1]
:
[c0000000003b76a8] .free_msi_irqs+0x80/0x1a0 (unreliable)
[c00000000039f388] .pci_remove_bus_device+0x98/0x110
[c0000000000790f4] .pcibios_remove_pci_devices+0x9c/0x128
[c000000000077b98] .handle_eeh_events+0x2d8/0x4b0
[c0000000000782d0] .eeh_event_handler+0x130/0x1c0
[c000000000022bd4] .kernel_thread+0x54/0x70
Signed-off-by: Gavin Shan <gwshan@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Prashant Sreedharan <prashant@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some systems using mdio-gpio may use gpio on message based busses, which
require sleeping (e.g. gpio from an I2C I/O expander).
Since this driver does not use IRQ handler, it is safe to use the
_cansleep suffixed gpio accessors.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After d75b1ade56 ("net: less interrupt masking in NAPI") polling
function has to return whole budget when it wants NAPI to call it again.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Fixes: eb64e2923a ("bgmac: leave interrupts disabled as long as there is work to do")
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This will allow mac80211 to forbid sleeping from the
event_callback callback.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This support is essentially useless as typically networks are encrypted,
frames will be filtered by hardware, and rate scaling will be done with
the intended recipient in mind. For real monitoring of the network, the
monitor mode support should be used instead.
Removing it removes a lot of corner cases.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This driver already uses ioremap_wc() on the same range
so when write-combining is available that will be used
instead.
Cc: Hyong-Youb Kim <hykim@myri.com>
Cc: Andy Lutomirski <luto@amacapital.net>
Cc: Suresh Siddha <sbsiddha@gmail.com>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Juergen Gross <jgross@suse.com>
Cc: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: Juergen Gross <jgross@suse.com>
Cc: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
Cc: Andy Lutomirski <luto@amacapital.net>
Cc: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
Cc: Antonino Daplas <adaplas@gmail.com>
Cc: Jean-Christophe Plagniol-Villard <plagnioj@jcrosoft.com>
Cc: Tomi Valkeinen <tomi.valkeinen@ti.com>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If NO_DMA=y:
drivers/built-in.o: In function `grcan_free_dma_buffers':
grcan.c:(.text+0x2d7716): undefined reference to `dma_free_coherent'
drivers/built-in.o: In function `grcan_allocate_dma_buffers':
grcan.c:(.text+0x2d779c): undefined reference to `dma_alloc_coherent'
Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If NO_DMA=y:
drivers/built-in.o: In function `arc_emac_tx_clean':
emac_main.c:(.text+0x2decde): undefined reference to `dma_unmap_single'
drivers/built-in.o: In function `arc_emac_rx':
emac_main.c:(.text+0x2dee1c): undefined reference to `dma_unmap_single'
emac_main.c:(.text+0x2dee72): undefined reference to `dma_map_single'
emac_main.c:(.text+0x2dee7e): undefined reference to `dma_mapping_error'
drivers/built-in.o: In function `arc_emac_probe':
(.text+0x2df2ee): undefined reference to `dmam_alloc_coherent'
drivers/built-in.o: In function `arc_emac_open':
emac_main.c:(.text+0x2df6d8): undefined reference to `dma_map_single'
emac_main.c:(.text+0x2df6e4): undefined reference to `dma_mapping_error'
drivers/built-in.o: In function `arc_emac_tx':
emac_main.c:(.text+0x2df9e4): undefined reference to `dma_map_single'
emac_main.c:(.text+0x2df9f0): undefined reference to `dma_mapping_error'
Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If NO_DMA=y:
drivers/built-in.o: In function `xgbe_probe':
xgbe-main.c:(.text+0x2def0a): undefined reference to `dma_set_mask'
xgbe-main.c:(.text+0x2def20): undefined reference to `dma_supported'
drivers/built-in.o: In function `xgbe_rx_poll':
xgbe-drv.c:(.text+0x2e0320): undefined reference to `dma_sync_single_for_cpu'
xgbe-drv.c:(.text+0x2e035e): undefined reference to `dma_sync_single_for_cpu'
drivers/built-in.o: In function `xgbe_unmap_rdata':
xgbe-desc.c:(.text+0x2e5fe4): undefined reference to `dma_unmap_page'
xgbe-desc.c:(.text+0x2e5ffa): undefined reference to `dma_unmap_single'
xgbe-desc.c:(.text+0x2e604a): undefined reference to `dma_unmap_page'
xgbe-desc.c:(.text+0x2e6084): undefined reference to `dma_unmap_page'
drivers/built-in.o: In function `xgbe_alloc_pages':
xgbe-desc.c:(.text+0x2e6156): undefined reference to `dma_map_page'
xgbe-desc.c:(.text+0x2e6164): undefined reference to `dma_mapping_error'
drivers/built-in.o: In function `xgbe_free_ring':
xgbe-desc.c:(.text+0x2e63d4): undefined reference to `dma_unmap_page'
xgbe-desc.c:(.text+0x2e640e): undefined reference to `dma_unmap_page'
xgbe-desc.c:(.text+0x2e644a): undefined reference to `dma_free_coherent'
drivers/built-in.o: In function `xgbe_init_ring':
xgbe-desc.c:(.text+0x2e64d4): undefined reference to `dma_alloc_coherent'
drivers/built-in.o: In function `xgbe_map_tx_skb':
xgbe-desc.c:(.text+0x2e6628): undefined reference to `dma_map_single'
xgbe-desc.c:(.text+0x2e6638): undefined reference to `dma_mapping_error'
xgbe-desc.c:(.text+0x2e66b2): undefined reference to `dma_map_single'
xgbe-desc.c:(.text+0x2e66c2): undefined reference to `dma_mapping_error'
xgbe-desc.c:(.text+0x2e6762): undefined reference to `dma_map_page'
xgbe-desc.c:(.text+0x2e6772): undefined reference to `dma_mapping_error'
Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
AFAIK the PAPR document which defines the virtual device interface used by
the ibmveth driver doesn't specify a specific maximum MTU. So, in the
ibmveth driver, the maximum allowed MTU is determined by the maximum
allocated buffer size of 64k (corresponding to one page in the common case)
minus the per-buffer overhead IBMVETH_BUFF_OH (which has value 22 for 14
bytes of ethernet header, plus 8 bytes for an opaque handle).
This suggests a maximum allowable MTU of 65514 bytes, but in fact the
driver only permits a maximum MTU of 65513. This is because there is a <
instead of an <= in ibmveth_change_mtu(), which only permits an MTU which
is strictly smaller than the buffer size, rather than allowing the buffer
to be completely filled.
This patch fixes the buglet.
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Acked-by: Thomas Falcon <tlfalcon@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The return value of vxlan_fdb_replace always is greater than or equal to 0
Signed-off-by: Li RongQing <roy.qing.li@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In 02c958dd3 (net/macb: add TX multiqueue support for gem), the
initialization of tx_head and tx_tail in macb_init_rings() was moved
inside the loop that iterates over each element in the ring. Since
tx_head and tx_tail only need to be assigned once, move them back out of
the loop.
Signed-off-by: Ben Shelton <ben.shelton@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On some feature changes, driver employes an inner-reload flow where it
resets the function and re-configures it with the new required set of
parameters.
Such a flow proves fatal to any VF since those were not intended to be used
while HW is being reset underneath, causing them [at best] to lose all
connectivity.
This changes driver behavior to fail all configuration changes [e.g., mtu
change] requested of the driver in case VFs are active.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As always, this tends to be one of our bigger branches. There are lots of
updates this release, but not that many jumps out as something that needs
more detailed coverage. Some of the highlights are:
- DTs for the new Annapurna Labs Alpine platform
- More graphics DT pieces falling into place on Exynos, bridges, clocks.
- Plenty of DT updates for Qualcomm platforms for various IP blocks
- Some churn on Tegra due to switch-over to tool-generated pinctrl data
- Misc fixes and updates for Atmel at91 platforms
- Various DT updates to add IP block support on Broadcom's Cygnus platforms
- More updates for Renesas platforms as DT support is added for various IP
blocks (IPMMU, display, audio, etc).
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=wqhB
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'armsoc-dt' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/arm/arm-soc
Pull ARM DT updates from Olof Johansson:
"As always, this tends to be one of our bigger branches. There are
lots of updates this release, but not that many jumps out as something
that needs more detailed coverage. Some of the highlights are:
- DTs for the new Annapurna Labs Alpine platform
- more graphics DT pieces falling into place on Exynos, bridges,
clocks.
- plenty of DT updates for Qualcomm platforms for various IP blocks
- some churn on Tegra due to switch-over to tool-generated pinctrl
data
- misc fixes and updates for Atmel at91 platforms
- various DT updates to add IP block support on Broadcom's Cygnus
platforms
- more updates for Renesas platforms as DT support is added for
various IP blocks (IPMMU, display, audio, etc)"
* tag 'armsoc-dt' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/arm/arm-soc: (231 commits)
ARM: dts: alpine: add internal pci
Revert "ARM: dts: mt8135: Add pinctrl/GPIO/EINT node for mt8135."
ARM: mvebu: use 0xf1000000 as internal registers on Armada 370 DB
ARM: dts: qcom: Add idle state device nodes for 8064
ARM: dts: qcom: Add idle states device nodes for 8084
ARM: dts: qcom: Add idle states device nodes for 8974/8074
ARM: dts: qcom: Update power-controller device node for 8064 Krait CPUs
ARM: dts: qcom: Add power-controller device node for 8084 Krait CPUs
ARM: dts: qcom: Add power-controller device node for 8074 Krait CPUs
devicetree: bindings: Document qcom,idle-states
devicetree: bindings: Update qcom,saw2 node bindings
dt-bindings: Add #defines for MSM8916 clocks and resets
arm: dts: qcom: Add LPASS Audio HW to IPQ8064 device tree
arm: dts: qcom: Add APQ8084 chipset SPMI PMIC's nodes
arm: dts: qcom: Add 8x74 chipset SPMI PMIC's nodes
arm: dts: qcom: Add SPMI PMIC Arbiter nodes for APQ8084 and MSM8974
arm: dts: qcom: Add LCC nodes
arm: dts: qcom: Add TCSR support for MSM8960
arm: dts: qcom: Add TCSR support for MSM8660
arm: dts: qcom: Add TCSR support for IPQ8064
...
The driver can clearly enable fast-xmit since it does rate
control in the device and thus must do duration calculation
there as well.
Acked-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The driver can clearly enable fast-xmit since it does rate
control in the device and thus must do duration calculation
there as well.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
For hwsim, the duration field in frames is already not valid for
the common case of HT/VHT MCSes, so there's little point in trying
to keep it accurate for the legacy rates. Enable the fast-xmit code
to allow testing that, although given the dependency on hardware
crypto it will only be enabled in open network configurations.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
"Just a few fixes trickling in at this point.
1) If we see an attached socket on an skb in the ipv4 forwarding path,
bail. This can happen due to races with FIB rule addition, and
deletion, and we should just drop such frames. From Sebastian
Pöhn.
2) pppoe receive should only accept packets destined for this hosts's
MAC address. From Joakim Tjernlund.
3) Handle checksum unwrapping properly in ppp receive properly when
it's encapsulated in UDP in some way, fix from Tom Herbert.
4) Fix some bugs in mv88e6xxx DSA driver resulting from the conversion
from register offset constants to mnenomic macros. From Vivien
Didelot.
5) Fix handling of HCA max message size in mlx4 adapters, from Eran
Ben ELisha"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net:
net/mlx4_core: Fix reading HCA max message size in mlx4_QUERY_DEV_CAP
tcp: add memory barriers to write space paths
altera tse: Error-Bit on tx-avalon-stream always set.
net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: use PORT_DEFAULT_VLAN
net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: fix setup of port control 1
ppp: call skb_checksum_complete_unset in ppp_receive_frame
net: add skb_checksum_complete_unset
pppoe: Lacks DST MAC address check
ip_forward: Drop frames with attached skb->sk
Currently we parse max_msg_sz from the wrong offset in QUERY_DEV_CAP,
fix to use the right offset.
Fixes: 0b131561a7 ('net/mlx4_en: Add Flow control statistics [..]')
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During initialization firmware does some sort of
memory switch between DRAM and IRAM. If
configuration value for bank switching isn't
correct device crashes during init.
The new value prevents firmware 11.0.0.302 (and
possibly others) for qca61x4 hw2.1 from crashing
during init.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Some devices differ slightly and require different
board files. If wrong board data is used they
crash or behave incorrectly.
These devices can be differentiated by looking at
PCI subsystem device id. That is the case for
qca61x4 devices at least.
The board specific filename is constructed as:
board-<bus>-<id>.bin
For PCI in particular it is:
board-pci-<vendor>:<dev>:<subsys_vendor>:<subsys_dev>.bin
These files are looked in device/hw specific
directories. Hence for Killer 1525 (qca6174 hw2.1)
ath10k will request:
/lib/firmware/ath10k/QCA6174/hw2.1/board-pci-168c:003e:1a56:1525.bin
To not break any existing setups (e.g. in case
some devices in the wild already have subsys ids)
if a board specific file isn't found a generic one
is used which is the one which would be used until
now. This guarantees that after upgrading a driver
device will not suddenly stop working due to
now-missing specific board file. If this is the
case a "fallback" string is appended to the info
string when driver boots.
Keep in mind this is distinct from cal-pci-*.bin
files which contain full calibration data and MAC
address. Cal data is aimed at systems where
calibration data is stored out of band, e.g. on
nand flash instead of device EEPROM - an approach
taken by some AP/router vendors.
Board files are more of a template and needs some
bits to be filled in by the OTP program using
device EEPROM contents.
One could argue to map subsystem ids to some board
design codename strings instead of using raw ids
when building the board filename. Using a mapping
however would make it a lot more cumbersome and
time consuming (due to how patches propagate over
various kernel trees) to add support for some new
device board designs. Adding a board file is a lot
quicker and doesn't require recompilation.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
There's no need to implement the same thing twice.
Reduce code duplication.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The Error-Bit on the avalon streaming interface of the
tx-dma-channel was always set. In SGMII configurations
this leads to error-symbols on the PCS and packet-rejection
on the receiver side (e.g. SGMII/1000Base-X connected switch).
This only applies to the tse-configuration with MSGDMA.
This issue was detected and fixed on a custom board with
a direct connection to a Marvell switch in SGMII-PHY-Mode.
(incl. custom patches for SGMII-PCS).
According to the datasheet if ff_tx_err (avalon-streaming)
is set it is forwarded to gm_tx_err. As a result the PCS
is forwarding the error by sending a "/V/"-caracter.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Oetken <ennoerlangen@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Minor, use the explicit PORT_DEFAULT_VLAN define instead of 0x07.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Acked-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
mv88e6xxx_setup_port_common was writing to PORT_DEFAULT_VLAN (port
offset 0x07) instead of PORT_CONTROL_1 (port offset 0x05).
Fixes: cca8b13375 ("net: dsa: Use mnemonics rather than register numbers")
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Acked-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Call checksum_complete_unset in PPP receive to discard checksum-complete
value. PPP does not pull checksum for headers and also modifies packet
as in VJ compression.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A pppoe session is identified by its session ID and MAC address.
Currently pppoe does not check if the received pkg has the correct
MAC address. This is a problem when the eth I/F is in promisc mode
as then any DST MAC address is accepted.
Signed-off-by: Joakim Tjernlund <joakim.tjernlund@transmode.se>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
functions, prompted by their mis-use in staging.
With these function removed, all cpu functions should only iterate to
nr_cpu_ids, so we finally only allocate that many bits when cpumasks
are allocated offstack.
Thanks,
Rusty.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=VAgA
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'cpumask-next-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rusty/linux
Pull final removal of deprecated cpus_* cpumask functions from Rusty Russell:
"This is the final removal (after several years!) of the obsolete
cpus_* functions, prompted by their mis-use in staging.
With these function removed, all cpu functions should only iterate to
nr_cpu_ids, so we finally only allocate that many bits when cpumasks
are allocated offstack"
* tag 'cpumask-next-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rusty/linux: (25 commits)
cpumask: remove __first_cpu / __next_cpu
cpumask: resurrect CPU_MASK_CPU0
linux/cpumask.h: add typechecking to cpumask_test_cpu
cpumask: only allocate nr_cpumask_bits.
Fix weird uses of num_online_cpus().
cpumask: remove deprecated functions.
mips: fix obsolete cpumask_of_cpu usage.
x86: fix more deprecated cpu function usage.
ia64: remove deprecated cpus_ usage.
powerpc: fix deprecated CPU_MASK_CPU0 usage.
CPU_MASK_ALL/CPU_MASK_NONE: remove from deprecated region.
staging/lustre/o2iblnd: Don't use cpus_weight
staging/lustre/libcfs: replace deprecated cpus_ calls with cpumask_
staging/lustre/ptlrpc: Do not use deprecated cpus_* functions
blackfin: fix up obsolete cpu function usage.
parisc: fix up obsolete cpu function usage.
tile: fix up obsolete cpu function usage.
arm64: fix up obsolete cpu function usage.
mips: fix up obsolete cpu function usage.
x86: fix up obsolete cpu function usage.
...
In the case of a DMA mapping error on the last iteration of
the loop of the allocation of memory of the FW monitor we
indeed free the pages, but don't NULL out the page variable
thus allowing for the possibility of setting the FW monitor
variables with invalid data to use.
Fixes: c2d202017d ("iwlwifi: pcie: add firmware monitor capabilities")
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
If for some reason statistics notification received from the firmware
reports 0 in average beacon RSSI value, then skip it and avoid signal
based decisions.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Scan iteration complete notification handling uses the wrong FW API
version (version 2 instead of version 3).
Fix that by removing version 2 API which is no longer used, and using
only the updated version.
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
When the delay paramatere is provided, we need to stop
the collection only after the delay has elapsed.
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The firmware doesn't relate the scan to a vif. The scan is
run by a separate entity called auxiliary MAC (aka AUX MAC).
This AUX MAC needs to get Tx power limitations that are
not applied on a specific vif, but on the device as a whole.
This can be implemented by using the minimum of all the
values set by the user for all the MACs. But then we need
to ignore the limitations that come from the AP or
regulatory for a specific vif: a specific vif might have
regulatory limitations because of the channel is works on.
This limit is irrelevant for the AUX MAC.
Use the new API from mac80211: the user_power_level in
bss_conf to achieve this.
Firmware -13.ucode has already moved to this API.
Change-Id: Ifba83660f378e91b93bd46d29fe8ba35a7c168a4
Signed-off-by: Avri Altman <avri.altman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Fix verifier memory corruption and other bugs in BPF layer, from
Alexei Starovoitov.
2) Add a conservative fix for doing BPF properly in the BPF classifier
of the packet scheduler on ingress. Also from Alexei.
3) The SKB scrubber should not clear out the packet MARK and security
label, from Herbert Xu.
4) Fix oops on rmmod in stmmac driver, from Bryan O'Donoghue.
5) Pause handling is not correct in the stmmac driver because it
doesn't take into consideration the RX and TX fifo sizes. From
Vince Bridgers.
6) Failure path missing unlock in FOU driver, from Wang Cong.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (44 commits)
net: dsa: use DEVICE_ATTR_RW to declare temp1_max
netns: remove BUG_ONs from net_generic()
IB/ipoib: Fix ndo_get_iflink
sfc: Fix memcpy() with const destination compiler warning.
altera tse: Fix network-delays and -retransmissions after high throughput.
net: remove unused 'dev' argument from netif_needs_gso()
act_mirred: Fix bogus header when redirecting from VLAN
inet_diag: fix access to tcp cc information
tcp: tcp_get_info() should fetch socket fields once
net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: Add missing initialization in mv88e6xxx_set_port_state()
skbuff: Do not scrub skb mark within the same name space
Revert "net: Reset secmark when scrubbing packet"
bpf: fix two bugs in verification logic when accessing 'ctx' pointer
bpf: fix bpf helpers to use skb->mac_header relative offsets
stmmac: Configure Flow Control to work correctly based on rxfifo size
stmmac: Enable unicast pause frame detect in GMAC Register 6
stmmac: Read tx-fifo-depth and rx-fifo-depth from the devicetree
stmmac: Add defines and documentation for enabling flow control
stmmac: Add properties for transmit and receive fifo sizes
stmmac: fix oops on rmmod after assigning ip addr
...
Pull MIPS updates from Ralf Baechle:
"This is the main pull request for MIPS for Linux 4.1. Most
noteworthy:
- Add more Octeon-optimized crypto functions
- Octeon crypto preemption and locking fixes
- Little endian support for Octeon
- Use correct CSR to soft reset Octeons
- Support LEDs on the Octeon-based DSR-1000N
- Fix PCI interrupt mapping for the Octeon-based DSR-1000N
- Mark prom_free_prom_memory() as __init for a number of systems
- Support for Imagination's Pistachio SOC. This includes arch and
CLK bits. I'd like to merge pinctrl bits later
- Improve parallelism of csum_partial for certain pipelines
- Organize DTB files in subdirs like other architectures
- Implement read_sched_clock for all MIPS platforms other than
Octeon
- Massive series of 38 fixes and cleanups for the FPU emulator /
kernel
- Further FPU remulator work to support new features. This sits on a
separate branch which also has been pulled into the 4.1 KVM branch
- Clean up and fixes for the SEAD3 eval board; remove unused file
- Various updates for Netlogic platforms
- A number of small updates for Loongson 3 platforms
- Increase the memory limit for ATH79 platforms to 256MB
- A fair number of fixes and updates for BCM47xx platforms
- Finish the implementation of XPA support
- MIPS FDC support. No, not floppy controller but Fast Debug Channel :)
- Detect the R16000 used in SGI legacy platforms
- Fix Kconfig dependencies for the SSB bus support"
* 'upstream' of git://git.linux-mips.org/pub/scm/ralf/upstream-linus: (265 commits)
MIPS: Makefile: Fix MIPS ASE detection code
MIPS: asm: elf: Set O32 default FPU flags
MIPS: BCM47XX: Fix detecting Microsoft MN-700 & Asus WL500G
MIPS: Kconfig: Disable SMP/CPS for 64-bit
MIPS: Hibernate: flush TLB entries earlier
MIPS: smp-cps: cpu_set FPU mask if FPU present
MIPS: lose_fpu(): Disable FPU when MSA enabled
MIPS: ralink: add missing symbol for RALINK_ILL_ACC
MIPS: ralink: Fix bad config symbol in PCI makefile.
SSB: fix Kconfig dependencies
MIPS: Malta: Detect and fix bad memsize values
Revert "MIPS: Avoid pipeline stalls on some MIPS32R2 cores."
MIPS: Octeon: Delete override of cpu_has_mips_r2_exec_hazard.
MIPS: Fix cpu_has_mips_r2_exec_hazard.
MIPS: kernel: entry.S: Set correct ISA level for mips_ihb
MIPS: asm: spinlock: Fix addiu instruction for R10000_LLSC_WAR case
MIPS: r4kcache: Use correct base register for MIPS R6 cache flushes
MIPS: Kconfig: Fix typo for the r2-to-r6 emulator kernel parameter
MIPS: unaligned: Fix regular load/store instruction emulation for EVA
MIPS: unaligned: Surround load/store macros in do {} while statements
...
drivers/net/ethernet/sfc/selftest.c: In function ‘efx_iterate_state’:
drivers/net/ethernet/sfc/selftest.c:388:9: warning: passing argument 1 of ‘memcpy’ discards ‘const’ qualifier from pointer target type [-Wdiscarded-array-qualifiers]
This is because the msg[] member of struct efx_loopback_payload
is marked as 'const'. Remove that.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix bug which occurs when more than <limit> packets are available during
napi-poll, leading to "delays" and retransmissions on the network.
Check for (count < limit) before checking the get_rx_status in tse_rx-function.
Function get_rx_status is reading from the response-fifo.
If there is currently a response in the fifo,
reading the last byte of the response pops the value from the fifo.
If the limit is checked as second condition
and the limit is reached the fifo is popped but the packet is not processed.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Oetken <ennoerlangen@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In commit 04ffcb255f ("net: Add ndo_gso_check") Tom originally
added the 'dev' argument to be able to call ndo_gso_check().
Then later, when generalizing this in commit 5f35227ea3
("net: Generalize ndo_gso_check to ndo_features_check")
Jesse removed the call to ndo_gso_check() in netif_needs_gso()
by calling the new ndo_features_check() in a different place.
This made the 'dev' argument unused.
Remove the unused argument and go back to the code as before.
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Cc: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When you redirect a VLAN device to any device, you end up with
crap in af_packet on the xmit path because hard_header_len is
not equal to skb->mac_len. So the redirected packet contains
four extra bytes at the start which then gets interpreted as
part of the MAC address.
This patch fixes this by only pushing skb->mac_len. We also
need to fix ifb because it tries to undo the pushing done by
act_mirred.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The new 10.2.4 FW support the BT-coex feature with external BT module,
The external BT modules can communicate with it via the GPIO. This patch
check the BT-coex capability of the FW and enable it by default.
Signed-off-by: Yanbo Li <yanbol@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add the FW ATF (Air Time Fairness) service define to keep consistent
with 10.2 FW capability.
Signed-off-by: Yanbo Li <yanbol@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
WLAN survey data provides several informative values on each channels
such as noise, active time, transmit time, and etc.
Regarding the channel activity time data, it is reported from firmware
in different form which is number of cycles instead of time itself.
Hence host driver converts it to time unit by dividing it by clock rate
that is used at baseband MAC.
Using difference clock rate from that actual HW is using will result in
inaccurate survey data. For instance, channel active time can be reported
with bigger than 150ms even though we set Dwell time to 150ms.
Therefore set the clock rate to 88000 (88 MHz) which is ath10k baseband
MAC is using.
Signed-off-by: Peter Oh <poh@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
With latest additions to the driver it seems
viable to enable support for IBSS-RSN.
It seems to work on QCA988X and 999.999.0.636 but
is a bit slow to exchange RSN keys for some
reason. This may be a firmware quirk or ath10k is
missing something. Nevertheless it makes sense to
finally enable IBSS-RSN in ath10k even if somewhat
handicapped.
QCA6174 firmware doesn't seem to be able to Tx
EAPOL frames at all now (they get stuck in hw
queues for some reason) so it never gets to set
the keys in driver. It's fairly safe to assume that
once this is fixed IBSS-RSN will work with QCA6174
firmware without any additional changes. Hence no
special handling for advertising
IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PER_STA_GTK and
WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN is done now.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Some time ago there was a weird issue with AP
using wrong multicast keys and generating
corrupted traffic on 10.1 firmware.
Apparently a very similar problem applies for
IBSS-RSN on 999.999.0.636.
ath10k doesn't have IBSS-RSN enabled yet. This
patch is a prerequisite to support it.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Apparently firmware requires both pairwise and
groupwise keys to be installed per-peer for static
WEP in IBSS. This wasn't necessary for AP mode
(and installing both doesn't seem to break AP
mode thus there's no special handling).
Also there seems to be some kind of issue with
mapping tx/rx keys in firmware properly which
resulted in wrong keys being used and broken
communication between devices.
It can be argued the vdev param part is more of a
workaround than a real fix. However I couldn't
figure out how to fix this differently. It works
and isn't super ugly.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Firmware actually re-creates peer entry when
reassoc flag is set. This is undesired and could
cause trouble with IBSS crypto-wise. This is also
important for upcomming bitrate mask improvement.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
mac80211 sets static WEP keys as groupwise while
firmware requires them to be installed twice as
both pairwise and groupwise.
Until now these keys were installed once as
pairwise only and, due to that special handling,
needed additional tricks to support 802.1x as
well.
Without this patch in some cases (when AP and
ath10k client use different default tx keys)
multicast communication was broken.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Frames are logged via tracing in two slices:
header and payload, separately. This is done for
performance reasons when one wants to, e.g.
analyse metadata only of frames only.
If for some reason device delivered a frame buffer
which was sized below what 802.11 header implied
tracing logic would blow doing an invalid memory
accesses.
I've hit this problem when running IBSS on QCA988X
with 999.999.0.636 and tracing at the same time.
Fixes: 5ce8e7fdcc ("ath10k: handle ieee80211 header and payload tracing separately")
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
If chip_id wasn't recognized clean up code wasn't
executed properly. It would skip freeing memory
causing a leak and irqs causing possibly MSI
warning splats later or even kernel crashes.
Fixes: 1a7fecb766 ("ath10k: reset chip before reading chip_id in probe")
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
drivers/net/dsa/mv88e6xxx.c: In function ‘mv88e6xxx_set_port_state’:
drivers/net/dsa/mv88e6xxx.c:905: warning: ‘ret’ may be used uninitialized in this function
If oldstate == state, mv88e6xxx_set_port_state() will return an
uninitialized value. Pre-initialize ret to zero to fix this.
Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- Use a single source list of hypercalls, generating other tables
etc. at build time.
- Add a "Xen PV" APIC driver to support >255 VCPUs in PV guests.
- Significant performance improve to guest save/restore/migration.
- scsiback/front save/restore support.
- Infrastructure for multi-page xenbus rings.
- Misc fixes.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.12 (GNU/Linux)
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJVL6OZAAoJEFxbo/MsZsTRs3YH/2AycBHs129DNnc2OLmOklBz
AdD43k+FOfZlv0YU80WmPVmOpGGHGB5Pqkix2KtnvPYmtx3pb/5ikhDwSTWZpqBl
Qq6/RgsRjYZ8VMKqrMTkJMrJWHQYbg8lgsP5810nsFBn/Qdbxms+WBqpMkFVo3b2
rvUZj8QijMJPS3qr55DklVaOlXV4+sTAytTdCiubVnaB/agM2jjRflp/lnJrhtTg
yc4NTrIlD1RsMV/lNh92upBP/pCm6Bs0zQ2H1v3hkdhBBmaO0IVXpSheYhfDOHfo
9v209n137N7X86CGWImFk6m2b+EfiFnLFir07zKSA+iZwkYKn75znSdPfj0KCc0=
=bxTm
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'stable/for-linus-4.1-rc0-tag' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/xen/tip
Pull xen features and fixes from David Vrabel:
- use a single source list of hypercalls, generating other tables etc.
at build time.
- add a "Xen PV" APIC driver to support >255 VCPUs in PV guests.
- significant performance improve to guest save/restore/migration.
- scsiback/front save/restore support.
- infrastructure for multi-page xenbus rings.
- misc fixes.
* tag 'stable/for-linus-4.1-rc0-tag' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/xen/tip:
xen/pci: Try harder to get PXM information for Xen
xenbus_client: Extend interface to support multi-page ring
xen-pciback: also support disabling of bus-mastering and memory-write-invalidate
xen: support suspend/resume in pvscsi frontend
xen: scsiback: add LUN of restored domain
xen-scsiback: define a pr_fmt macro with xen-pvscsi
xen/mce: fix up xen_late_init_mcelog() error handling
xen/privcmd: improve performance of MMAPBATCH_V2
xen: unify foreign GFN map/unmap for auto-xlated physmap guests
x86/xen/apic: WARN with details.
x86/xen: Provide a "Xen PV" APIC driver to support >255 VCPUs
xen/pciback: Don't print scary messages when unsupported by hypervisor.
xen: use generated hypercall symbols in arch/x86/xen/xen-head.S
xen: use generated hypervisor symbols in arch/x86/xen/trace.c
xen: synchronize include/xen/interface/xen.h with xen
xen: build infrastructure for generating hypercall depending symbols
xen: balloon: Use static attribute groups for sysfs entries
xen: pcpu: Use static attribute groups for sysfs entry
- Numerous minor fixes, cleanups etc.
- More EEH work from Gavin to remove its dependency on device_nodes.
- Memory hotplug implemented entirely in the kernel from Nathan Fontenot.
- Removal of redundant CONFIG_PPC_OF by Kevin Hao.
- Rewrite of VPHN parsing logic & tests from Greg Kurz.
- A fix from Nish Aravamudan to reduce memory usage by clamping
nodes_possible_map.
- Support for pstore on powernv from Hari Bathini.
- Removal of old powerpc specific byte swap routines by David Gibson.
- Fix from Vasant Hegde to prevent the flash driver telling you it was flashing
your firmware when it wasn't.
- Patch from Ben Herrenschmidt to add an OPAL heartbeat driver.
- Fix for an oops causing get/put_cpu_var() imbalance in perf by Jan Stancek.
- Some fixes for migration from Tyrel Datwyler.
- A new syscall to switch the cpu endian by Michael Ellerman.
- Large series from Wei Yang to implement SRIOV, reviewed and acked by Bjorn.
- A fix for the OPAL sensor driver from Cédric Le Goater.
- Fixes to get STRICT_MM_TYPECHECKS building again by Michael Ellerman.
- Large series from Daniel Axtens to make our PCI hooks per PHB rather than per
machine.
- Small patch from Sam Bobroff to explicitly abort non-suspended transactions
on syscalls, plus a test to exercise it.
- Numerous reworks and fixes for the 24x7 PMU from Sukadev Bhattiprolu.
- Small patch to enable the hard lockup detector from Anton Blanchard.
- Fix from Dave Olson for missing L2 cache information on some CPUs.
- Some fixes from Michael Ellerman to get Cell machines booting again.
- Freescale updates from Scott: Highlights include BMan device tree nodes, an
MSI erratum workaround, a couple minor performance improvements, config
updates, and misc fixes/cleanup.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=03Yh
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'powerpc-4.1-1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mpe/linux
Pull powerpc updates from Michael Ellerman:
- Numerous minor fixes, cleanups etc.
- More EEH work from Gavin to remove its dependency on device_nodes.
- Memory hotplug implemented entirely in the kernel from Nathan
Fontenot.
- Removal of redundant CONFIG_PPC_OF by Kevin Hao.
- Rewrite of VPHN parsing logic & tests from Greg Kurz.
- A fix from Nish Aravamudan to reduce memory usage by clamping
nodes_possible_map.
- Support for pstore on powernv from Hari Bathini.
- Removal of old powerpc specific byte swap routines by David Gibson.
- Fix from Vasant Hegde to prevent the flash driver telling you it was
flashing your firmware when it wasn't.
- Patch from Ben Herrenschmidt to add an OPAL heartbeat driver.
- Fix for an oops causing get/put_cpu_var() imbalance in perf by Jan
Stancek.
- Some fixes for migration from Tyrel Datwyler.
- A new syscall to switch the cpu endian by Michael Ellerman.
- Large series from Wei Yang to implement SRIOV, reviewed and acked by
Bjorn.
- A fix for the OPAL sensor driver from Cédric Le Goater.
- Fixes to get STRICT_MM_TYPECHECKS building again by Michael Ellerman.
- Large series from Daniel Axtens to make our PCI hooks per PHB rather
than per machine.
- Small patch from Sam Bobroff to explicitly abort non-suspended
transactions on syscalls, plus a test to exercise it.
- Numerous reworks and fixes for the 24x7 PMU from Sukadev Bhattiprolu.
- Small patch to enable the hard lockup detector from Anton Blanchard.
- Fix from Dave Olson for missing L2 cache information on some CPUs.
- Some fixes from Michael Ellerman to get Cell machines booting again.
- Freescale updates from Scott: Highlights include BMan device tree
nodes, an MSI erratum workaround, a couple minor performance
improvements, config updates, and misc fixes/cleanup.
* tag 'powerpc-4.1-1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mpe/linux: (196 commits)
powerpc/powermac: Fix build error seen with powermac smp builds
powerpc/pseries: Fix compile of memory hotplug without CONFIG_MEMORY_HOTREMOVE
powerpc: Remove PPC32 code from pseries specific find_and_init_phbs()
powerpc/cell: Fix iommu breakage caused by controller_ops change
powerpc/eeh: Fix crash in eeh_add_device_early() on Cell
powerpc/perf: Cap 64bit userspace backtraces to PERF_MAX_STACK_DEPTH
powerpc/perf/hv-24x7: Fail 24x7 initcall if create_events_from_catalog() fails
powerpc/pseries: Correct memory hotplug locking
powerpc: Fix missing L2 cache size in /sys/devices/system/cpu
powerpc: Add ppc64 hard lockup detector support
oprofile: Disable oprofile NMI timer on ppc64
powerpc/perf/hv-24x7: Add missing put_cpu_var()
powerpc/perf/hv-24x7: Break up single_24x7_request
powerpc/perf/hv-24x7: Define update_event_count()
powerpc/perf/hv-24x7: Whitespace cleanup
powerpc/perf/hv-24x7: Define add_event_to_24x7_request()
powerpc/perf/hv-24x7: Rename hv_24x7_event_update
powerpc/perf/hv-24x7: Move debug prints to separate function
powerpc/perf/hv-24x7: Drop event_24x7_request()
powerpc/perf/hv-24x7: Use pr_devel() to log message
...
Conflicts:
tools/testing/selftests/powerpc/Makefile
tools/testing/selftests/powerpc/tm/Makefile
Configure flow control correctly, and based on the receive fifo size read
as a property from the devicetree since the Synopsys stmmac fifo sizes are
configurable based on a particular chip's implementation. This patch maintains
the previous incorrect behavior unless the receive fifo size is found in the
devicetree.
Signed-off-by: Vince Bridgers <vbridger@opensource.altera.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Unicast pause frame detect was not being enabled for the Synopsys stmmac. This
patch sets Unicast pause frame detect in MAC register 6 so that pause frame
detection by the stmmac conforms to IEEE 802.3, Annex 31B.3.3 Receive
Operation - Specifically, a MAC shall respond to pause frames containing
either the reserved multicast address or the unique physical address
associated with this station.
Signed-off-by: Vince Bridgers <vbridger@opensource.altera.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Read the tx-fifo-depth and rx-fifo-depth from the devicetree. The Synopsys
stmmac controller fifos are configurable per product instance, and the fifo
sizes are needed to configure certain features correctly such as flow control.
Signed-off-by: Vince Bridgers <vbridger@opensource.altera.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add defines and documentation for enabling flow control on the stmmac. Flow
control was not implemented correctly on the stmmac driver and is currently
non-functional as a result. This is the first in a series of small patches
to correctly implement this feature.
Signed-off-by: Vince Bridgers <vbridger@opensource.altera.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
An oops exists in the flow of stmmac_release().
phy_ethtool_get_wol() depends on phydev->drv.
phydev->drv will be null after stmmac_mdio_unreg() completes.
Steps to reproduce on Quark X1000:
1. ifconfig eth0 192.168.0.1
2. rmmod stmmac_pci
To fix this stmmac_mdio_unreg() should be run after unregister_netdev().
Signed-off-by: Bryan O'Donoghue <pure.logic@nexus-software.ie>
Reported-by: Dan O'Donovan <dan.odonovan@emutex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A duplicate declaration of 'ret' can result in hiding an error code.
Drop it.
Fixes: 17ee3e04dd ("net: dsa: Provide additional RMON statistics")
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove including <linux/version.h> that don't need it.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix to return -EINVAL from the invalid PCI region size error
handling case instead of 0, as done elsewhere in this function.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
set_filter_wr is requesting __GFP_NOFAIL allocation although it can return
ENOMEM without any problems obviously (t4_l2t_set_switching does that
already). So the non-failing requirement is too strong without any
obvious reason. Drop __GFP_NOFAIL and reorganize the code to have the
failure paths easier.
The same applies to _c4iw_write_mem_dma_aligned which uses __GFP_NOFAIL
and then checks the return value and returns -ENOMEM on failure. This
doesn't make any sense what so ever. Either the allocation cannot fail or
it can.
del_filter_wr seems to be safe as well because the filter entry is not
marked as pending and the return value is propagated up the stack up to
c4iw_destroy_listen.
Signed-off-by: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.cz>
Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Cc: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Cc: Dave Chinner <david@fromorbit.com>
Cc: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mgorman@suse.de>
Cc: Tetsuo Handa <penguin-kernel@I-love.SAKURA.ne.jp>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Hariprasad S <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Cc: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Cc: Tetsuo Handa <penguin-kernel@I-love.SAKURA.ne.jp>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2015-04-14
This series contains updates to i40e and i40evf.
Mitch provides a fix for i40e, where VFs were gone and the associated
VSI's had been removed and the rings were not stopped, which in some
circumstances cased memory corruption or DMAR errors. So stop all the
rings associated with each VF before releasing its resources. Also
cleaned up a poorly indented piece of code. Fixes VF link state, where
VF devices were assuming link is up unless told otherwise, which means
that VFs instantiated on a PF with no link, would report the wrong state.
Anjali adds support to add Flow director Sideband rules for a VF from it's
PF. Fixes a recently discovered hardware issue, where after a VFLR
hardware might be indicating to us a reset completion little too early, so
wait another 10 msec for cache to be cleaned up.
Jesse enables the user to dump the internal hardware state for better
debugging by allowing a bash script to acquire information about the
internal hardware state. The data output to the kernel log is collected
by the script and can then be sent to Intel. Also fixed a possible
failure path to allocate memory that was found by smatch. Cleaned up
unused local variables.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 9a2620c877 ("bnx2x: prevent WARN during driver unload")
switched the napi/busy_lock locking mechanism from spin_lock() into
spin_lock_bh(), breaking inter-operability with netconsole, as netpoll
disables interrupts prior to calling our napi mechanism.
This switches the driver into using atomic assignments instead of the
spinlock mechanisms previously employed.
Based on initial patch from Yuval Mintz & Ariel Elior
I basically added softirq starvation avoidance, and mixture
of atomic operations, plain writes and barriers.
Note this slightly reduces the overhead for this driver when no
busy_poll sockets are in use.
Fixes: 9a2620c877 ("bnx2x: prevent WARN during driver unload")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The code sets the expiry value of the timer to a relative value and
starts it with hrtimer_start_expires. That's fine, but that only works
once. The timer is started in relative mode, so the expiry value gets
overwritten with the absolut expiry time (now + expiry).
So once the timer expired, a new call to hrtimer_start_expires results
in an immidiately expired timer, because the expiry value is
already in the past.
Use the proper mechanisms to (re)start the timer in the intended way.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: dingtianhong <dingtianhong@huawei.com>
Cc: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Cc: Zhangfei Gao <zhangfei.gao@linaro.org>
Cc: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Acked-by: Ding Tianhong <dingtianhong@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull second vfs update from Al Viro:
"Now that net-next went in... Here's the next big chunk - killing
->aio_read() and ->aio_write().
There'll be one more pile today (direct_IO changes and
generic_write_checks() cleanups/fixes), but I'd prefer to keep that
one separate"
* 'for-linus-2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs: (37 commits)
->aio_read and ->aio_write removed
pcm: another weird API abuse
infinibad: weird APIs switched to ->write_iter()
kill do_sync_read/do_sync_write
fuse: use iov_iter_get_pages() for non-splice path
fuse: switch to ->read_iter/->write_iter
switch drivers/char/mem.c to ->read_iter/->write_iter
make new_sync_{read,write}() static
coredump: accept any write method
switch /dev/loop to vfs_iter_write()
serial2002: switch to __vfs_read/__vfs_write
ashmem: use __vfs_read()
export __vfs_read()
autofs: switch to __vfs_write()
new helper: __vfs_write()
switch hugetlbfs to ->read_iter()
coda: switch to ->read_iter/->write_iter
ncpfs: switch to ->read_iter/->write_iter
net/9p: remove (now-)unused helpers
p9_client_attach(): set fid->uid correctly
...
If CONFIG_ARCH_DMA_ADDR_T_64BIT enabled for x86 systems and physical
memory is more than 4GB, dma_map_page may return a valid memory
address which greater than 0xffffffff. As a result, the mlx5 device page
allocator RB tree will be initialized with valid addresses greater than
0xfffffff.
However, (addr & PAGE_MASK) set the high four bytes to zeros. So, it's
impossible for the function, free_4k, to release the pages whose
addresses greater than 4GB. Memory leaks. And mlx5_ib module can't
release the pages when user try to remove the module, as a result,
system hang.
[root@rdma05 root]# dmesg | grep addr | head
addr = 3fe384000
addr & PAGE_MASK = fe384000
[root@rdma05 root]# rmmod mlx5_ib <---- hang on
---------------------- cosnole log -----------------
mlx5_ib 0000:04:00.0: irq 138 for MSI/MSI-X
alloc irq_desc for 139 on node -1
alloc kstat_irqs on node -1
mlx5_ib 0000:04:00.0: irq 139 for MSI/MSI-X
0000:04:00.0:free_4k:221:(pid 1519): page not found
0000:04:00.0:free_4k:221:(pid 1519): page not found
0000:04:00.0:free_4k:221:(pid 1519): page not found
0000:04:00.0:free_4k:221:(pid 1519): page not found
---------------------- cosnole log -----------------
Fixes: bf0bf77f65 ('mlx5: Support communicating arbitrary host page size to firmware')
Signed-off-by: Honggang Li <honli@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
Return the admin alias GUID value upon a GET request via HOST. We do this so
that the GUID value requested by the admin is returned even if the SM has not
yet approved this GUID (e.g. the SM is down).
Note that this does not create a problem, since the virtual port will remain
down until the SM does ACK the requested GUID value.
Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
There might be cases that PF doesn't get a "reset" command upon slave down
(e.g. virsh destroy). In these cases, however, an FLR event is issued.
Therefore, when the PF receives an FLR event for a slave, it should also
generate a shutdown event on the PF for that slave, to let the PF upper
layers (mlx4_ib, eth) perform any required cleanup/actions associated
with slave shutdown.
Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
To have out of the box experience, the PF generates random GUIDs who
serve as the initial admin values.
Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
Manages alias GUIDs per VF per port in the core layer.
This is a pre-step for managing alias GUIDs in a mode that the admin
GUID is returned via ib_query_gid() regardless of whether the SM
has approved it or not.
Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
Fix up some ->d_inode accesses in the chelsio driver.
(1) FILE_DATA() should just be replaced with file_inode().
(2) set_debugfs_file_size() should be removed and debugfs_create_file_size()
should be used to create the file.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
1) Add BQL support to via-rhine, from Tino Reichardt.
2) Integrate SWITCHDEV layer support into the DSA layer, so DSA drivers
can support hw switch offloading. From Floria Fainelli.
3) Allow 'ip address' commands to initiate multicast group join/leave,
from Madhu Challa.
4) Many ipv4 FIB lookup optimizations from Alexander Duyck.
5) Support EBPF in cls_bpf classifier and act_bpf action, from Daniel
Borkmann.
6) Remove the ugly compat support in ARP for ugly layers like ax25,
rose, etc. And use this to clean up the neigh layer, then use it to
implement MPLS support. All from Eric Biederman.
7) Support L3 forwarding offloading in switches, from Scott Feldman.
8) Collapse the LOCAL and MAIN ipv4 FIB tables when possible, to speed
up route lookups even further. From Alexander Duyck.
9) Many improvements and bug fixes to the rhashtable implementation,
from Herbert Xu and Thomas Graf. In particular, in the case where
an rhashtable user bulk adds a large number of items into an empty
table, we expand the table much more sanely.
10) Don't make the tcp_metrics hash table per-namespace, from Eric
Biederman.
11) Extend EBPF to access SKB fields, from Alexei Starovoitov.
12) Split out new connection request sockets so that they can be
established in the main hash table. Much less false sharing since
hash lookups go direct to the request sockets instead of having to
go first to the listener then to the request socks hashed
underneath. From Eric Dumazet.
13) Add async I/O support for crytpo AF_ALG sockets, from Tadeusz Struk.
14) Support stable privacy address generation for RFC7217 in IPV6. From
Hannes Frederic Sowa.
15) Hash network namespace into IP frag IDs, also from Hannes Frederic
Sowa.
16) Convert PTP get/set methods to use 64-bit time, from Richard
Cochran.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1816 commits)
fm10k: Bump driver version to 0.15.2
fm10k: corrected VF multicast update
fm10k: mbx_update_max_size does not drop all oversized messages
fm10k: reset head instead of calling update_max_size
fm10k: renamed mbx_tx_dropped to mbx_tx_oversized
fm10k: update xcast mode before synchronizing multicast addresses
fm10k: start service timer on probe
fm10k: fix function header comment
fm10k: comment next_vf_mbx flow
fm10k: don't handle mailbox events in iov_event path and always process mailbox
fm10k: use separate workqueue for fm10k driver
fm10k: Set PF queues to unlimited bandwidth during virtualization
fm10k: expose tx_timeout_count as an ethtool stat
fm10k: only increment tx_timeout_count in Tx hang path
fm10k: remove extraneous "Reset interface" message
fm10k: separate PF only stats so that VF does not display them
fm10k: use hw->mac.max_queues for stats
fm10k: only show actual queues, not the maximum in hardware
fm10k: allow creation of VLAN on default vid
fm10k: fix unused warnings
...
Japan's W53 band requires 50% data traffic during its DFS test,
but WLAN baseband used by ath9k and ath10k is not able to achieve
current threshold rate, 50%, under the data traffic rate.
In other words, HW occasionally fails detecting radar pulses,
so that SW cannot get enough radar reports to achieve the rate.
Signed-off-by: Peter Oh <poh@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Separate Japan's DFS pattern from FCC to control PPB threshold.
Currently all the radar detectors use the same threshold rate at
50%, but it's not able to achieve if data traffic rate is higher
than 40% because WLAN baseband used by ath9k and ath10k often fails
detecting radar pulses, so that SW cannot get enough radar reports
to achieve the rate.
Since Japan's W53 band requires 50% data traffic during its DFS
test we need to apply different threshold rate than others on it.
Hence define its own pattern to give flexibility to threshold rate.
Signed-off-by: Peter Oh <poh@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This improves chances of getting onto a foreign
channel and thus makes P2P a bit more reliable.
Without scan burst it was possible for firmware to
not switch to foreign channel resulting in "failed
to switch to channel for roc scan" warning. This
would also effectively fail some offchan tx
requests and lead to P2P find/connect taking
longer. This could be observed when other vifs
were running/busy, e.g. with P2P GO.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
It is not guaranteed firmware will switch to
foreign channel immediately after starting scan
sequence. To account for that don't use duration
parameter for scan time. Instead request insanely
long scan and use timeout worker to cancel it from
driver.
This should improve P2P reliability a bit.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add support for new FCC DFS rules released on August 14, 2014.
FCC has added a new radar type named Radar Type 1 and original
Radar Type 1 is renamed to Radar Type 0 in consequence.
During the certificate test, Type 1 PRI values are randomly selected
within the range of 518 and 3066 and we divide it to 3 groups based on
practical test result data collected for more than a year.
For about Radar type ID, it does nothing to functionalities.
In other words, even if we re-order the IDs, DFS detection will
work as well, but we give the ID with matching to FCC doc.
By adding this support, the drivers using this DFS function are
able to support both of old and new FCC DFS rules simultaneously
without any other changes.
Signed-off-by: Peter Oh <poh@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Originally Xen PV drivers only use single-page ring to pass along
information. This might limit the throughput between frontend and
backend.
The patch extends Xenbus driver to support multi-page ring, which in
general should improve throughput if ring is the bottleneck. Changes to
various frontend / backend to adapt to the new interface are also
included.
Affected Xen drivers:
* blkfront/back
* netfront/back
* pcifront/back
* scsifront/back
* vtpmfront
The interface is documented, as before, in xenbus_client.c.
Signed-off-by: Wei Liu <wei.liu2@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Durrant <paul.durrant@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: Bob Liu <bob.liu@oracle.com>
Cc: Konrad Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
Cc: Boris Ostrovsky <boris.ostrovsky@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@citrix.com>
Bump.
Change-ID: Id14baae72332d0f1a9bc5d351ea1a85cb0295ec3
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The kernel has added SPEED_40000 for ethtool.
Go ahead and use the new #define.
Change-ID: Ic7e16e5c9e91085afe539f11ee1b7668adc4d0ef
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
These changes just remove unused variables and any code that uses them
as the results of storing into these variables doesn't have any
side effects that I can see or provide any benefit.
Change-ID: I8a5ec7132ff1443d23aae729cef94beaaaf19e3a
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The init_interrupt_scheme function had a possible failure
path to allocate memory that was found by smatch.
This adds the correct handling to the function to abort
probe if the memory allocation fails.
Change-ID: I2bf1d826a244209619da4c452d0d58b3eb5e26a3
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Store the 8 bytes of the WR_CSR_PROT field returned as part of the get
device/function capabilities AQ command.
Change-ID: Ifcaeea2ff29885fa769e4f384c7db88a25e8afd0
Signed-off-by: Kevin Scott <kevin.c.scott@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
- Generic PM domains support update including new PM domain
callbacks to handle device initialization better (Russell King,
Rafael J Wysocki, Kevin Hilman).
- Unified device properties API update including a new mechanism
for accessing data provided by platform initialization code
(Rafael J Wysocki, Adrian Hunter).
- ARM cpuidle update including ARM32/ARM64 handling consolidation
(Daniel Lezcano).
- intel_idle update including support for the Silvermont Core in
the Baytrail SOC and for the Airmont Core in the Cherrytrail and
Braswell SOCs (Len Brown, Mathias Krause).
- New cpufreq driver for Hisilicon ACPU (Leo Yan).
- intel_pstate update including support for the Knights Landing
chip (Dasaratharaman Chandramouli, Kristen Carlson Accardi).
- QorIQ cpufreq driver update (Tang Yuantian, Arnd Bergmann).
- powernv cpufreq driver update (Shilpasri G Bhat).
- devfreq update including Tegra support changes (Tomeu Vizoso,
MyungJoo Ham, Chanwoo Choi).
- powercap RAPL (Running-Average Power Limit) driver update
including support for Intel Broadwell server chips (Jacob Pan,
Mathias Krause).
- ACPI device enumeration update related to the handling of the
special PRP0001 device ID allowing DT-style 'compatible' property
to be used for ACPI device identification (Rafael J Wysocki).
- ACPI EC driver update including limited _DEP support (Lan Tianyu,
Lv Zheng).
- ACPI backlight driver update including a new mechanism to allow
native backlight handling to be forced on non-Windows 8 systems
and a new quirk for Lenovo Ideapad Z570 (Aaron Lu, Hans de Goede).
- New Windows Vista compatibility quirk for Sony VGN-SR19XN (Chen Yu).
- Assorted ACPI fixes and cleanups (Aaron Lu, Martin Kepplinger,
Masanari Iida, Mika Westerberg, Nan Li, Rafael J Wysocki).
- Fixes related to suspend-to-idle for the iTCO watchdog driver and
the ACPI core system suspend/resume code (Rafael J Wysocki, Chen Yu).
- PM tracing support for the suspend phase of system suspend/resume
transitions (Zhonghui Fu).
- Configurable delay for the system suspend/resume testing facility
(Brian Norris).
- PNP subsystem cleanups (Peter Huewe, Rafael J Wysocki).
/
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v2.0.22 (GNU/Linux)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=erd3
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'pm+acpi-4.1-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rafael/linux-pm
Pull power management and ACPI updates from Rafael Wysocki:
"These are mostly fixes and cleanups all over, although there are a few
items that sort of fall into the new feature category.
First off, we have new callbacks for PM domains that should help us to
handle some issues related to device initialization in a better way.
There also is some consolidation in the unified device properties API
area allowing us to use that inferface for accessing data coming from
platform initialization code in addition to firmware-provided data.
We have some new device/CPU IDs in a few drivers, support for new
chips and a new cpufreq driver too.
Specifics:
- Generic PM domains support update including new PM domain callbacks
to handle device initialization better (Russell King, Rafael J
Wysocki, Kevin Hilman)
- Unified device properties API update including a new mechanism for
accessing data provided by platform initialization code (Rafael J
Wysocki, Adrian Hunter)
- ARM cpuidle update including ARM32/ARM64 handling consolidation
(Daniel Lezcano)
- intel_idle update including support for the Silvermont Core in the
Baytrail SOC and for the Airmont Core in the Cherrytrail and
Braswell SOCs (Len Brown, Mathias Krause)
- New cpufreq driver for Hisilicon ACPU (Leo Yan)
- intel_pstate update including support for the Knights Landing chip
(Dasaratharaman Chandramouli, Kristen Carlson Accardi)
- QorIQ cpufreq driver update (Tang Yuantian, Arnd Bergmann)
- powernv cpufreq driver update (Shilpasri G Bhat)
- devfreq update including Tegra support changes (Tomeu Vizoso,
MyungJoo Ham, Chanwoo Choi)
- powercap RAPL (Running-Average Power Limit) driver update including
support for Intel Broadwell server chips (Jacob Pan, Mathias Krause)
- ACPI device enumeration update related to the handling of the
special PRP0001 device ID allowing DT-style 'compatible' property
to be used for ACPI device identification (Rafael J Wysocki)
- ACPI EC driver update including limited _DEP support (Lan Tianyu,
Lv Zheng)
- ACPI backlight driver update including a new mechanism to allow
native backlight handling to be forced on non-Windows 8 systems and
a new quirk for Lenovo Ideapad Z570 (Aaron Lu, Hans de Goede)
- New Windows Vista compatibility quirk for Sony VGN-SR19XN (Chen Yu)
- Assorted ACPI fixes and cleanups (Aaron Lu, Martin Kepplinger,
Masanari Iida, Mika Westerberg, Nan Li, Rafael J Wysocki)
- Fixes related to suspend-to-idle for the iTCO watchdog driver and
the ACPI core system suspend/resume code (Rafael J Wysocki, Chen Yu)
- PM tracing support for the suspend phase of system suspend/resume
transitions (Zhonghui Fu)
- Configurable delay for the system suspend/resume testing facility
(Brian Norris)
- PNP subsystem cleanups (Peter Huewe, Rafael J Wysocki)"
* tag 'pm+acpi-4.1-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rafael/linux-pm: (74 commits)
ACPI / scan: Fix NULL pointer dereference in acpi_companion_match()
ACPI / scan: Rework modalias creation when "compatible" is present
intel_idle: mark cpu id array as __initconst
powercap / RAPL: mark rapl_ids array as __initconst
powercap / RAPL: add ID for Broadwell server
intel_pstate: Knights Landing support
intel_pstate: remove MSR test
cpufreq: fix qoriq uniprocessor build
ACPI / scan: Take the PRP0001 position in the list of IDs into account
ACPI / scan: Simplify acpi_match_device()
ACPI / scan: Generalize of_compatible matching
device property: Introduce firmware node type for platform data
device property: Make it possible to use secondary firmware nodes
PM / watchdog: iTCO: stop watchdog during system suspend
cpufreq: hisilicon: add acpu driver
ACPI / EC: Call acpi_walk_dep_device_list() after installing EC opregion handler
cpufreq: powernv: Report cpu frequency throttling
intel_idle: Add support for the Airmont Core in the Cherrytrail and Braswell SOCs
intel_idle: Update support for Silvermont Core in Baytrail SOC
PM / devfreq: tegra: Register governor on module init
...
This is a feature to enable better debugging of user reported issues by
allowing a bash script to acquire information about the internal hardware
state. The data output to the kernel log is collected by the script and can
then be sent to Intel. This is a critical debugging feature for helping us
interpret and reproduce complex customer setups.
Change-ID: Ie8b3ab09086d6870a709015f51ada05af10b41bb
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This is to allow quick check for FCoE capability is enabled or not
in device function before any SW overrides.
Change-ID: I5f78ba798d566f143161273156916c6f4074496e
Signed-off-by: Vasu Dev <vasu.dev@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
With a HW issue that was recently discovered, after a VFLR HW might be
indicating to us a reset completion little too early. So wait another 10
msec for cache to be cleaned up.
Change-ID: I6a24dcf5dd7ffcd6500246e717411ef58532d1e9
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Move the VF notification functions to the top of the file. This
eliminates an unnecessary declaration.
Change-ID: I036171f14180ee9f0ce4e0a21334d6a217d06c94
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Gratuitously notify VFs of link state when they activate their queues.
In general, this is the last thing that a VF driver will do as it opens
its interface, so this is a good time to notify the VF.
Currently, VF devices assume link is up unless told otherwise, which
means that VFs instantiated on a PF with no link will report the wrong
state. This change corrects that issue.
Change-ID: Iea53622904ecc681ac3f8938d81c30033ef9a0a6
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The aq_pending field in the adapter structure is actually redundant with
the current_op field. Remove the aq_pending field and expunge all traces
of it from the official record. This simplifies the code significantly,
especially in the virtual channel completion routine.
Change-ID: Ib2957c8c19882bd0cecc6fcd133912c24b46a1ff
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
With this patch we can now add Flow director Sideband rules for a VF from
it's PF. Here is an example on how it can be done when VF id = 5 and
queue = 2:
"ethtool -N ethx flow-type udp4 src-ip x.x.x.x dst-ip y.y.y.y src-port p1 dst-port p2 action 2 user-def 5"
User-def specifies VF id and action specifies queue.
Change-ID: Ib37d6dff3823a4d85caffde638473891c38c2b89
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Not sure how this slipped through. Cosmetic change only.
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Explicitly stop the rings belonging to each VF when disabling SR-IOV.
Even though the VFs were gone, and the associated VSIs were removed,
the rings were not stopped, and in some circumstances the hardware would
continue to access the memory formerly used by the rings, causing
memory corruption or DMAR errors, both of which would lead to general
malaise of the kernel.
To relieve this condition, explicitly stop all the rings associated with
each VF before releasing its resources.
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
With the recent driver changes, bump the version.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
VFs were being improperly added to the switch's multicast group. The
error stems from the fact that incorrect arguments were passed to the
"update_mc_addr" function. It would seem to be a copy paste error since
the parameters are similar to the "update_uc_addr" function.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ngai-Mint Kwan <ngai-mint.kwan@intel.com>
Acked-by: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When we call update_max_size it does not drop all oversized messages.
This is due to the difficulty in performing this operation, since it is
a FIFO which makes updating anything other than head or tail very
difficult. To fix this, modify validate_msg_size to ensure that we error
out later when trying to transmit the message that could be oversized.
This will generally be a rare condition, as it requires the FIFO to
include a message larger than the max_size negotiated during mailbox
connect. Note that max_size is always smaller than rx.size so it should
be safe to use here.
Also, update the update_max_size function header comment to clearly
indicate that it does not drop all oversized messages, but only those at
the head of the FIFO.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Acked-by: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When we forcefully shutdown the mailbox, we then go about resetting max
size to 0, and clearing all messages in the FIFO. Instead, we should
just reset the head pointer so that the FIFO becomes empty, rather than
changing the max size to 0. This helps prevent increment in tx_dropped
counter during mailbox negotiation, which is confusing to viewers of
Linux ethtool statistics output.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Acked-by: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The use of dropped doesn't really mean dropped mailbox messages, but
rather specifically messages which were too large to fit in the remote
Rx FIFO. Rename the stat to more clearly indicate what it means.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Acked-by: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When the PF receives a request to update a multicast address for the VF,
it checks the enabled multicast mode first. Fix a bug where the VF tried
to set a multicast address before requesting the required xcast mode.
This ensures the multicast addresses are honored as long as the xcast
mode was allowed.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Acked-by: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Since the service task handles varying work that doesn't all require the
interface to be up, launch the service timer immediately. This ensures
that we continually check the mailbox, as well as handle other tasks
while the device is down.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Acked-by: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The header comment included a miscopy of a C-code line, and also
mis-used Rx FIFO when it clearly meant Tx FIFO
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Acked-by: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add a header comment explaining why we have the somewhat crazy mailbox
flow. This flow is necessary as it prevents the PF<->SM mailbox from
being flooded by the VF messages, which normally trigger a message to
the PF. This helps prevent the case where we see a PF mailbox timeout.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Acked-by: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Since we already schedule the service task, we can just wait for this
task to handle the mailbox events from the VF. This reduces some complex
code flow, and makes it so we have a single path for handling the VF
messages. There is a possibility that we have a slight delay in handling
VF messages, but it should be minimal.
The result of tx_complete and !rx_ready is insufficient to determine
whether we need to process the mailbox. There is a possible race
condition whereby the VF fills up the mbmem for us, but we have already
recently processed the mailboxes in the interrupt. During this time,
the interrupt is disabled. Thus, our Rx FIFO is empty, but the mbmem now
has data in it. Since we continually check whether Rx FIFO is empty, we
then never call process. This results in the possibility to prevent PF
from handling the VF mailbox messages.
Instead, just call process every time, despite the fact that we may or
may not have anything to process for the VF. There should be minimal
overhead for doing this, and it resolves an issue where the VF never
comes up due to never getting response for its SET_LPORT_STATE message.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Acked-by: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Since we run the watchdog periodically, which might take a while and
potentially monopolize the system default workqueue, create our own
separate work queue. This also helps reduce and stabilize latency
between scheduling the work in our interrupt and actually performing
the work. Still use a timer for the regular scheduled interval but
queue the work onto its own work queue.
It seemed overkill to create a single workqueue per interface, so we
just spawn a single work queue for all interfaces upon driver load. For
this reason, use a multi-threaded workqueue with one thread per
processor, rather than single threaded queue.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Acked-by: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When returning virtualization queues from the VF back to the PF, do not
retain the VF rate limiter.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Todd Russell <todd.a.russell@intel.com>
Acked-by: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Named it tx_hang_count to differentiate it from tx_hwtstamp_timeout.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Acked-by: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We were incrementing the tx_timeout_count for both the Tx hang
and then for all reset flows. Instead, we should only increment
tx_timeout_count in the Tx hang path, so that our Tx hang counter
does not increment when it was not caused by a Tx hang.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Acked-by: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Since we already print this message when a reset is requested via the
RESET_REQUESTED flag, we do not need to print it before setting the
flag.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Acked-by: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch resolves an issue with ethtool stats displaying useless
values on the VF, because some stats simply have no meaning to the VF.
Resolve this by splitting these out into PF_STATS and only showing them
if we aren't the VF.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Acked-by: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Even though it shouldn't strictly matter, don't count queue stats higher
than the max_queues value stored for this mac. This ensures that we
don't attempt to check queues which don't belong to use in VFs. This
shouldn't be a visible change, as the VFs should see zero for queues
which don't belong to them.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Acked-by: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently, we show statistics for all 128 queues, even though we don't
necessarily have that many queues available especially in the VF case.
Instead, use the hw->mac.max_queues value, which tells us how many
queues we actually have, rather than the space for the rings we
allocated. In this way, we prevent dumping statistics that are useless
on the VF.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Acked-by: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Previously, the user was not allowed to create a VLAN interface on top
of the switch default vid.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Acked-by: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The were several functions which had parameters which were never or
sometimes used in functions. To resolve possible compiler warnings,
use __always_unused or __maybe_unused kernel macros to resolve.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Acked-by: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This change adds a function called "fm10k_netpoll" that's used to define
"ndo_poll_controller" in "fm10k_netdev_ops". This is required to enable
support for "netconsole" in fm10k.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ngai-Mint Kwan <ngai-mint.kwan@intel.com>
Acked-by: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently, the VFs do not read the default VLAN during initialization,
so they will not be able to indicate untagged frames properly.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Corrected a spelling mistake that was found over time.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ngai-Mint Kwan <ngai-mint.kwan@intel.com>
Acked-by: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Output of ethtool was reporting 2 rx_errors entries. This change
removes one of the redundant entries.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Acked-by: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
The function collecting Tx statistics was actually using values from the RX
ring. Thus, Tx and Rx statistics values reported by "ifconfig" will
return identical values. This change corrects this error and the Tx
statistics is now reading from the Tx ring.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Acked-by: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
The dwmac-socfpga.c conflict was a case of a bug fix overlapping
changes in net-next to handle an error pointer differently.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add comment for tx filt and sge length calucaltion code, also remove
a hardcoded value
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fl_starv_thres could be different from adapter to adapter, don't use
hardcoded values
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows a significant latency drop for packets of sizes between 128 and 192
bytes
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ring size is always known at compile time, so make the code a bit
more efficient
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver needs to inform the hardware about the first invalid (not yet
filled) rx slot, by writing its DMA descriptor pointer offset to the
BGMAC_DMA_RX_INDEX register.
This register was set to a value exceeding the rx ring size, effectively
allowing the hardware constant access to the full ring, regardless of
which slots are initialized.
To fix this issue, always mark the last filled rx slot as invalid.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of allocating buffers at device init time and initializing
descriptors at device open, do both at the same time (during open).
Free all buffers when closing the device.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Acked-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Limiting it to 511 looks like a failed attempt at leaving one descriptor
empty to allow the hardware to stop processing a buffer that has not
been prepared yet. However, this doesn't work because this affects the
total ring size as well
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In very rare cases, the MAC can catch an internal buffer that is bigger
than it's supposed to be. Instead of crashing the kernel, simply pass
the buffer back to the hardware
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allocate a new buffer before processing the completed one. If allocation
fails, reuse the old buffer.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Acked-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A packet buffer offset of 30 bytes is inefficient, because the first 2
bytes end up in a different cacheline.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Always poll rx and tx during NAPI poll instead of relying on the status
of the first interrupt. This prevents bgmac_poll from leaving unfinished
work around until the next IRQ.
In my tests this makes bridging/routing throughput under heavy load more
stable and ensures that no new IRQs arrive as long as bgmac_poll uses up
the entire budget.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Keep incrementing ring->start and ring->end instead of pointing it to
the actual ring slot entry. This simplifies the calculation of the
number of free slots.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Acked-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If remaining space in a send buffer slot is too small for the whole message,
we only copy the RNDIS header and PPI data into send buffer, so we can batch
one more packet each time. It reduces the vmbus per-message overhead.
Signed-off-by: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Reviewed-by: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of the TRACE_DEFINE_ENUM() macro that can be used by tracepoints.
Tracepoints have helper functions for the TP_printk() called
__print_symbolic() and __print_flags() that lets a numeric number be
displayed as a a human comprehensible text. What is placed in the
TP_printk() is also shown in the tracepoint format file such that
user space tools like perf and trace-cmd can parse the binary data
and express the values too. Unfortunately, the way the TRACE_EVENT()
macro works, anything placed in the TP_printk() will be shown pretty
much exactly as is. The problem arises when enums are used. That's
because unlike macros, enums will not be changed into their values
by the C pre-processor. Thus, the enum string is exported to the
format file, and this makes it useless for user space tools.
The TRACE_DEFINE_ENUM() solves this by converting the enum strings
in the TP_printk() format into their number, and that is what is
shown to user space. For example, the tracepoint tlb_flush currently
has this in its format file:
__print_symbolic(REC->reason,
{ TLB_FLUSH_ON_TASK_SWITCH, "flush on task switch" },
{ TLB_REMOTE_SHOOTDOWN, "remote shootdown" },
{ TLB_LOCAL_SHOOTDOWN, "local shootdown" },
{ TLB_LOCAL_MM_SHOOTDOWN, "local mm shootdown" })
After adding:
TRACE_DEFINE_ENUM(TLB_FLUSH_ON_TASK_SWITCH);
TRACE_DEFINE_ENUM(TLB_REMOTE_SHOOTDOWN);
TRACE_DEFINE_ENUM(TLB_LOCAL_SHOOTDOWN);
TRACE_DEFINE_ENUM(TLB_LOCAL_MM_SHOOTDOWN);
Its format file will contain this:
__print_symbolic(REC->reason,
{ 0, "flush on task switch" },
{ 1, "remote shootdown" },
{ 2, "local shootdown" },
{ 3, "local mm shootdown" })
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJVLBTuAAoJEEjnJuOKh9ldjHMIALdRS755TXCZGOf0r7O2akOR
wMPeum7C+ae1mH+jCsJKUC0/jUfQKaMt/UxoHlipDgcGg8kD2jtGnGCw4Xlwvdsr
y4rFmcTRSl1mo0zDSsg6ujoupHlVYN0+JPjrd7S3cv/llJoY49zcanNLF7S2XLeM
dZCtWRLWYpBiWO68ai6AqJTnE/eGFIqBI048qb5Eg8dbK243SSeSIf9Ywhb+VsA+
aq6F7cWI/H6j4tbeza8tAN19dcwenDro5EfCDY8ARQHJu1f6Y3+DLf2imjkd6Aiu
JVAoGIjHIpI+djwCZC1u4gi4urjfOqYartrM3Q54tb3YWYqHeNqP2ASI2a4EpYk=
=Ixwt
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'trace-v4.1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rostedt/linux-trace
Pull tracing updates from Steven Rostedt:
"Some clean ups and small fixes, but the biggest change is the addition
of the TRACE_DEFINE_ENUM() macro that can be used by tracepoints.
Tracepoints have helper functions for the TP_printk() called
__print_symbolic() and __print_flags() that lets a numeric number be
displayed as a a human comprehensible text. What is placed in the
TP_printk() is also shown in the tracepoint format file such that user
space tools like perf and trace-cmd can parse the binary data and
express the values too. Unfortunately, the way the TRACE_EVENT()
macro works, anything placed in the TP_printk() will be shown pretty
much exactly as is. The problem arises when enums are used. That's
because unlike macros, enums will not be changed into their values by
the C pre-processor. Thus, the enum string is exported to the format
file, and this makes it useless for user space tools.
The TRACE_DEFINE_ENUM() solves this by converting the enum strings in
the TP_printk() format into their number, and that is what is shown to
user space. For example, the tracepoint tlb_flush currently has this
in its format file:
__print_symbolic(REC->reason,
{ TLB_FLUSH_ON_TASK_SWITCH, "flush on task switch" },
{ TLB_REMOTE_SHOOTDOWN, "remote shootdown" },
{ TLB_LOCAL_SHOOTDOWN, "local shootdown" },
{ TLB_LOCAL_MM_SHOOTDOWN, "local mm shootdown" })
After adding:
TRACE_DEFINE_ENUM(TLB_FLUSH_ON_TASK_SWITCH);
TRACE_DEFINE_ENUM(TLB_REMOTE_SHOOTDOWN);
TRACE_DEFINE_ENUM(TLB_LOCAL_SHOOTDOWN);
TRACE_DEFINE_ENUM(TLB_LOCAL_MM_SHOOTDOWN);
Its format file will contain this:
__print_symbolic(REC->reason,
{ 0, "flush on task switch" },
{ 1, "remote shootdown" },
{ 2, "local shootdown" },
{ 3, "local mm shootdown" })"
* tag 'trace-v4.1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rostedt/linux-trace: (27 commits)
tracing: Add enum_map file to show enums that have been mapped
writeback: Export enums used by tracepoint to user space
v4l: Export enums used by tracepoints to user space
SUNRPC: Export enums in tracepoints to user space
mm: tracing: Export enums in tracepoints to user space
irq/tracing: Export enums in tracepoints to user space
f2fs: Export the enums in the tracepoints to userspace
net/9p/tracing: Export enums in tracepoints to userspace
x86/tlb/trace: Export enums in used by tlb_flush tracepoint
tracing/samples: Update the trace-event-sample.h with TRACE_DEFINE_ENUM()
tracing: Allow for modules to convert their enums to values
tracing: Add TRACE_DEFINE_ENUM() macro to map enums to their values
tracing: Update trace-event-sample with TRACE_SYSTEM_VAR documentation
tracing: Give system name a pointer
brcmsmac: Move each system tracepoints to their own header
iwlwifi: Move each system tracepoints to their own header
mac80211: Move message tracepoints to their own header
tracing: Add TRACE_SYSTEM_VAR to xhci-hcd
tracing: Add TRACE_SYSTEM_VAR to kvm-s390
tracing: Add TRACE_SYSTEM_VAR to intel-sst
...
Pull trivial tree from Jiri Kosina:
"Usual trivial tree updates. Nothing outstanding -- mostly printk()
and comment fixes and unused identifier removals"
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jikos/trivial:
goldfish: goldfish_tty_probe() is not using 'i' any more
powerpc: Fix comment in smu.h
qla2xxx: Fix printks in ql_log message
lib: correct link to the original source for div64_u64
si2168, tda10071, m88ds3103: Fix firmware wording
usb: storage: Fix printk in isd200_log_config()
qla2xxx: Fix printk in qla25xx_setup_mode
init/main: fix reset_device comment
ipwireless: missing assignment
goldfish: remove unreachable line of code
coredump: Fix do_coredump() comment
stacktrace.h: remove duplicate declaration task_struct
smpboot.h: Remove unused function prototype
treewide: Fix typo in printk messages
treewide: Fix typo in printk messages
mod_devicetable: fix comment for match_flags
e1000e is the only driver requiring pm_qos_req, instead of causing
every device to waste up to 240 bytes. Allocate it for the specific
driver.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2015-04-11
This series contains updates to iflink, ixgbe and ixgbevf.
The entire set of changes come from Vlad Zolotarov to ultimately add
the ethtool ops to VF driver to allow querying the RSS indirection table
and RSS random key.
Currently we support only 82599 and x540 devices. On those devices, VFs
share the RSS redirection table and hash key with a PF. Letting the VF
query this information may introduce some security risks, therefore this
feature will be disabled by default.
The new netdev op allows a system administrator to change the default
behaviour with "ip link set" command. The relevant iproute2 patch has
already been sent and awaits for this series upstream.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The statistics are grouped by TX and RX errors.
The SQE Test Errors Register indicates problems with TX.
Signed-off-by: Wolfgang Steinwender <wsteinwender@pcs.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* pnp:
PNP: Avoid leaving unregistered device objects in lists
PNP: Convert pnp_lock into a mutex
PNP: tty/serial/8250/8250_fintek: Use module_pnp_driver to register driver
PNP: platform/x86/apple-gmux: Use module_pnp_driver to register driver
PNP: net/sb1000: Use module_pnp_driver to register driver
PNP: media/rc: Use module_pnp_driver to register driver
PNP: ide/ide-pnp: Use module_pnp_driver to register driver
PNP: ata/pata_isapnp: Use module_pnp_driver to register driver
PNP: tpm/tpm_infineon: Use module_pnp_driver to register driver
PNP: Add helper macro for pnp_register_driver boilerplate
PNP / ACPI: Use ACPI_COMPANION_SET() during initialization
All places outside of core VFS that checked ->read and ->write for being NULL or
called the methods directly are gone now, so NULL {read,write} with non-NULL
{read,write}_iter will do the right thing in all cases.
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Added get_rxfh_indir_size, get_rxfh_key_size and get_rxfh ethtool_ops
callbacks implementations.
This enables the ethtool's "-x" and "--show-rxfh[-indir]" options for VF
devices.
This patch adds the support for 82599 and x540 devices only. Support for
other devices will be added later.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Zolotarov <vladz@cloudius-systems.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add the ixgbevf_get_rss_key() function that queries the PF for an RSS
Random Key using a new VF-PF channel IXGBE_VF_GET_RSS_KEY command.
This patch adds the support for 82599 and x540 devices only. Support for
other devices will be added later.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Zolotarov <vladz@cloudius-systems.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
For 82599 and x540 VFs and PF share the same RSS Key. Therefore we will
return the same RSS key for all VFs.
Support for other devices will be added later.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Zolotarov <vladz@cloudius-systems.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We will currently support only 82599 and x540 devices. Support for other
devices will be added later.
- Added a new API version support.
- Added the query implementation in the ixgbevf.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Zolotarov <vladz@cloudius-systems.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add this new command for 82599 and x540 devices only. Support for other
devices will be added later.
82599 and x540 VFs and PF share the same RSS redirection table (RETA).
Therefore we just return it for all VFs.
For 82599 and x540 RETA table is an array of 32 registers (128 bytes) and
the maximum number of registers that may be delivered in a single VF-PF
channel command is 15. On the other hand VFs of these devices can be
configured to have up to 4 RSS queues. Therefore we will "compress" the
RETA by transferring only 2 bits per entry and thereby it will take only 8
registers (DWORDS) to transfer the whole VF RETA.
Thus this patch does the following:
- Adds a new API version (to specify a new commands set).
- Adds the IXGBE_VF_GET_RETA command to the VF-PF commands set.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Zolotarov <vladz@cloudius-systems.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Implements the new netdev op to allow user to enable/disable the ability
of a specific VF to query its RSS Indirection Table and an RSS Hash Key.
This patch limits the new feature support to 82599 and x540 devices only.
Support for other devices will be added later.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Zolotarov <vladz@cloudius-systems.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Added get_rxfh_indir_size, get_rxfh_key_size and get_rxfh ethtool_ops
callbacks implementations.
This enables the ethtool's "-x" and "--show-rxfh[-indir]" options.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Zolotarov <vladz@cloudius-systems.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch is a preparation for enablement of ethtool RSS indirection
table and hash key querying. We don't want to read registers every time
the RSS info is queried. Therefore we will store its current content in the
arrays in the adapter struct and will read it from there (instead of from
registers) when requested.
Will change the code that writes the indirection table and hash key into
the HW registers to take its content from these arrays. This will also
simplify the indirection table updating ethtool callback implementation
in the future.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Zolotarov <vladz@cloudius-systems.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The ixgbe driver hasn't used call_rcu to free the rings for some time now.
Since that is the case the call to rcu_barrier can be dropped since calls
to kfree_rcu don't require it.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This change makes it so that the HW_VLAN_CTAG_FILTER bit is not falsely
advertised as being a feature that can be toggled on ixgbe parts. The
driver was setting the bit in features and letting it be inherited by
hw_features, however the driver was actually ignoring the value of the bit
and just assuming it was always set. As a result VLAN filtering was always
enabled which is a requirement for SR-IOV, VMDq, DCB, FCoE, and possibly
other features within the adapters.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Adds x550 specific FCoE offloads for DDP context programming and
increased DDP exchanges.
Signed-off-by: Vasu Dev <vasu.dev@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch will enable X550 Source Address Prunning for VEPA
bridge mode. This requires that we also have replication enabled
as well, while in this mode.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch gathers together all the logic needed to configure bridge
modes. Currently that it is rather simple but this is really laying
the ground work for future X550 feature enhancement.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We are currently storing our BRIDGE_MODE as a bit in our adapter flags.
This patch will store the actual mode instead which minimizes obfuscation
and makes following patches for X550 simpler.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2015-04-09
We've had enough new patches during the past week (especially from
Marcel) that it'd be good to still get these queued for 4.1.
The majority of the changes are from Marcel with lots of cleanup &
refactoring patches for the HCI UART driver. Marcel also split out some
Broadcom & Intel vendor specific functionality into two new btintel &
btbcm modules.
In addition to the HCI driver changes there's the completion of our
local OOB data interface for pairing, added support for requesting
remote LE features when connecting, as well as a couple of minor fixes
for mac802154.
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support to be able to detect a hung Tx task by adding the netdev
ndo_tx_timeout function callback. Do not set the watchdog_timeo value
so as to use the system default time (currently 5 seconds).
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently a call to configure the Rx mode (promiscuous mode, all
multicast mode, etc.) is made in xgbe_start separate from the xgbe_init
function. This call to set the Rx mode should be part of the xgbe_init
function so that calls to the init function don't have to be preceded
with calls to configure the Rx mode.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the device must be down in order to update the rx-frames
coalescing setting because the interrupt indicator is set in the
descriptor data during initialization. Allow this setting to be changed
while the device is up by moving the interrupt decision into the
descriptor reset function and base the decision off of the supplied
descriptor index value.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
handle_offloads() calls skb_reset_inner_headers() to store
the layer pointers to the encapsulated packet. However, we
currently push the vlag tag (if there is one) onto the packet
afterwards. This changes the MAC header for the encapsulated
packet but it is not reflected in skb->inner_mac_header, which
breaks GSO and drivers which attempt to use this for encapsulation
offloads.
Fixes: 1eaa8178 ("vxlan: Add tx-vlan offload support.")
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
iwlwifi:
* some more work on LAR
* fixes for UMAC scan
* more work on debugging framework
* more work for 8000 devices
* cleanups and small bugfixes
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.11 (GNU/Linux)
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJVJli2AAoJEG4XJFUm622bh6YH/1oKWWYkzCmAKVT3T3PKYcz8
wSUDp0iOQD/f8bXG6qm9lKeqzsJvvUSYaIJRH/Vh7g0uBGzZ+0aK+Tle7zdsKe9i
OrI+yK65jBWyNMfVO4yl3/Nb9ER3TneEDyrOPkXGnFJcyVnCugPcPRZVXiLS3scq
fQrzZkEOM6Fl+nqMAXK7R9Vhk+Oz2U4Dm2r/Qq9sncAZwWUPGC60Vxc0iVcBKOhH
bFZlvnO0RGeU2DMC0RuDkDhaWAsoUvkkR/EsNCwk38Hs2AOag3hBr8METaIF4S0R
83ftVvjD8eJ8hDKP0AtQtMjZCjtAz+GR6D+maoUKxFQbMUq0xn7E2MqOOLxDeq0=
=25In
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'wireless-drivers-next-for-davem-2015-04-09' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvalo/wireless-drivers-next
Kalle Valo says:
====================
Major changes:
iwlwifi:
* some more work on LAR
* fixes for UMAC scan
* more work on debugging framework
* more work for 8000 devices
* cleanups and small bugfixes
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
"kevent" is an extremely generic name that causes trouble
if debugging for work queues is used. So change it to
something clear.
Signed-off-by: Oliver Neukum <oneukum@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reduce the CPU overhead for transmit and receive by using lightweight dma_
barriers instead of full barriers where they are applicable.
Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Update i40e and i40evf to use dma_rmb. This should improve performance by
decreasing the barrier overhead on strong ordered architectures.
Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch should help to improve the performance of the mlx4 and mlx5 on a
number of architectures. For example, on x86 the dma_wmb/rmb equates out
to a barrer() call as the architecture is already strong ordered, and on
PowerPC the call works out to a lwsync which is significantly less expensive
than the sync call that was being used for wmb.
I placed the new barriers between any spots that seemed to be trying to
order memory/memory reads or writes, if there are any spots that involved
MMIO I left the existing wmb in place as the new barriers cannot order
transactions between coherent and non-coherent memories.
v2: Reduced the replacments to just the spots where I could clearly
identify the usage pattern.
Cc: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Cc: Ido Shamay <idos@mellanox.com>
Cc: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Update the Chelsio Ethernet drivers to use the dma_rmb/wmb calls instead of
the full barriers in order to improve performance.
Cc: Santosh Raspatur <santosh@chelsio.com>
Cc: Hariprasad S <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Cc: Casey Leedom <leedom@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In socfpga_dwmac_parse_data forward error code from devm_reset_control_get.
This gives the driver another chance to laod if altr,rst-mgr is loaded after
the network driver.
Signed-off-by: Phil Reid <preid@electromag.com.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Netlink attribute for the power is s8. But for the driver level
operations we are collection power level value into integer.
It has to be change to s8 from int.
Signed-off-by: Varka Bhadram <varkab@cdac.in>
Acked-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Use the new IEEE80211_TX_STAT_NOACK_TRANSMITTED flag
to indicate successful transmission of no-ack frames.
This fixes multicast frame accounting.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This fix the regerssion introduced after "ath10k_wmi_requests_stats()
call to use more stat bits", both the 10.2.X FW and community FW 10.1.X
will return time out when access the fw_stats with the STAT_VDEV and
STAT_PDEV. Add the condition to use different fw_stats mask for different
FW versions.
Fixes: 7777d8c7ef ("ath10k: implement fw stats for wmi-tlv")
Signed-off-by: Yanbo Li <yanbol@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The default keyidx callback may be called after
more than 1 key is installed. This led to only 1
WEP key being reinstalled only. This caused Rxed
traffic encrypted with other WEP keys to be
dropped in client mode.
Tested-by: Bartosz Markowski <bartosz.markowski@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The variable should be cleared regardless of
whether there's a peer associated with the key or
not.
This fixes case when user first associates with 2
WEP keys and then disconnects and connects with 1
WEP key. This resulted in WEP key count being 2 in
the driver leading to default keyidx fixup
failure.
Tested-by: Bartosz Markowski <bartosz.markowski@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
There's always at most 2 credits and it makes
little sense to set the
ATH10K_HTC_FLAG_NEED_CREDIT_UPDATE flag
conditionally.
This seems to fix some random issues with tx
credit starvation on WLAN.RM.2.0-00073 I've been
seeing. Note: this isn't related to wmi mgmt tx.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Firmwares that indicate BURST_SERVICE as enabled
could overwrite some wmm parameters (eg. txop).
This could lead IOT and balancing issues.
Hence disable this by default.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The numPosted field in the ERX Doorbell register is 8-bits wide.
So the max buffers that we can post at a time is 255 and not 256
which we are doing currently.
Signed-off-by: Ajit Khaparde <ajit.khaparde@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commits:
d92916f71a ("sfc: Own header for nic-specific sriov functions,")
25672dba95 ("sfc: Enable VF's via a write to the sysfs file
sriov_numvfs")
As they break the build with SRIOV disabled and there is no
easy way to fix it the way things are arranged.
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Alessio Igor Bogani <alessio.bogani@elettra.eu>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The DWMAC block on certain SoCs (such as IMG Pistachio) have a second
clock which must be enabled in order to access the peripheral's
register interface, so add support for requesting and enabling an
optional "pclk".
Signed-off-by: Andrew Bresticker <abrestic@chromium.org>
Cc: James Hartley <james.hartley@imgtec.com>
Cc: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 79b16aadea
("udp_tunnel: Pass UDP socket down through udp_tunnel{, 6}_xmit_skb()")
introduce 'sk' but we already have one inner 'sk'.
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In netvsc_start_xmit() we can handle packets which are scattered around not
more than MAX_PAGE_BUFFER_COUNT-2 pages. It is, however, easy to create a
packet which is not big in size but occupies more pages (e.g. if it uses frags
on compound pages boundaries). When we drop such packet it cases sender to try
resending it but in most cases it will try resending the same packet which will
also get dropped, this will cause the particular connection to stick. To solve
the issue we can try linearizing skb.
Signed-off-by: Vitaly Kuznetsov <vkuznets@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
... which validly uses dev_kfree_skb_any() instead of dev_kfree_skb().
Setting ret to -EFAULT and -ENOMEM have no real meaning here (we need to set
it to anything but -EAGAIN) as we drop the packet and return NETDEV_TX_OK
anyway.
Signed-off-by: Vitaly Kuznetsov <vkuznets@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for the use of sriov_configure on EF10
to enable Virtual Functions while the driver is loaded.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
By putting all the efx_{siena,ef10}_sriov_* declarations in
{siena,ef10}_sriov.h, ensure they cannot be called from nic-generic code.
Also fixes up an instance of this, where mcdi.c was calling
efx_siena_sriov_flr.
The single instance of netdev_ops should call general high level
functions that can then call something adapter specific in efx_nic_type.
We should only do adapter specialisation via efx_nic_type.
Removal of sriov functionality from the Falcon code means that tests
are needed for the presence of some callbacks.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change replaces calls to rmb with dma_rmb in the case where we want to
order all follow-on descriptor reads after the check for the descriptor
status bit.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change updates several spots where a wmb was being used to instead use
a dma_wmb to flush out writes before updating the control portion of the
descriptor.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch goes through and replaces wmb/rmb with dma_wmb/dma_rmb in cases
where the barrier is being used to order writes or reads to just memory and
doesn't involve any programmed I/O.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
bond_3ad_bind_slave() calls ad_initialize_port() and then immediately
assigns correct values making some of that initialization unnecessary.
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch breaks the rich assignments into it's own statements
and removes some duplicate code where admin-key, & oper-key are
updated.
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Every tracing file must have its own TRACE_SYSTEM defined.
The brcmsmac tracepoint header broke this and added in the middle
of the file:
#undef TRACE_SYSTEM
#define TRACE_SYSTEM brcmsmac
#undef TRACE_SYSTEM
#define TRACE_SYSTEM brcmsmac_tx
#undef TRACE_SYSTEM
#define TRACE_SYSTEM brcmsmac_msg
Unfortunately, this broke new code in the ftrace infrastructure.
Moving each of these TRACE_SYSTEMs into their own trace file with
just one TRACE_SYSTEM per file fixes the issue.
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/5524D99C.1050902@broadcom.com
Acked-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
Every tracing file must have its own TRACE_SYSTEM defined.
The iwlwifi tracepoint header broke this and added in the middle
of the file:
#undef TRACE_SYSTEM
#define TRACE_SYSTEM iwlwifi_io
#undef TRACE_SYSTEM
#define TRACE_SYSTEM iwlwifi_ucode
#undef TRACE_SYSTEM
#define TRACE_SYSTEM iwlwifi_msg
#undef TRACE_SYSTEM
#define TRACE_SYSTEM iwlwifi_data
#undef TRACE_SYSTEM
#define TRACE_SYSTEM iwlwifi
Unfortunately, this broke new code in the ftrace infrastructure.
Moving each of these TRACE_SYSTEMs into their own trace file with
just one TRACE_SYSTEM per file fixes the issue.
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1428479094.2809.3.camel@sipsolutions.net
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
In the two places changed, we now use netvsc_xmit_completion() which properly
frees hv_netvsc_packet in or not in skb headroom.
Signed-off-by: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Reviewed-by: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The sum of RNDIS msg and PPI struct sizes is used in multiple places, so we define
a macro for them.
Signed-off-by: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Reviewed-by: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Reviewed-by: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
That was we can make sure the output path of ipv4/ipv6 operate on
the UDP socket rather than whatever random thing happens to be in
skb->sk.
Based upon a patch by Jiri Pirko.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Return a negative error code on failure.
A simplified version of the semantic match that finds this problem is as
follows: (http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@@
identifier ret; expression e1,e2;
@@
(
if (\(ret < 0\|ret != 0\))
{ ... return ret; }
|
ret = 0
)
... when != ret = e1
when != &ret
*if(...)
{
... when != ret = e2
when forall
return ret;
}
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Return a negative error code on failure.
A simplified version of the semantic match that finds this problem is as
follows: (http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@@
identifier ret; expression e1,e2;
@@
(
if (\(ret < 0\|ret != 0\))
{ ... return ret; }
|
ret = 0
)
... when != ret = e1
when != &ret
*if(...)
{
... when != ret = e2
when forall
return ret;
}
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ar9550 or later chips, the AR_GPIO_IN_OUT register only can
control GPIO[0:3]. For the extra GPIO, use standard GPIO calls
instead of WMAC internal registers.
Signed-off-by: Miaoqing Pan <miaoqing@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch fix a spelling typo in MODULE_DESCRIPTION in
wl1251/main.c
Signed-off-by: Masanari Iida <standby24x7@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Use bool constants as the return values instead of 1 and 0.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
rtl8192cu can't connect to AP after physical reconnect.
according to dmesg, that problem's cause was DHCP timeout.
rtl_is_special_data function checks packet type for adjusting rate.
when that function is called from _rtl_rc_get_highest_rix, it can not
calculate offset correctly. so i add argument is_encn in rtl_is_special_data.
is_enc variable mean that iv header is added in skb parameter.
i test only rtl8192cu chipset. because i doesn't have other rtlwifi chipsets.
Signed-off-by: Taehee Yoo <ap420073@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
As the driver may send multiple wmi commands with identical cmd id,
it is more robust to check seq number for timeout instead.
Signed-off-by: Fred Chou <fred.chou.nd@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
* fixes for UMAC scan
* more work on debugging framework
* more work for 8000 devices
* cleanups and small bugfixes
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
iQIcBAABAgAGBQJVHOLSAAoJEC0Llv5uNjIBoCsP/i7RQp36dDNEdRAW1o4r2grr
MmJMPWHHNG6cpSqqf4NNrYhAsnkMYJQ+qHM3yE9vK1QW71STyOGDv9pgLYvXXdpo
2RRhc44Bj8HRdjrSa0NNja8HBV+TEUA1rNwyd8+trH7vb2oUW1fQWzy+66wdQXvW
ONa8/Enj3f3n9i7F5k0/Nv1brDO2nCdzBdcxGKDHRujDFrVQBeg5VhvIFKJG603M
9Z6g+aRKY1YpHGj12KUqUoR6nLB3MK3ADJjHoDZVIlqngJ4QjgkoJBrdxIvFG0hz
8bPhy3bC/BVnXuwssx7h8MUR7pZ5P2lkLtZ10++0tiTwAdkWt3/5RZ295Ksd9Xw1
O8vSl0FtFvzjkKNIzRNyvsvI/bF4Vw18DfUzpHXh+zRp2pXs7tP//P0Qrv+zJzo+
0pg7gv2gpQpuaw5TyOubC22oY0RvtIXKASIwf8xN5qUG5m7BgjWZNmIJafuDxwYl
ppa0eOSj5ji+NE7Luffqv2h9k4udZYeaOshMDfZUgV4X/ON6qpmPtBVVpsgiBIbc
5puXSEKwoAdIhBUFs5q1zHqmiaFbFL370zvC1UG5dsG/GYXw3tm+sD3/veBHy+ru
OQQ23ESCY7JphaT9f3JBCK7n1fATAH+xHELjJ6l2HYhjuvN/m05eFmLeaNbsxeZP
TiH07apeNYvVXcJ+HdAa
=D9CA
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'iwlwifi-next-for-kalle-2015-04-02' of https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/iwlwifi/iwlwifi-next
* some more work on LAR
* fixes for UMAC scan
* more work on debugging framework
* more work for 8000 devices
* cleanups and small bugfixes
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx4/cmd.c
net/core/fib_rules.c
net/ipv4/fib_frontend.c
The fib_rules.c and fib_frontend.c conflicts were locking adjustments
in 'net' overlapping addition and removal of code in 'net-next'.
The mlx4 conflict was a bug fix in 'net' happening in the same
place a constant was being replaced with a more suitable macro.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 1daa4303b4 ("net/mlx4_core: Deprecate error message at
ConnectX-2 cards startup to debug") did the deprecation only for port 1
of the card. Need to deprecate for port 2 as well.
Fixes: 1daa4303b4 ("net/mlx4_core: Deprecate error message at ConnectX-2 cards startup to debug")
Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit d631b94e7a
virtio: change comment in transmit
started clarifying the logic behind queue state management,
but introduced an inaccuracy: TX_BUSY does not cause
a BUG message.
Clean this up some more, explaining the tradeoffs in detail.
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
mvneta_adjust_link() is a callback for of_phy_connect() and should
not be called directly. The result of calling it directly is as below:
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When MDIO bus is unavailable (common setup for SGMII), the in-band
signaling must be used to correctly track link state.
This patch enables the in-band status delivery for link state changes, namely:
- link up/down
- link speed
- duplex full/half
fixed_phy_update_state() is used to update phy status.
CC: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
CC: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
CC: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Stas Sergeev <stsp@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently fixed_phy uses a callback to periodically poll the link state.
This patch adds the fixed_phy_update_state() API.
It solves the following problems:
- On link state interrupt, MAC driver can't update status.
Instead it needs to provide the callback to periodically query
the HW about the link state. It is more efficient to update status
after interrupt.
- The callback needs to be unregistered before phy_disconnect(),
or otherwise it will be called with net_dev==NULL. phy_disconnect()
does not have enough info to unregister the callback automatically.
- The callback needs to be registered before of_phy_connect() to
avoid running with outdated state, but of_phy_connect() returns the
phy_device pointer, which is needed to register the callback. Registering
it before of_phy_connect() will therefore require a hack to get the
pointer earlier.
Overall, this addition makes the subsequent patch that implements
SGMII link status for mvneta, much cleaner.
CC: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
CC: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Stas Sergeev <stsp@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Bump.
Change-ID: I7dc88baa33264e5919bc938adf76706573209432
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Refactor VF RSS code to allow RSS on a single queue and eliminate
the need for the next_queue function.
Change-ID: I9253bad96b7f542ee7036e15636db0e5d58d8ef2
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The MAC filter list is protected by a critical task bit, and the VLAN
list should be protected as well. This prevents list corruption if the
watchdog happens to run at the same time as a VLAN filter is being added
or deleted.
Change-ID: Ia4867cebbbb046a1f38012771b288a634ca5882b
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This does not affect the Virtual channel API as such but it changes the
meaning of what is communicated to the VSI resource struct as vsi_id.
Earlier vsi_idx was being passed in, which was the index in the PF's VSI
array. Now we pass vsi_id as communicated by the FW to the driver.
This will help with future expansion of VF and FW communication.
With this in place now the VF and Virtual channel driver change to move over
to VSI id use is complete and is validated.
Change-ID: I14246ef82b3b3dc1fa76291d2dd0c05d12cedb7c
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In some cases, the hardware would continue to try to access the FDIR
ring after entering D3Hot state, which would cause either PCIe errors or
NMIs, depending upon system configuration.
Explicitly stop FDIR in our shutdown routine to eliminate this
possibility.
Change-ID: Ib98060d6352ec595ab9a78bfe252675a9fa5d8bc
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When the VXLAN ports are added and removed, the messaging was giving some
bogus index info, the port was always '0' for the delete, and the message
text style didn't match other messages in the driver. Also, there was an
over-use of the tertiary statement which made reading a little harder
than necessary.
Change-ID: Ie805182a697b8b4c12024403ada87fd4e4fa2358
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Do not register or try to de-register DCB applications with the DCBNL
layer in case of NIC partitions when adapter is in MFP mode.
Change-ID: I603d042a61983a6562be471c6a2b181572504118
Signed-off-by: Neerav Parikh <neerav.parikh@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If transmit VLAN HW offloads are disabled then the network stack sends up
an skb with the protocol set to 8021q. In that case to get the correct
checksum offloads we have to reset the skb protocol to the encapsulated
ethertype.
Change-ID: I903d78533de09b1c5d3ec695ee1990dd0fa5dd0d
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The call to pci_disable_sriov got moved, but the message about not
disabling VFs didn't move. So move it. While we're at, reword the
message a bit to make it more consistent with other driver messages.
Change-ID: I17d3e15e4fcfd5c9431a96ecb0117d728d3da18b
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A function was calling i40e_tx_map with return, but tx_map returns
void, and the caller returns void, so just drop the return, and
everything is good.
Change-ID: I53fc676d517864761e7cbb8ca83f1ef0c15b1f8f
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If the skb allocation fails we should not continue using the skb
pointer. Breaking out at the point of failure means that at the next
RX interrupt the driver will try the allocation again.
Change-ID: Iefaad69856ced7418bfd92afe55322676341f82e
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Several memcpys are not necessary and can be changed to structure
assignments. Struct assignments are always type safe so this
is preferable.
Change-ID: I7daf45a4b5e799c686b9d5c8ba9db047584ab82b
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
HMC_ERRORINFO and HMC_ERRORDATA helps explain the cause of HMC error.
Change-ID: I053bbc175a5f4c5c3e9ec2ea7400d5c56aaa4ec1
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Validate that the VF has sent us a valid VSI index before actually using
that index. Without this code, a malicious or buggy VF driver could
panic the host by sending an invalid index into the VSI array.
Change-ID: I66a177687a0dcc281ec83e714d3813d70d18c8b4
Reported-by: Nick Nunley <nicholas.d.nunley@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Inner protocol being UDP should not stop us from verifying Outer UDP
checksum correctness.
If the Outer protocol is not UDP (NVGRE) we should not be doing a UDP
checksum check. If the packet has zero checksum, skip checksum check.
Change-ID: Ie7f153feb276a59f66a54a0938901b2c0a8100fa
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Preparation for ethernet driver.
Signed-off-by: Achiad Shochat <achiad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Preparation for ethernet driver.
These functions will be used in drivers other than mlx5_ib.
Signed-off-by: Achiad Shochat <achiad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Declare the support of new ConnectX4 HCA in module info
Pump up the module version
Signed-off-by: Achiad Shochat <achiad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Achiad Shochat <achiad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In alloc_token(), the token '1' would be allocated twice consecutively.
Signed-off-by: Achiad Shochat <achiad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Avoid usage of command work entry in cmd_work_handler since it can be released
by mlx5_cmd_invoke before the work handler returns to running.
Signed-off-by: Ira Gusinsky <irenag@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Avoid copying to the output buffer in cmd_exec since this is done after the
command is completed. Failure to do this may cause cases where the callback
handler is called before the copy done by cmd_exec which then overwrites it.
Reported-by: Tamer Hleihel <tamerh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use coherent memory for the commands descriptor page. Take measures to make
sure the page is aligned to MLX5_ADAPTER_PAGE_SIZE as required by the hardware.
Reported-by: Yevgeny Kliteynik <kliteyn@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
struct mlx5_query_mkey_mbox_in rather than mlx5_destroy_mkey_mbox_in
Signed-off-by: Achiad Shochat <achiad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Do it in one place instead of every where the function is invoked
Signed-off-by: Achiad Shochat <achiad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
PRM does not support setting these values so avoid setting them.
Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allocate firmware pages from the NUMA node which is close to the device.
Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enabled when the device supports KEEP FCS and IGNORE FCS.
When the flag is set, pass all received frames up the stack,
even ones with invalid FCS, controlled by ethtool.
Signed-off-by: Muhammad Mahajna <muhammadm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Shamay <idos@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enabled when device supports KEEP FCS. When the flag is set, Ethernet FCS
is appended to the end of the frame, controlled by ethtool.
Signed-off-by: Muhammad Mahajna <muhammadm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Shamay <idos@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for the interface ethtool identify feature.
Make the physical port LED to blink with green and yellow colors.
The device handles the LED blink by itself (synchrous use of
set_phys_id), by returning 0 to ETHTOOL_ID_ACTIVE command.
Signed-off-by: Eyal Grossman <eyalgr@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Shamay <idos@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The calls to SET_PORT used hard-code numbers, when supplying command's
opcode modifiers, fix that to use well defined constants.
Signed-off-by: Ido Shamay <idos@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If HCA supports ETS QoS feature, set enhanced QoS bit in init_hca as default.
Signed-off-by: Ido Shamay <idos@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A new capability bit was introduced in the past to to differ devices
using the QoS ETS feature. The old was deprecated since then.
If driver sees device which set only the old capabilty, it will print
warning to user suggesting to upgrade the FW.
Signed-off-by: Ido Shamay <idos@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Support granular QoS per VF, by implementing the ndo_set_vf_rate.
Enforce a rate limit per VF when called, and enabled only for VFs in
VST mode with user priority supported by the device.
We don't enforce VFs to be in VST mode at the moment of configuration,
but rather save the given rate limit and enforce it when the VF is
moved to VST with user priority which is supported (currently 0).
VST<->VGT or VST qos value state changes are disallowed when a rate
limit is configured. Minimum BW share is not supported yet.
Signed-off-by: Ido Shamay <idos@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Granular QoS per VF feature introduce a new QP field, qos_vport.
PF administrator can connect VF QPs to a certain QoS Vport, to
inherit its proporties. Connecting QPs to the default QoS Vport
(defined as 0) is always allowed, even when there are no allocated VPPs.
At this point, only the default vport is connected to QPs.
Signed-off-by: Ido Shamay <idos@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Initialization of granular Qos per VF mechanism.
Query the port availible VPPs and allocates those on all supported
priorities in an equal share. Allocation is done only in SRIOV mode,
when the feature is supported by the device and port type is Ethernet.
Allocation currently is done only on the default priority 0.
Signed-off-by: Ido Shamay <idos@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Checks in QUERY_DEV_CAP if the granular QoS per VF feature is
supported by the device. Disabled for guests.
Signed-off-by: Ido Shamay <idos@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the SET_VPORT_QOS device command, which is ntended for virtual
granular QoS configuration per VF in SRIOV mode. The SET_VPORT_QOS
command sets and queries QoS parameters of a VPort. Each priority
allowed for a VPort is assigned with a share of the BW, and a BW
limitation. QoS parameters can be modified at any time, but must be
initialized before any QP is associated with the VPort.
Signed-off-by: Ido Shamay <idos@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implements device ALLOCATE_VPP command, to be used for granular QoS
configuration of VFs by the PF device. Defines and queries the amount
of VPPs assigned to each port, and the amount of VPPs assigned to each
priority of each port. Once the total VPPs are split between the priorities
of a port, they may be assigned with a share of the BW or a rate limit.
Split into two functions (get/set) whoch are supplied with
mlx4_alloc_vpp_context and physical port number.
Signed-off-by: Ido Shamay <idos@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Create two new files fw_qos.h and fw_qos.c in mlx4_core module.
It gathers all relevant QoS firmware related commands etc, thus improving
encapsulation of the mlx4_core module. For now it contains the QoS existing
commands: mlx4_SET_PORT_SCHEDULER and mlx4_SET_PORT_PRIO2TC.
Signed-off-by: Ido Shamay <idos@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previous vf_oper and vf_admin code created very long lines, making it hard
to read the code. Added relevant in-struct pointers to reduce code
complexity and avoid code lines spread over 80 lines. Same logic is preserved.
Signed-off-by: Ido Shamay <idos@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently implemented as static function in resource_tracker.c --
this change will allow other files in mlx4_core to use it as well.
Signed-off-by: Ido Shamay <idos@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently any change of netdev features results in a call to
mlx4_en_update_loopback_state(). Those calls are unnecessary,
and should be called only upon loopback feature change.
Also moved some of the logic into mlx4_en_update_loopback_state().
Signed-off-by: Ido Shamay <idos@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enable RSS support for fragmented IP packets, when device supports it.
Until now, fragmented IP packets were directed only to the default_qpn.
Since IP fragments (datagram) have no upper protocols (L3 IP packets),
hash is performed on 3-tuple - dst MAC, source IP and dest IP. The HW
makes sure that this holds for the 1st fragment too, so all fragments
go to the same QP.
Signed-off-by: Ido Shamay <idos@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
xen-netfront limits transmitted skbs to be at most 44 segments in size. However,
GSO permits up to 65536 bytes, which means a maximum of 45 segments of 1448
bytes each. This slight reduction in the size of packets means a slight loss in
efficiency.
Since c/s 9ecd1a75d, xen-netfront sets gso_max_size to
XEN_NETIF_MAX_TX_SIZE - MAX_TCP_HEADER,
where XEN_NETIF_MAX_TX_SIZE is 65535 bytes.
The calculation used by tcp_tso_autosize (and also tcp_xmit_size_goal since c/s
6c09fa09d) in determining when to split an skb into two is
sk->sk_gso_max_size - 1 - MAX_TCP_HEADER.
So the maximum permitted size of an skb is calculated to be
(XEN_NETIF_MAX_TX_SIZE - MAX_TCP_HEADER) - 1 - MAX_TCP_HEADER.
Intuitively, this looks like the wrong formula -- we don't need two TCP headers.
Instead, there is no need to deviate from the default gso_max_size of 65536 as
this already accommodates the size of the header.
Currently, the largest skb transmitted by netfront is 63712 bytes (44 segments
of 1448 bytes each), as observed via tcpdump. This patch makes netfront send
skbs of up to 65160 bytes (45 segments of 1448 bytes each).
Similarly, the maximum allowable mtu does not need to subtract MAX_TCP_HEADER as
it relates to the size of the whole packet, including the header.
Fixes: 9ecd1a75d9 ("xen-netfront: reduce gso_max_size to account for max TCP header")
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Davies <jonathan.davies@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/usb/asix_common.c
drivers/net/usb/sr9800.c
drivers/net/usb/usbnet.c
include/linux/usb/usbnet.h
net/ipv4/tcp_ipv4.c
net/ipv6/tcp_ipv6.c
The TCP conflicts were overlapping changes. In 'net' we added a
READ_ONCE() to the socket cached RX route read, whilst in 'net-next'
Eric Dumazet touched the surrounding code dealing with how mini
sockets are handled.
With USB, it's a case of the same bug fix first going into net-next
and then I cherry picked it back into net.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that the peer netns is advertised in rtnl messages, we can set this property
so that IFLA_LINK will advertise the peer ifindex. It allows the userland to get
the full veth configuration.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Don't use dev->iflink anymore.
CC: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Don't use dev->iflink anymore.
CC: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The goal of this patch is to prepare the removal of the iflink field. It
introduces a new ndo function, which will be implemented by virtual interfaces.
There is no functional change into this patch. All readers of iflink field
now call dev_get_iflink().
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The only other way to catch these would have been to monitor
the Tx deauth event, but we can send a deauth when we roam.
So it would have been tricky to make sure we capture the
connection losses only.
Define a separate trigger for the connection losses to make
it easier to catch them.
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
This will allow to collect data when a time event
notifcation with a certain id and action is coming from
the firmware. This can be very useful to debug various
flows.
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The current code has a lot of duplicates of printing into a buffer
(while having to make sure it's NUL-filled and -terminated) and
then passing that to the debug trigger collection.
Since that's error-prone, instead make the debug trigger collection
function take a format string and format arguments (with compiler
validity checking) and handle the buffer internally.
This makes one behavioural change -- instead of sending the whole
buffer to userspace (clearing is needed to not leak stack data) it
just passes the actual string (including NUL-terminator.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Fix spelling error across the driver.
Modified only comments and prints.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
If ucode_loaded isn't true the function returns the 'ret' variable
without having assigned a value properly. Fix that.
Reported-by: Haim Dreyfuss <haim.dreyfuss@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
of small fixes, cleanups and internal features we have:
* VHT support for TDLS and IBSS (conditional on drivers though)
* first TX performance improvements (the biggest will come later)
* many suspend/resume (race) fixes
* name_assign_type support from Tom Gundersen
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=O/cf
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2015-03-30' into iwlwifi-next
Lots of updates for net-next; along with the usual flurry
of small fixes, cleanups and internal features we have:
* VHT support for TDLS and IBSS (conditional on drivers though)
* first TX performance improvements (the biggest will come later)
* many suspend/resume (race) fixes
* name_assign_type support from Tom Gundersen
The str/len arguments to iwl_fw_dbg_trigger_simple_stop() aren't used,
and for a simple trigger don't really need to be used as the trigger
code itself encodes the reason, so remove them.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Sending multiple action frames off channel, one after the other can create
a race that will result in a timeout:
1. Start sending action frame off channel.
2. Once the frame is sent or the time event is over, the flow will
eventually call ieee80211_start_next_roc to start the next roc frame &
iwl_mvm_roc_finished schedules to schedule a work to flush the queue.
3. Start sending new roc frame and write it to the queue before the
flush work has started.
4. The work is called and it flushes the new packet that was placed on the
on the queue so the packet is lost.
This causes the frame to be removed & not sent, that causes a timeout in
userspace.
Flush the work queue that flushes the roc/off channel queue before starting
to send a new frame off channel, in order to avoid a race between the new
frame that is transmitted off channel & the flushing of the queue.
Signed-off-by: Matti Gottlieb <matti.gottlieb@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Currently the last found MCC is reconfigured only in the recovery flow.
But it should always be used when available, for the ifdown/up or
RF-Kill/CT-Kill scenarios.
While at it, fix a couple of bugs in the init-from-last-MCC flow. Return
an error value when a current MCC is not found. Pass on the regdomain to
cfg80211 only if it was changed and don't ignore the return value from
the cfg80211-setter function.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Our testers need to know the number of scans performed while in
net-detect mode before the device wakes up. The firmware already
passes this information to the driver, so we can save it and report it
in a debugfs entry.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The statistic counters for the mv88e6172 never worked. This device is
a member of the 6352 family of chips, which has a slightly different
layout of the register used for capturing statistics. Add support for
detecting this family and poking the port in the right place in the
register.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rather than refer to registers by number, define mnemonics. Also
define mnemonics for the commonly used bits within the registers.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reading the statistics from the hardware is the same for all
chips. What differs is the number of available statistics. Have just
one copy of the code in the shared mv88e6xxx.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The phy_mutex should be held while reading and writing to the phy.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the common code for reading and writing phy registers into the
shared mv88e6xxx.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These functions could in future be used by other drivers. Move them
into the shared area.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Marvell switches are all reset in nearly the same way. The only
difference is if the PPU should be enabled or not. Move this
code into the shared mv88x6xxx.c.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As a step towards consolidating code, consistently set the
number of ports in the private state structure, and make use of it in
loops.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Determine and use number of switch ports from chip ID instead of always
using the maximum, and return error when an attempt is made to access a
non-existing port.
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Determine and use number of switch ports from chip ID instead of always
using the maximum, and return error when an attempt is made to access a
non-existing port.
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This will let us use the switch product IDs in the common source code.
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Common initialization functions will be needed to enable
HW bridging support.
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
WLAN.RM.2.0-00073 firmware requires self-peer to
be created prior to issuing scan command. Without
this wmi-tlv with qca6174 firmware crashes after
submitting a scan request.
Creating the peer as soon as add_interface()
shouldn't be a problem.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Move about half a KB of data to text.
Miscellanea:
o Move strings out of the .h file into the .c file
in case the .h file is ever #included twice
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* fix a memory leak, we leaked memory each time the module
was loaded.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.11 (GNU/Linux)
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJVHB3DAAoJEG4XJFUm622bLYkH+gMnmUgVD/MQLqhActOwGg/f
YM+gAmHyHW3arwLStkx8MfYrXf2a+Q3A/+Mj61s9fMKdxtH143JwL3Gu/y76S9vH
7bbhoiajwCg83IhrN+lIOpAHjHo/bxodXmjojnZFHTQ0MBT6ftXmLUZ7HBDwaL6A
ct79Yh/k2lhaL8Vk242dIXWjoVmG9HtazVnK7jYB4fX+dIuqZ/53Z4acqTLeKUez
UMRs/R0MYMtjHXhpnNHegiZ/umf4FfhrtVZ4yW2C3PqPR7wor/XkegnbwEXH3TNq
zGACPN5YdFjDPacPslBsMT9FkOQPOwvz9Djzn7GEW6fv7AvGTC0lIXQ2E2I2phQ=
=E1Gh
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'wireless-drivers-for-davem-2015-04-01' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvalo/wireless-drivers
Kalle Valo says:
====================
iwlwifi:
* fix a memory leak, we leaked memory each time the module
was loaded.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add new Common Code routines to retrieve Firmware Device Log
parameters from PCIE_FW_PF[7]. The firmware initializes its Device Log very
early on and stores the parameters for its location/size in that register.
Using the parameters from the register allows us to access the Firmware
Device Log even when the firmware crashes very early on or we're not
attached to the firmware
Based on original work by Casey Leedom <leedom@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds new macro and few macro changes for fw version 1.13.32.0 also
changes version string in driver to match 1.13.32.0
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move ~2KB of strings in each driver from data to text.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ath9k:
* add Active Interference Cancellation, a method implemented in the HW
to counter WLAN RX > sensitivity degradation when BT is transmitting
at the same time. This feature is supported by cards like WB222
based on AR9462.
iwlwifi:
* Location Aware Regulatory was added by Arik
* 8000 device family work
* update to the BT Coex firmware API
brmcfmac:
* add new BCM43455 and BCM43457 SDIO device support
* add new BCM43430 SDIO device support
wil6210:
* take care of AP bridging
* fix NAPI behavior
* found approach to achieve 4*n+2 alignment of Rx frames
rt2x00:
* add new rt2800usb device DWA 130
rtlwifi:
* add USB ID for D-Link DWA-131
* add USB ID ASUS N10 WiFi dongle
mwifiex:
* throughput enhancements
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.11 (GNU/Linux)
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJVHATOAAoJEG4XJFUm622b4EsIAIMGOLb2GuqtxpN/Ei1TmUFV
8B3KTLmeau/glqxquySQ2mIthDqijesbl0jyKWJP/+ZsXhjhpagXAIMw6E5KH3HN
1XKCvyqbkGScTcheaS4HYFmKKoM0OlPnDKhybYtPiScW2kyQf8S9msbeEzLdYYen
qYKMRq/J/QuobWvtapyGOBtyuVtuTrKuP8LzKQX9JAyKtM2si/iOvG7EiFmcAcis
DGJBrwhy/i6oBoi6e6KGgxIpXJE9WHsMs2QBYpFkxV2SbzXTOyq1EMFJvMHCq927
QfEsgOgAyVLfsXqN1uNK49eJtTuWRuJehEV88xjUbMXcYQNiaKdnYY6KvIBQ7XU=
=POsk
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'wireless-drivers-next-for-davem-2015-04-01' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvalo/wireless-drivers-next
Kalle Valo says:
====================
Major changes:
ath9k:
* add Active Interference Cancellation, a method implemented in the HW
to counter WLAN RX > sensitivity degradation when BT is transmitting
at the same time. This feature is supported by cards like WB222
based on AR9462.
iwlwifi:
* Location Aware Regulatory was added by Arik
* 8000 device family work
* update to the BT Coex firmware API
brmcfmac:
* add new BCM43455 and BCM43457 SDIO device support
* add new BCM43430 SDIO device support
wil6210:
* take care of AP bridging
* fix NAPI behavior
* found approach to achieve 4*n+2 alignment of Rx frames
rt2x00:
* add new rt2800usb device DWA 130
rtlwifi:
* add USB ID for D-Link DWA-131
* add USB ID ASUS N10 WiFi dongle
mwifiex:
* throughput enhancements
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=+qN4
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'linux-can-next-for-4.1-20150401' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mkl/linux-can-next
Marc Kleine-Budde says:
====================
pull-request: can-next 2015-04-01
this is a pull request of 5 patches for net-next/master.
There are two patches for the ems_usb driver by Gerhard Uttenthaler and
me, which fix sparse endianess warnings. Oliver Hartkopp adds two
patches to improve and extend the CAN-ID filter handling on RAW CAN
sockets. The last patch is by me, it silences an uninitialized variable
warning in the peak_usb driver.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, MoCA fixed PHYs are always in link-up state, regardless of
whether the link is actually up or not.
Add code to properly detect MoCA link state changes and to reflect the
new state in MoCA fixed PHY. Only GENET V3 and V4 MACs are capable of
detecting MoCA link state changes.
The code works as follows:
1. GENET MAC detects MoCA link state change and issues UMAC_IRQ_LINK_UP
or UMAC_IRQ_LINK_DOWN interrupt.
2. Link up/down interrupt is processed in bcmgenet_irq_task(), which
calls phy_mac_interrupt().
3. phy_mac_interrupt() updates the fixed PHY phydev->link and kicks
the PHY state machine.
4. PHY state machine proceeds to read the fixed PHY link status
register.
5. When the fixed PHY link status register is being read, the new
function bcmgenet_fixed_phy_link_update() gets called. It copies
the fixed PHY phydev->link value to the fixed PHY status->link.
6. PHY state machine receives the new link state of the fixed PHY.
7. MoCA fixed PHY link state now correctly reflects the real MoCA
hardware link state.
Signed-off-by: Petri Gynther <pgynther@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The code was a bit convoluted. Clean it up and
prepare for future changes.
While at it this fixes incorrect verification of
'single nss' case when ss2 rates were missing
while ss1 and ss3 were requested resulting in
nss=3 being set:
iw wlan1 set bitrates legacy-5 ht-mcs-5 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 vht-mcs-5 1:0-9 3:0-9
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The number of 3 vdevs wasn't enough to handle the
worst case for interface combinations in practice.
wpa_supplicant may need up to 4 vifs to have 2
vifs actually connected, i.e. p2pdev + client + 2x
p2p (either p2p client or p2p go).
This fixes worst case warning:
Free vdev map is empty, no more interfaces allowed.
This keeps the ability to associate 32 stations in
AP mode at the cost of not being able to guarantee
that under all circumstances, i.e. some
combinations may consume additional fw peer
entries for internal purposes leaving less
resource for stations in AP mode.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This effectively enables multi-channel operation
on qca6174 WLAN.RM.2.0-00073 (and possibly any
newer firmware release for qca6174).
This adds appopriate interface combinations and
initializes firmware channel scheduler.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
qca6174 wmi-tlv firmware defines a new wmi event
for host tx pausing (i.e. stop/wake tx queues).
Map these events to ath10k/mac80211 tx queue
control.
This is important for multi-channel throughput
performance.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Tx queue locking was very simple until now.
Multi-channel support will require a more flexible
and fine grained control.
This introduces a per-hw and per-vif (each with a
bitmask of reasons) tx queue locking.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This command will be used to configure
multi-channel scheduler in firmware.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The chanctx API will allow ath10k to support
multi-channel operation.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
It doesn't make much sense to reject a valid
firmware configuration combination.
Since SSID isn't known early on it might make
sense to allow driver to start vdev without SSID
and restart it later.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
qca6174 and wmi-tlv doesn't have quiet mode
implemented. Don't even attempt to call it. This
fixes a warning when bringing first interface up:
failed to set quiet mode period 100 duarion 0 enabled 0 ret -95
Fixes: 8515b5c79a ("ath10k: configure thermal throttle while powering up")
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Number of channels is stored in a separate macro
in a header file and channel list is constructed
independently. The macro is used to define survey
array.
This fixes a recent regression introduced after
adding support for 144 channel. The regression
would lead to a warning and incomplete survey data
on channel 165:
chan info: invalid frequency 5825 (idx 38 out of bounds)
Also make sure to enforce the sizes and avoid this
kind of problem in the future.
Fixes: 4a7898fed5 ("ath10k: enable channel 144 on 5GHz band")
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
All of the bringup/init functions called in ath10k_core_start return 0
on success and != 0 on failure. ath10k_wmi_wait_for_service_ready(),
ath10k_wmi_wait_for_unified_ready() and their call sites were adjusted
to fit this model.
The return type of wait_for_completion_timeout is unsigned long not int so
ath10k_wmi_wait_for_service_ready() and ath10k_wmi_wait_for_unified_ready()
were fixed up accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Mc Guire <hofrat@osadl.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Return type of wait_for_completion_timeout is unsigned long not int.
An appropriately named unsigned long is added and the assignments fixed up.
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Mc Guire <hofrat@osadl.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Return type of wait_for_completion_timeout is unsigned long not int.
An appropriately named unsigned long is added and the assignments fixed up.
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Mc Guire <hofrat@osadl.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Return type of wait_for_completion_timeout is unsigned long not int.
An appropriately named unsigned long is added and the assignments fixed up.
Missing spaces 1*HZ -> 1 * HZ were also added along the way.
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Mc Guire <hofrat@osadl.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Return type of wait_for_completion_timeout is unsigned long not int.
An appropriately named unsigned long is added and the assignments fixed up.
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Mc Guire <hofrat@osadl.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Return type of wait_for_completion_timeout is unsigned long not int.
An appropriately named unsigned long is added, respectively 'ret'
renamed, and the assignments fixed up.
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Mc Guire <hofrat@osadl.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
When we access the triggers we need to make sure that the
data we expect was actually provided by the firmware file.
Check this when we decode the triggers from the firmware
file.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Since 39b2bbe3d7 (gpio: add flags argument to gpiod_get*() functions)
which appeared in v3.17-rc1, the gpiod_get* functions take an additional
parameter that allows to specify direction and initial value for output.
Moreover use devm_gpiod_get_optional instead of ignoring all errors
returned by devm_gpiod_get and simplify accordingly.
The result is more strict error handling which is good.
Signed-off-by: Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The tty_name member of struct ser_device is never set or used, so it
can be removed. (The definition of struct ser_device is private to
this .c file, and the identifier tty_name only occurs in this one
place.)
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <linux@rasmusvillemoes.dk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When IOMM-vtd is active, once main kernel crashes unfinished DMAE transactions
will be blocked, putting the HW in an error state which will cause further
transactions to timeout.
Current employed logic uses wrong macros, causing the first function to be the
only function that cleanups that error state during its probe/load.
This patch allows all the functions to successfully re-load in kdump kernel.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When running in a kdump kernel, it's very likely that due to sync. loss with
management firmware the first PCI function to probe and reach the previous
unload flow would decide it can reset the chip and continue onward. While doing
so, it will only close its own Rx port.
On a 4-port device where 2nd port on engine is a 1g-port, the 2nd port would
allow ingress traffic after the chip is reset [assuming it was active on the
first kernel]. This would later cause a HW attention.
This changes driver flow to close both ports' 1g capabilities during the
previous driver unload flow prior to the chip reset.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two reasons for having this header in the common place:
1) Simplifying drivers that read NVRAM entries. We will be able to
safely call bcm47xx_nvram_* functions without #ifdef-s.
2) Getting NVRAM driver out of MIPS arch code. This is needed to support
BCM5301X arch which also requires this NVRAM driver. Patch for that
will follow once we get is reviewed.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Cc: linux-mips@linux-mips.org
Cc: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Cc: Paul Walmsley <paul@pwsan.com>
Cc: linux-soc@vger.kernel.org
Patchwork: https://patchwork.linux-mips.org/patch/8619/
Signed-off-by: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
This patch silences the compiler warning:
drivers/net/can/usb/peak_usb/pcan_usb_fd.c: In function 'pcan_usb_fd_send_cmd':
drivers/net/can/usb/peak_usb/pcan_usb_fd.c:185:6: warning: 'err' may be used uninitialized in this function [-Wuninitialized]
by initialising the variable as 0.
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
The struct ems_cpc_msg describes the a message received from the USB device,
which uses little endian byte order. This patch marks the timestamp in struct
ems_cpc_msg accordingly.
Acked-by: Gerhard Uttenthaler <uttenthaler@ems-wuensche.com>
Acked-by: Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
The device expects the CAN ID in little endian format.
Signed-off-by: Gerhard Uttenthaler <uttenthaler@ems-wuensche.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
This patch changes the driver to use ns_to_timespec64() and
timespec64_to_ns() instead of open coding the same logic.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes the driver to use ns_to_timespec64() and
timespec64_to_ns() instead of open coding the same logic.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes the driver to use ns_to_timespec64() instead of
open coding the same logic.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes the driver to use ns_to_timespec64() and
timespec64_to_ns() instead of open coding the same logic.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes the driver to use ns_to_timespec64() and
timespec64_to_ns() instead of open coding the same logic.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes the driver to use ns_to_timespec64() instead of
open coding the same logic.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes the driver to use ns_to_timespec64() instead of
open coding the same logic.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes the driver to use ns_to_timespec64() and
timespec64_to_ns() instead of open coding the same logic.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes the driver to use ns_to_timespec64() instead of
open coding the same logic.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes the driver to use ns_to_timespec64() and
timespec64_to_ns() instead of open coding the same logic.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes the driver to use ns_to_timespec64() and
timespec64_to_ns() instead of open coding the same logic.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This device is sold as 'Lenovo Tinkpad USB 3.0 Ethernet 4X90E51405'.
Chipset is RTL8153 and works with r8152.
Signed-off-by: Christian Hesse <mail@eworm.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When mii-mon discovers that the link is up, it will call
bond_3ad_handle_link_change() but we forget to add the LACP_ENABLED
flag when we discover the speed and duplex for the slave link are
normal.
Change-Id: Ie8b268ecfeea0f99bf9fdcd72706c0653f9d9e49
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
AD_PORT_ACTOR_CHURN and AD_PORT_PARTNER_CHURN are already present and
essentially BOND_MONITOR_CHURNED is a combination of these two definitions.
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As we need to check peripheral version from the hardware during probe, I
introduce a little helper to unify these tests. It would prevent to
de-synchronize the test like previously observed.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We currently need two checks of the peripheral version in MACB_MID register.
One of them got out of sync after modification by 8a013a9c71 (net: macb:
Include multi queue support for xilinx ZynqMP ethernet version).
Fix this in macb_configure_caps() so that xilinx ZynqMP will be considered
as a GEM flavor.
Fixes: 8a013a9c71 ("net: macb: Include multi queue support for xilinx ZynqMP
ethernet version")
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Cc: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Cc: Punnaiah Choudary Kalluri <punnaia@xilinx.com>
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> #4.0 (if it doesn't make it for -final)
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
User i/o register EMAC_USRIO or GMAC_UR can be found on both macb and gem
flavors of the peripheral. By using the proper accessor, we can add it to the
register dump feature of ethtool.
Increment the version of this API so it can be noticed from user space.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As accessing the peripheral registers need the clocks to be set, we have to
enable them as soon as possible. Their configuration depend on the type of
device used and determined by the DT compatible string. That lead to add
another initialization function in the DT configuration structure.
As the device private structure length depend on an information read in the
registers, we have to store the clock pointers in temporary variables before
feeding the structure fields.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As a non-native English speaker, I would correct "capacities" of the macb
peripheral to "capabilities": correct me if I'm wrong!
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Capabilities configuration by macb_configure_caps() was moved far too late by
421d9df062 (net/macb: merge at91_ether driver into macb driver) which would
lead to badly configured hardware.
So, move this function to early probe and modify its prototype to re-gain its
original behavior.
DT data retrieval is also moved to simplify the probe code flow.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Cc: Cyrille Pitchen <cyrille.pitchen@atmel.com>
Cc: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As we access the MID register directly, we need to tell why
we don't use the macb_is_gem() dedicated function.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When merging at91_ether and macb driver during 421d9df062 (net/macb: merge
at91_ether driver into macb driver) the probe function has been split. The code
dealing with initialization of queues is now moved in macb_init() which needs
information computed in the parent macb_probe() function.
So, add the queue_mask information to the private structure and use it when
needed in macb_init().
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Acked-by: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
Cc: Cyrille Pitchen <cyrille.pitchen@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit cb6e0b3690 ("net: smc91x: make use of 4th parameter to devm_gpiod_get_index")
caused the following build warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/smsc/smc91x.c:2208:6: warning: unused variable 'res' [-Wunused-variable]
Remove the unused 'res' variable.
Reported-by: Olof's autobuilder <build@lixom.net>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Acked-by: Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of small fixes, cleanups and internal features we have:
* VHT support for TDLS and IBSS (conditional on drivers though)
* first TX performance improvements (the biggest will come later)
* many suspend/resume (race) fixes
* name_assign_type support from Tom Gundersen
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=O/cf
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2015-03-30' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Lots of updates for net-next; along with the usual flurry
of small fixes, cleanups and internal features we have:
* VHT support for TDLS and IBSS (conditional on drivers though)
* first TX performance improvements (the biggest will come later)
* many suspend/resume (race) fixes
* name_assign_type support from Tom Gundersen
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
More packet statistics are now calculated and visible to the user via
ethtool:
- RX packet errors statistics.
- TX/RX drops are now calculated.
- TX multicast and broadcast statistics.
- RX/TX per priority bytes statistics.
- RX/TX no vlan packets and bytes statistics.
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Flow control per priority and Global pause counters are now visible via
ethtool. The counters shows statistics regarding pauses in the device.
Signed-off-by: Matan Barak <matanb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Shani Michaeli <shanim@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This will allow parallel access to the statistics bitmap.
A pre-step for adding PFC counters, where the statistics bitmap
can be dynamically changed when modifying the PFC setting.
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver uses a bitmask to indicate which statistics should be
displayed to the user in ethtool. The bitmask is u64, therefore we are
limited for a selective view of up to 64 statistics. Extend the bitmap
in order to show more than 64 statistics.
In addition, add packet statistics to the ethtool display for PF.
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The statistics bitmap belongs to the Ethernet driver, move it there.
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add mlx4_stats.h file and move there all statistics structs and marcos.
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Two counters (rx_chksum_complete and tx_chksum_offload) are not displayed
under SRIOV for the PF via ethtool because their bit mask is off, fix that.
Fixes: f8c6455bb ('net/mlx4_en: Extend checksum offloading by CHECKSUM COMPLETE')
Fixes: 9fab426de ('mlx4: add a new xmit_more counter')
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On phy_mac_interrupt() call, the new_link parameter should be 0 or 1.
Signed-off-by: Petri Gynther <pgynther@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add #define UMAC_IRQ_LINK_EVENT to simplify link event handling code.
Signed-off-by: Petri Gynther <pgynther@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If bcmgenet_init_dma() fails, it cleans up after itself. Rx and Tx
DMAs are off, and NAPI instances haven't been netif_napi_add()'ed.
Therefore, we need to skip calling bcmgenet_fini_dma() on the error
handling path. bcmgenet_resume() already does this correctly.
Signed-off-by: Petri Gynther <pgynther@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
bcmgenet_fini_dma() is the only caller of __bcmgenet_fini_dma().
Move __bcmgenet_fini_dma() code inside bcmgenet_fini_dma().
Signed-off-by: Petri Gynther <pgynther@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add #define for UMAC_IRQ_RXDMA_DONE and UMAC_IRQ_TXDMA_DONE in order
to simplify the code that handles Rx and Tx default queue interrupts.
Signed-off-by: Petri Gynther <pgynther@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The network protocol used to communicate with the host is the remote ndis (rndis)
protocol. We need to decorate each outgoing packet with a rndis header and
additional rndis state (rndis per-packet state). To manage this state, we
currently allocate memory in the transmit path. Eliminate this allocation by
requesting additional head room in the skb.
Signed-off-by: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for embedding the rndis state and other packet state into
the skb, cleanup the test for freeing the skb.
Signed-off-by: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use bool constants as the return values instead of 1 and 0.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Those are counterparts to nla_put_in_addr and nla_put_in6_addr.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IP addresses are often stored in netlink attributes. Add generic functions
to do that.
For nla_put_in_addr, it would be nicer to pass struct in_addr but this is
not used universally throughout the kernel, in way too many places __be32 is
used to store IPv4 address.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some lines in vxlan code are indented by 7 spaces instead of a tab.
Fixes: e4c7ed4153 ("vxlan: add ipv6 support")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before commit 3900f29021 ("bonding: slight
optimizztion for bond_slave_override()") the override logic was to send packets
with non-zero queue_id through the slave with corresponding queue_id, under two
conditions only - if the slave can transmit and it's up.
The above mentioned commit changed this logic by introducing an additional
condition - whether the bond is active (indirectly, using the slave_can_tx and
later - bond_is_active_slave), that prevents the user from implementing more
complex policies according to the Documentation/networking/bonding.txt.
Signed-off-by: Anton Nayshtut <anton@swortex.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexey Bogoslavsky <alexey@swortex.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It's possible that due to errors [either on PCI or on device itself]
registers reads would fail, returning all-Fs.
This adds a check as early as possible so that driver will not read junk
values and make incorrect probe decisions according to them; instead,
gracefully fail the probe.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Number of link changes are now being stored in shared memory [by all possible
link owners], for management use [as well as possible debug information for
dumps].
Signed-off-by: Yaniv Rosner <Yaniv.Rosner@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enable controlling Post2, coeff, IPreDriver and IFir according to NVRAM setup.
Signed-off-by: Yaniv Rosner <Yaniv.Rosner@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When an ipvlan interface is down, its addresses are not on the hash list.
Fix checks for existence of addresses not to depend on the hash list, walk
through all interface addresses instead.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adding and removing to the 'ipvlans' list is already done using _rcu list
operations.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When ipvlan interface with IP addresses attached is brought down and then
deleted, the assigned addresses are deleted twice from the address hash
list, first on the interface down and second on the link deletion.
Similarly, when an address is added while the interface is down, it is added
second time once the interface is brought up.
When the interface is down, the addresses should be kept off the hash list
for performance reasons. Ensure this is true, which also fixes the double add
problem. To fix the double free, check whether the address is hashed before
removing it.
Reported-by: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2015-03-27
Here's another set of Bluetooth & 802.15.4 patches for 4.1:
- New API to control LE advertising data (i.e. peripheral role)
- mac802154 & at86rf230 cleanups
- Support for toggling quirks from debugfs (useful for testing)
- Memory leak fix for LE scanning
- Extra version info reading support for Broadcom controllers
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixed two warnings in e1000e and igb, when switching to timespec64
some printf formats started to not match. In theses cases actually
the new type is __kernel_time_t which is __kernel_long_t which
unfortunately can be either "long" or "long long". So to solve
this I cases the arguments to "long long". -DaveM
Richard Cochran says:
====================
ptp: get ready for 2038
This series converts the core driver methods of the PTP Hardware Clock
(PHC) subsystem to use the 64 bit version of the timespec structure,
making the core API ready for the year 2038.
In addition, I reviewed how each driver and device represents the time
value at the hardware register level. Most of the drivers are ready,
but a few will need some work before the year 2038, as shown:
Patch Driver
------------------------------------------------
12 drivers/net/ethernet/intel/igb/igb_ptp.c
15 ? drivers/net/ethernet/sfc/ptp.c
16 drivers/net/ethernet/stmicro/stmmac/stmmac_ptp.c
The commit log messages document how each driver is ready or why it is
not ready. For patch 15, I could not easily find out the hardware
representation of the time value, and so the SFC maintainers will have
to review their low level code in order to resolve any remaining
issues.
* ChangeLog
** V3
- dp83640: use timespec64 throughout per Arnd's suggestion
- tilegx: use timespec64 throughout per Chris' suggestion
- add Jeff's acked-bys
** V2
- use the new methods in the posix clock code right away (patch #3)
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This device stores the number of seconds in a 32 bit register, and the
stored value is unsigned. Therefore this driver and device are ready
for the year 2038. However, more work will be needed prior to 2106.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This driver is 64 bit only, and so this driver and device are ready
for 2038. This patch changes the driver to the new PHC and also
carries the timespec64 parameter on out to the gxio_mpipe_get-
set_timestamp functions, making explicit the fact that the tv_sec
field is 64 bits wide.
Not even compile tested.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Chris Metcalf <cmetcalf@ezchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This driver's clock is implemented using a timecounter, and so with
this patch the driver is ready for the year 2038.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This device stores the number of seconds in a 32 bit register. So
more work is needed on this driver before the year 2038 comes around.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes the driver to use the newer API.
Depending on how the hardware represents a time value, this driver may
or may not yet be ready for the year 2038.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This driver's clock is implemented using a timecounter, and so with
this patch the driver is ready for the year 2038.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This driver's clock is implemented using a timecounter, and so with
this patch the driver is ready for the year 2038.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For the 82576, the driver's clock is implemented using a timecounter,
and so with this patch that device is ready for the year 2038.
However, in the case of the i210, the device stores the number of
seconds in a 32 bit register. Therefore, more work is needed on this
driver before the year 2038 comes around.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The device appears to use a 64 bit nanoseconds register, and so with
this patch the driver should be ready for the year 2038.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The device appears to use a 64 bit nanoseconds register, and so with
this patch the driver should be ready for the year 2038.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This driver's clock is implemented using a timecounter, and so with
this patch the driver is ready for the year 2038.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The device features a 64 bit nanoseconds register, and so with this
patch the driver is ready for the year 2038.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This driver's clock is implemented using a timecounter, and so with
this patch the driver is ready for the year 2038.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The device appears to use a 64 bit nanoseconds register, and so with
this patch the driver should be ready for the year 2038.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This driver's clock is implemented using a timecounter, and so with
this patch the driver is ready for the year 2038.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Sony Chacko <sony.chacko@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This driver's clock is implemented using a timecounter, and so with
this patch the driver is ready for the year 2038.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The device uses 64 bit nanoseconds register, and so with this patch the
driver is ready for the year 2038.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While debugging something else I noticed AID was
set to 0. This could lead to powersave issues in
station mode. Maybe this isn't really necessary
but set it properly just to be sure.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Don't use literal values for offsets. While at it
rename a function so it is more clear what it
checks for.
This finally takes care of the last magic
5GHz/OFDM offset.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
It's possible to derive rate index from bitrate
without any additional mapping structures/logic.
This should have little to none impact on
performance since this is only done for management
frames and the previous approach wasn't
particularly optimized.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Instead of using a hacky table and magic values
use supported band information advertised to
mac80211.
This may impact performance a little when dealing
with legacy rx rates depending on system
architecture. It's probably negligible.
This also fixes a highly theoretical corner case
when HT/VHT rates weren't reported correctly if
channel frequency wasn't known.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Use the existing ieee80211_rate array instead of
definining separate one. This gets rid of the ugly
4-index offset when dealing with 5GHz band.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Using raw values is discouraged. Having
defines/enums is preferred.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
It was superfluous and confusing. It's better to
define the structure explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
There's no need to store rate values in hw_value.
This frees up the hw_value for better future use.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Prepare the code for future changes so that new
code can refer to rate-related stuff without
forward declarations.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This patch introduces tdls without tdls peer uapsd and tdls channel switching.
Transmitting tdls data frames works only for ethernet type frames, that's why
data addressed to tdls sta is in ethernet format.
This patch depends on commit c23e31cf7b ("mac80211: initialize rate control
earlier for tdls station").
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Kwaczynski <marek.kwaczynski@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Puzyniak <marek.puzyniak@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
As a part of tdls implementation introduce
tdls related wmi data structures, constant
values and functions.
Signed-off-by: Marek Puzyniak <marek.puzyniak@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Currently station counting functions
(inc_num_stations/dec_num_stations) does not handle
tdls type of stations. Tdls station should be counted
because it consumes peer in firmware. Only not tdls
stations are excluded from this counting.
Signed-off-by: Marek Puzyniak <marek.puzyniak@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Currently number of tdls vdevs supported by firmware
is hardcoded. For future usage it is stored in ath10k
structure based on defined value.
Signed-off-by: Marek Puzyniak <marek.puzyniak@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Peer type was hardcoded to default value.
For future implementation it is required
to make is configurable.
Signed-off-by: Marek Puzyniak <marek.puzyniak@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Kwaczynski <marek.kwaczynski@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
There are a few different tx paths depending on
firmware and frame itself.
Creating a uniform decision will make it possible
to switch between different txmode easier, both
for testing and for future features as well.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Puzyniak <marek.puzyniak@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
If htt.freq isn't cleared and contains garbage fw
may discard tx packets. Prevent this from
happening by clearing htt.freq properly.
Possible manifestation of the problem could be not
being able to send auth request/response frames on
firmware with HTT >= 3.4 (when freq param was
introduced), e.g. on qca6174.
Fixes: 8d6d362436 ("ath10k: fix offchan reliability")
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Commit 8348db2984 ("ath10k: add ATH10K_FW_IE_HTT_OP_VERSION") broke QCA6174
receive side as the HTT ids from ATH10K_FW_HTT_OP_VERSION_MAIN don't have
HTT_TLV_T2H_MSG_TYPE_RX_IN_ORD_PADDR_IND set. Fix this by adding a backwards
compatibility code which sets HTT op version if it's not set by the firmware
image.
Fixes: 8348db2984 ("ath10k: add ATH10K_FW_IE_HTT_OP_VERSION")
Reported-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Tested-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add new ID for ASUS N10 WiFi dongle.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Tested-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Cc: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
USB ID 2001:330d is used for a D-Link DWA-131.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Cc: Stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This will expose in /sys whether the ifname of a device is set by
userspace or generated by the kernel. The latter kind (wlanX, etc)
is not deterministic, so userspace needs to rename these devices
to names that are guaranteed to stay the same between reboots. The
former, however should never be renamed, so userspace needs to be
able to reliably tell the difference.
Similar functionality was introduced for the rtnetlink core in
commit 5517750f05 ("net: rtnetlink - make create_link take name_assign_type")
Signed-off-by: Tom Gundersen <teg@jklm.no>
Cc: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Cc: Brett Rudley <brudley@broadcom.com>
Cc: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Cc: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Cc: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
[reformat changelog to fit 72 cols]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch adds recovery mechanism for SDIO RX during SKB allocation
failures.
For allocation failures during multiport aggregation, we skip and drop RX
packets.
For single port read case, we will use preallocated card->mpa_rx.buf to
complete cmd53 read.
Now we terminate SDIO operations only upon cmd53 failures.
CC: James Cameron <quozl@laptop.org>
Signed-off-by: Zhaoyang Liu <liuzy@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Cancel all pending commands including scan commands and stop CAC
during cfg80211 suspend handler.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
"adapter->sleep_cfm" is always non-NULL at this point. Static checkers
complain that we already dereference it at the start of the function
when we do:
skb_put(adapter->sleep_cfm, sizeof(struct mwifiex_opt_sleep_confirm));
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
SDIO reset was not happening properly on mwifiex as cancel_work_sync
in mwifiex_sdio_remove used to kill the calling work function itself.
Due to this, the interface was not getting removed and card was not
getting added again. Reset work function has been made independent
of adapter variable and cancel_work_sync has been moved to cleanup
function.
Signed-off-by: Maithili Hinge <maithili@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
replace REG_WRITE to REG_RMW and place every thing in one
RMW buffer.
Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <linux@rempel-privat.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
it is possible to reduce time needed for this function
by rplacing REG_WRITE with REG_RMW (plus dummy 0) and putt all commands
in same buffer.
Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <linux@rempel-privat.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
it will reduce exution time from 14ms to 2ms on ar9271
Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <linux@rempel-privat.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
use REG_RMW in ath9k_hw_analog_shift_rmw.
It will double execution speed on usb bus.
Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <linux@rempel-privat.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
insted of reading each register separatly
and waste 4ms on each operation, we can
use one shot read.
Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <linux@rempel-privat.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
REG_READ generate most overhead on usb bus. It send and read micro packages
and reduce usb bandwidth. To reduce this overhead we should read in batches.
Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <linux@rempel-privat.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This function uses mixed styles for register names/numbers which
is make harder reading and optimisation.
Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <linux@rempel-privat.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Since usb bus add extra delay on each request, a command
with read + write requests is too expensive. We can dramtically
reduce usb load by moving this command to firmware.
In my tests, this patch will reduce channel scan time
for about 5-10 seconds.
Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <linux@rempel-privat.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
I changed REG_CR+2 and (MSR) to MSR because MSR is defined as (REG_CR + 2).
Signed-off-by: Taehee Yoo <ap420073@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Seems H/W report correctly firmware Autorun value only at initialization
stage. When we close interface and open it again, Autorun value is 0 and
we try to load firmware what kills the device. To fix clear
REQUIRE_FIRMWARE firmware flag, to do not load firmware again, once we
discover Autorun mode.
Reported-and-tested-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <bigeasy@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
We will be able to add more events, such as MLME events and
others. The low level driver may be interested in knowing
about these events to dump firmware data upon failures, or
to change parameters in case connection attempts fail etc...
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Patch "ath10k: introduce basic tdls functionality" depends on this mac80211
patch:
c23e31cf7b mac80211: initialize rate control earlier for tdls station
was loaded.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=wIgU
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'iwlwifi-for-kalle-2015-03-30' of https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/iwlwifi/iwlwifi-fixes
* fix a memory leak: we leaked memory each time the module
was loaded.
Firmware 10.2.4.48-3 now supports management frames over HTT feature and has
ATH10K_FW_FEATURE_HAS_WMI_MGMT_TX. But as 10.2.4 branch has conflicting HTT ids
patch "ath10k: add ATH10K_FW_IE_HTT_OP_VERSION" is needed to fix the issue.
Older ath10k versions don't have support that support and to maintain backwards
compatibility we need bump up the FW API to 5 not break older versions.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Target to host HTT messages are conflicting between 10.x and other
firmware revisions. By maintaining separate HTT T2H tables for each
firmware revisions (main, 10x and tlv) similar to WMI abstraction,
solves the conflicts. Add ATH10K_FW_IE_HTT_OP_VERSION so that the firmware can
advertise the HTT interface to ath10k.
This fix is needed to get management frames over HTT (ie.
ATH10K_FW_FEATURE_HAS_WMI_MGMT_TX disabled) working with 10.2.4.48-2 firmware.
Otherwise there will be unknown htt events and nothing works:
[30087.438343] ath10k_pci 0000:02:00.0: htt event (19) not handled
[30087.448691] ath10k_pci 0000:02:00.0: htt event (19) not handled
[30149.032974] ath10k_pci 0000:02:00.0: htt event (19) not handled
If the firmware does not have ATH10K_FW_IE_HTT_OP_VERSION use the main HTT
interface. That way old firmware images will still work.
Cc: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add support for WOW disconnect and magic-packet.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add WMI support for WOW like enable,
wakeup events and host wakeup indication.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
In the reset flow, the driver cancels ongoing scan and sends scan
complete notification to mac80211. However it does not clean its UID.
Add cleaning scan UID for the ongoing scan. Loop over all other UIDs
to make sure there's nothing left there and warn if any is found.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
There is a strong relationship between the NVM version and
the hardware step. Enforce that in the driver in case the
default NVM on the platform is the wrong one.
Signed-off-by: Eran Harary <eran.harary@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The semaphore may not be accessible. Fix the debug prints
accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Eran Harary <eran.harary@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Sometimes we will want to configure the timeouts for the
Tx queues based on the vif type. Allow to do that using the
trigger mechanism.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The FEC modules used on i.MX28 and newer have a register to tune the MDIO
output hold time that should be at least 10 ns. Up to now this value was not
explicitly set and so resulted in less hold time if the fec clock was
faster than 100 MHz.
This was noticed on an i.MX28 machine that uses an input clock of ~150
Mhz which resulted in unreliable communication with a Marvell switch.
Signed-off-by: Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2015-03-27
This series contains updates to i40e and i40evf.
Jesse adds new device IDs to handle the new 20G speed for KR2.
Mitch provides a fix for an issue that shows up as a panic or memory
corruption when the device is brought down while under heavy stress.
This is resolved by delaying the releasing of resources until we
receive acknowledgment from the PF driver that the rings have indeed
been stopped. Also adds firmware version information to ethtool
reporting to align with ixgbevf behavior.
Akeem increases the polling loop limiter, sine we found that in
certain circumstances the firmware can take longer to be ready after
a reset.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As datasheets for igb (I210, I350, 82576, etc.) say, maclen can be from
14 to 127, which is enough for reasonable number of vlan tags.
My netperf test showed I350's TSO works pretty fine with multiple vlans.
Signed-off-by: Toshiaki Makita <makita.toshiaki@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Team devices don't need to segment multiple tagged packets since their
slaves can segment them.
Signed-off-by: Toshiaki Makita <makita.toshiaki@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Bonding devices don't need to segment multiple tagged packets since their
slaves can segment them.
Signed-off-by: Toshiaki Makita <makita.toshiaki@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To allow drivers to handle the features check for multiple tags,
move the check to ndo_features_check().
As no drivers currently handle multiple tagged TSO, introduce
dflt_features_check() and call it if the driver does not have
ndo_features_check().
Signed-off-by: Toshiaki Makita <makita.toshiaki@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes sparse warnings introduced in commit e85c9a7abf ("cxgb4/cxgb4vf: Add
code to calculate T5 BAR2 Offsets for SGE Queue Registers") and
df64e4d38c ("cxgb4/cxgb4vf: Use new interfaces to calculate BAR2 SGE Queue
Register addresses") and few old ones
sparse warnings:
>> drivers/net/ethernet/chelsio/cxgb4vf/sge.c:1006:48: sparse: cast removes
>> address space of expression
>> drivers/net/ethernet/chelsio/cxgb4vf/sge.c:1006:48: sparse: incorrect type in
>> initializer (different address space)
>> drivers/net/ethernet/chelsio/cxgb4vf/sge.c:1020:40: sparse: incorrect type in
>> argument 1 (different base types)
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Wire up the common code for setting up hardware bridging
and access to the forwarding database.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mv88e6172 has support for EEE. Check for the product ID and call
the common code if applicable.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make the code more readable by using defines for the switch IDs.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Get the switch id and save it away in the private mv88x6xxx structure
in a centralised piece of code, rather than each driver doing it itself.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for manipulating switch fdb entries by pointing to the
ndo_fdb functions implemented for mv88e6xxxx.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No vlan support at this time.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Bridge support is similar for all chips supported by the mv88e6xxx code,
so add the code there.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This will simplify adding offloaded bridge support later on.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This prepares the driver for hardware bridging.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Split mv88e6xxx_reg_read and mv88e6xxx_reg_write into two functions each,
one to acquire smi_mutex and one to get struct mii_bus *bus from
struct dsa_switch *ds and to call the actual read/write function.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Datasheet says that the Message Port bit should not be set for the CPU port.
Having it set causes DSA tagged packets to be sent to the CPU port roughly
every 30 seconds. Those packets are the same as real packets forwarded between
switch ports if the switch is configured for switching between multiple ports.
The packets are then bridged by the software bridge, resulting in duplicated
packets on the network.
Reported-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Cc: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Provide mv88e6xxx_setup_port_common() for common port initialization.
Currently only write Port 1 Control and VLAN configuration since
this will be needed for hardware bridging. More can be added later
if desired/needed.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Code used and needed in mv886xxx.c should be initialized there as well,
so factor it out from the individual initialization files.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The vmbus_are_subchannels_present() also involves opening the channels, which
may be too early at this point. Checking for subchannels is not necessary here.
So this patch removes it. Subchannels will be opened when offer messages arrive.
Signed-off-by: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since 39b2bbe3d7 (gpio: add flags argument to gpiod_get*() functions)
which appeared in v3.17-rc1, the gpiod_get* functions take an additional
parameter that allows to specify direction and initial value for output.
Simplify accordingly.
Moreover use devm_gpiod_get_index_optional for still simpler handling.
Signed-off-by: Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With this patch, we can send out multiple RNDIS data packets in one send buffer
slot and one VMBus message. It reduces the overhead associated with VMBus messages.
Signed-off-by: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Reviewed-by: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
received is 0, no need to minus it and use "+=" to reassign it
Signed-off-by: Li RongQing <roy.qing.li@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch sets up xps queue mapping on load, so that TX traffic is
steered to the queue whose irqs are being processed by the current cpu.
This helps in avoiding TX lock contention.
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch provides hints to irqbalance to map be2net IRQs to
specific CPU cores. cpumask_set_cpu_local_first() is used, which first
maps IRQs to near NUMA cores; when those cores are exhausted, IRQs are
mapped to far NUMA cores.
Signed-off-by: Padmanabh Ratnakar <padmanabh.ratnakar@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Disable interrupts and quiesce rx before unregistering net device to avoid crash
while unloading driver when traffic is flowing through.
Based on original work by Shameem Khalid <shameem@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
QIDs (egress/ingress) from firmware in FW_*_CMD.alloc command
can be anywhere in the range from EQ(IQFLINT)_START to EQ(IQFLINT)_END.
For eg, in the first load eqid can be from 100 to 300.
In the next load it can be from 301 to 500 (assume eq_start is 100 and eq_end is
1000).
The driver was assuming them to always start from EQ(IQFLINT)_START till
MAX_EGRQ(INGQ). This was causing stack overflow and subsequent crash.
Fixed it by dynamically allocating memory (of qsize (x_END - x_START + 1)) for
these structures.
Based on original work by Santosh Rastapur <santosh@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
drivers/net/ethernet/chelsio/cxgb4/cxgb4_fcoe.c:49:9-10: WARNING: return of 0/1 in function 'cxgb_fcoe_sof_eof_supported' with return type bool
Return statements in functions returning bool should use
true/false instead of 1/0.
Generated by: scripts/coccinelle/misc/boolreturn.cocci
CC: Varun Prakash <varun@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
cdc_ncm disagrees with usbnet about how much framing overhead should
be counted in the tx_bytes statistics, and tries 'fix' this by
decrementing tx_bytes on the transmit path. But statistics must never
be decremented except due to roll-over; this will thoroughly confuse
user-space. Also, tx_bytes is only incremented by usbnet in the
completion path.
Fix this by requiring drivers that set FLAG_MULTI_FRAME to set a
tx_bytes delta along with the tx_packets count.
Fixes: beeecd42c3 ("net: cdc_ncm/cdc_mbim: adding NCM protocol statistics")
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben.hutchings@codethink.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
Currently the usbnet core does not update the tx_packets statistic for
drivers with FLAG_MULTI_PACKET and there is no hook in the TX
completion path where they could do this.
cdc_ncm and dependent drivers are bumping tx_packets stat on the
transmit path while asix and sr9800 aren't updating it at all.
Add a packet count in struct skb_data so these drivers can fill it
in, initialise it to 1 for other drivers, and add the packet count
to the tx_packets statistic on completion.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben.hutchings@codethink.co.uk>
Tested-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for multiple Rx queues:
1. Add NAPI context per Rx queue
2. Modify Rx interrupt and Rx NAPI code to handle multiple Rx queues
Signed-off-by: Petri Gynther <pgynther@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce new bcmgenet functions to handle the NAPI calls to:
netif_napi_add()
napi_enable()
napi_disable()
netif_napi_del()
Signed-off-by: Petri Gynther <pgynther@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce new bcmgenet functions to handle the NAPI calls to:
netif_napi_add()
napi_enable()
napi_disable()
netif_napi_del()
Signed-off-by: Petri Gynther <pgynther@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use more meaningful variable names int0_enable and int1_enable when
enabling bcmgenet interrupts.
For Rx default queue interrupts, use:
UMAC_IRQ_RXDMA_BDONE | UMAC_IRQ_RXDMA_PDONE
For Tx default queue interrupts, use:
UMAC_IRQ_TXDMA_BDONE | UMAC_IRQ_TXDMA_PDONE
Signed-off-by: Petri Gynther <pgynther@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Do the two kcalloc() calls first, before proceeding into Rx/Tx DMA init.
Makes the error case handling much simpler.
Signed-off-by: Petri Gynther <pgynther@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaedon Shin <jaedon.shin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove unnecessary function parameter priv. Use ring->priv instead.
Signed-off-by: Petri Gynther <pgynther@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove unused priv->int0_mask and priv->int1_mask.
Signed-off-by: Petri Gynther <pgynther@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- Added wrapper functions around napi_add, napi_del, napi_enable and napi_disable
- Moved platform_get_irq function call after reading phy_mode
- Associating the new irq to tx completion for the supported ethernet interfaces
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: Keyur Chudgar <kchudgar@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fix the error handling when is_tx is true. The error handling
tries to get the transceiver into RX_AACK_ON mode then we need to be
sure that is_tx is false.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This spinlock isn't necessary because if we are in TX_ON/TX_ARET_ON
state the transceiver can't be interrupted e.g. by receiving a frame
when a SHR was detected. In this time the transceiver doesn't leave
the TX_ON/TX_ARET_ON state until the tx complete irq change the state
into RX_AACK_ON again. This means a receiving interrupt in state
TX_ON/TX_ARET_ON can't happen and is_tx is protected by transceiver.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Bump.
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Customers reported that the firmware version information from i40evf
is unlike that of ixgbevf and was causing problems with their scripts.
To resolve this, populate the field to align with ixgbevf.
Change-ID: I9f4e24f6a76cd819bbe07087aab2b74f715ec103
Reported-by: Sourav Chatterjee <sourav.chatterjee@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In some circumstances the firmware can take longer to be ready after a reset than
we're currently waiting. This patch increases the polling loop limiter to much
longer than expected.
Change-ID: I4b2c4c100dfa4abb77d02e5ecdec1cdd253b8c7e
Signed-off-by: Akeem G Abodunrin <akeem.g.abodunrin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Call the netdev carrier off and TX disable functions first, before other
shutdown operations. This stops the stack from hitting us with
transmits while we're shutting down. Additionally, disable NAPI before
disabling interrupts, or the interrupt might get re-enabled
inappropriately. Finally, remove the call to netif_tx_stop_all_queues,
as it is redundant - the call to netif_tx_disable already did the same
thing.
Change-ID: I8b2dd25231b82817746cc256234a5eeeb4abaccc
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When the VF interface is closed, we cannot immediately free our rings
and RX buffers, because the hardware hasn't yet stopped accessing this
memory. This shows up as a panic or memory corruption when the device is
brought down while under heavy stress.
To fix this, delay releasing resources until we receive acknowledgment
from the PF driver that the rings have indeed been stopped. Because of
this delay, we also need to check to make sure that all of our admin
queue requests have been handled before allowing the device to be
opened.
Change-ID: I44edd35529ce2fa2a9512437a3a8e6f14ed8ed63
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The new devices need a new device ID some other defines to
handle the new 20G speed for KR2.
Change-ID: I03f717e364afe59657e8c9ce5ffaad856b4b21df
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Piotr Raczynski <piotr.raczynski@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There is no need to implement the enable_scan_iteration_notif handling
explicitly and there's no reason not to export the current value. So
use debugfs_create_bool() instead.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Add support for delaying the start of a scheduled scan (or a WoWLAN
net-detect scan).
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
ref_count is currently initialized on start_fw(). This causes
some issues in restart flow, as currently active references
(e.g. unclaimed command) will get cleared, resulting in
invalid reference accounting.
Move the ref_count initialization to the configure() trans op,
so it won't be re-initialized on restart.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
In nic restart flow we inform mac80211 that scan was aborted, but it was
based only on scan_status which is not set by UMAC scan. Fix that.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The AP_START d0i3 reference was never removed if the AP started correctly.
This has the unpleasant side-effect of preventing D0i3 on Android if the
WiFi hotspot was ever started on the device.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
As namespaces are sometimes used with overlapping ip address ranges,
we should also use the namespace as input to the hash to select the ip
fragmentation counter bucket.
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Flavio Leitner <fbl@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes below warning by dynamically allocating memory
All warnings:
drivers/net/ethernet/chelsio/cxgb4/cxgb4_debugfs.c: In function
'cctrl_tbl_show':
>> drivers/net/ethernet/chelsio/cxgb4/cxgb4_debugfs.c:689:1: warning: the
>> frame
>> size of 1028 bytes is larger than 1024 bytes [-Wframe-larger-than=]
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The original comment was not really informative or funny
as well as sexist. Replace it with a better explanation of
why the driver does stop and what the impacts are.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ucc_geth was indicating link up after a port is administratively enabled even
when nothing is plugged in. This causes user-space tools to see a spurious link
up the first time after boot.
Signed-off-by: Cliff Clark <cliff_clark@selinc.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds cxgb4_fcoe.c and enables FCOE_CRC, FCOE_MTU
net device features.
Signed-off-by: Varun Prakash <varun@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds new header file cxgb4_fcoe.h and defines new
macros for FCoE support in cxgb4 driver.
Signed-off-by: Varun Prakash <varun@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We occasionally see in procedure mlx4_GEN_EQE that the driver tries
to grab an uninitialized mutex.
This can occur in only one of two ways:
1. We are trying to generate an async event on an uninitialized slave.
2. We are trying to generate an async event on an illegal slave number
( < 0 or > persist->num_vfs) or an inactive slave.
To deal with #1: move the mutex initialization from specific slave init
sequence in procedure mlx_master_do_cmd to mlx4_multi_func_init() (so that
the mutex is always initialized for all slaves).
To deal with #2: check in procedure mlx4_GEN_EQE that the slave number
provided is in the proper range and that the slave is active.
Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Netdevice registration should be performed a the end of the driver
initialization flow. If we don't do that, after calling register_netdevice,
device callbacks may be issued by higher layers of the stack before
final configuration of the device is done.
For example (VXLAN configuration race), mlx4_SET_PORT_VXLAN was issued
after the register_netdev command. System network scripts may configure
the interface (UP) right after the registration, which also attach
unicast VXLAN steering rule, before mlx4_SET_PORT_VXLAN was called,
causing the firmware to fail the rule attachment.
Fixes: 837052d0cc ("net/mlx4_en: Add netdev support for TCP/IP offloads of vxlan tunneling")
Signed-off-by: Ido Shamay <idos@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* avoid panic with lots of IBSS stations
* Fix dvm's behavior after suspend resume
* Allow to keep connection after CSA failure
* Remove a noisy by harmless WARN_ON
* New device IDs
rtlwifi:
* fix IOMMU mapping leak in AP mode
brcmfmac:
* disable MBSS feature for BCM43362 to get AP mode working again
ath9k:
* disable Transmit Power Control (TPC) again due to regressions
* fix beaconing issue with AP+STA setup
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.11 (GNU/Linux)
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJVEQL4AAoJEG4XJFUm622boBwH/R61GyJvh2OieOfv35fv84N0
h4abht9N4gfogwJcF9AT0rPddo+ueYhD1pSYOS6pyM1d2OjhJq73vEVetCUKpX46
TpFw2hZOOZKj97flYyi7dPXQxGcUYLAzfqZ5Dn45czGuwMk/v3v+Ni3lzHUfmKvm
jrjHWKm2+WiJGRO7xJEmUAZoXTLEZdQtxLC3oViIeldhjsS5XQfx6K7mlp6L/7lC
zvHBSkLFEjjn6fMa17r9GgCsN7HkHuK8/tbXfbDyVw37bWte/6ZJv+1IUn6HPUKJ
mCRl5Sbs/+Rg0sqWaf1ygjGCghx9I7U4R9EvaZxpSnn+KjeeL4ibds2Lq+DoAaM=
=fEF3
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'wireless-drivers-for-davem-2015-03-24' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvalo/wireless-drivers
iwlwifi:
* avoid panic with lots of IBSS stations
* Fix dvm's behavior after suspend resume
* Allow to keep connection after CSA failure
* Remove a noisy by harmless WARN_ON
* New device IDs
rtlwifi:
* fix IOMMU mapping leak in AP mode
brcmfmac:
* disable MBSS feature for BCM43362 to get AP mode working again
ath9k:
* disable Transmit Power Control (TPC) again due to regressions
* fix beaconing issue with AP+STA setup
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Master change notifications may occur other than when joining or
leaving a bridge, for example when being added to or removed from
a bond or Open vSwitch.
Previously in those cases rocker_port_bridge_leave() was called
which results in a null-pointer dereference as rocker_port->bridge_dev
is NULL because there is no bridge device.
This patch makes provision for doing nothing in such cases.
Fixes: 6c70794500 ("rocker: implement L2 bridge offloading")
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that we have wlcore device-tree bindings in place
(for both wl12xx and wl18xx), remove the legacy
wl12xx_platform_data struct, and move its members
into the platform device data (that is passed to wlcore)
Davinci 850 is the only platform that still set
the platform data in the legacy way (and doesn't
have DT bindings), so remove the relevant
code/Kconfig option from the board file (as suggested
by Sekhar Nori)
Since no one currently uses wlcore_spi, simply remove its
platform data support (DT bindings will have to be added
if someone actually needs it)
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luca@coelho.fi>
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Tested-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Acked-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Sekhar Nori <nsekhar@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Lindgren <tony@atomide.com>
When running with device-tree, we no longer have a board file
that can set up the platform data for wlcore.
Allow this data to be passed from DT.
Signed-off-by: Ido Yariv <ido@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Tested-by: Sébastien Szymanski <sebastien.szymanski@armadeus.com>
Tested-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Acked-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Tony Lindgren <tony@atomide.com>
Instead of defining an enumeration with the FW specific values for the
different clock rates, use the actual frequency instead. Also add a
boolean to specify whether the clock is XTAL or not.
Change all board files to reflect this.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luca@coelho.fi>
[Eliad - small fixes, update board file changes]
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Tested-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Acked-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Sekhar Nori <nsekhar@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Lindgren <tony@atomide.com>
In this routine, kzalloc allocates a memory block. This allocation is
freed in the error paths, but not in the normal exit, thus the allocation
is leaked.
The kmemleak facility was used to find the leak.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Cc: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Cc: Intel Linux Wireless <ilw@linux.intel.com>
Statistics' state-machine in bnx2x driver must be synced with various driver
flows, but its current locking scheme manages to be wasteful [using 2 locks +
additional local variable] and prone to race-conditions at the same time,
as the state-machine and 'action' are being accessed under different locks.
In addition, current 'safe exec' isn't in fact safe, since the only guarantee
it gives is that DMA transactions are over, but ramrods might still be running.
This patch cleans up said logic, leaving us with a single lock for the entire
flow and removing the possible races.
Changes from v2:
- Switched into mutex locking from semaphore locking.
- Release locks on error flows.
Changes from v1:
Failure to acquire lock fails flow instead of printing a warning and
allowing access to the critical section.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
net/netfilter/nf_tables_core.c
The nf_tables_core.c conflict was resolved using a conflict resolution
from Stephen Rothwell as a guide.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is deprecated, it forces the driver to hop via the OF node
that may or may not exist, instead use pci_dev_to_eeh_dev() which
is simpler.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Acked-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
In case the interface is not used, power down the integrated GPHY during
suspend. Similarly to bcmgenet_open(), bcmgenet_resume() powers on the GPHY
prior to any UniMAC activity.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Power up the GPHY while we are bringing-up the network interface, and
conversely, upon bring down, power the GPHY down. In order to avoid
creating hardware hazards, make sure that the GPHY gets powered on
during bcmgenet_open() prior to the UniMAC being reset as the UniMAC may
start creating activity towards the GPHY if we reverse the steps.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement the GPHY power down sequence by setting all power down bits, putting
the GPHY in reset, and finally cutting the 25Mhz reference clock.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We were missing a number of extra steps and delays to power-up the GPHY, update
the sequence to reflect the proper procedure here.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for implementing the power down GPHY sequence, rename
bcmgenet_ephy_power_up to illustrate that it is not EPHY specific but
PHY agnostic, and add an "enable" argument.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The CK25_DIS bit controls whether a 25Mhz clock is fed to the GPHY or
not, in preparation for powering down the integrated GPHY when relevant,
make sure we clear that bit.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If bcmgenet_power_down() fails, we would want to propagate a return
value from bcmgenet_wol_power_down_cfg() to know about this.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=m6GG
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'linux-can-next-for-4.1-20150323' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mkl/linux-can-next
Marc Kleine-Budde says:
====================
pull-request: can-next 2015-03-23
this is a pull request of 6 patches for net-next/master.
A patch by Florian Westphal, converts the skb->destructor to use
sock_efree() instead of own destructor. Ahmed S. Darwish's patch
converts the kvaser_usb driver to use unregister_candev(). A patch by
me removes a return from a void function in the m_can driver. Yegor
Yefremov contributes a patch for combined rx/tx LED trigger support. A
sparse warning in the esd_usb2 driver was fixes by Thomas Körper. Ben
Dooks converts the at91_can driver to use endian agnostic IO accessors.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Dan Carpenter's static checker warned that in vxlan_stop we are checking
if 'vs' can be NULL while later we simply derreference it.
As after commit 56ef9c909b ("vxlan: Move socket initialization to
within rtnl scope") 'vs' just cannot be NULL in vxlan_stop() anymore, as
the interface won't go up if the socket initialization fails. So we are
good to just remove the check and make it consistent.
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Always use software checksumming, since the hardware does not have any
checksum offload support.
This significantly improves local TCP tx performance.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The start-of-frame and end-of-frame bits were accidentally swapped.
In the current code it does not make any difference, since they are
always used together.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that ANI is enabled by default, allow user to disable or enable ANI feature
from debugfs
echo 0|1 > /sys/kernel/debug/ieee80211/phyX/ath10k/ani_enable
Signed-off-by: Ashok Raj Nagarajan <arnagara@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
ANI helps to improve connectvity and performance in a noisy environment.
Enabling this feature would help the user experience a better and stable
wireless connection in a noisy environmnet. This feature is currently not
enabled for ath10k. Enable this feature by default.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Raj Nagarajan <arnagara@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Enable channel 144 on 5GHz band since 802.11ac introduced it.
Signed-off-by: Peter Oh <poh@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Since thermal daemon is unaware of the device state, it might
try to adjust the throttle state when the device is powered down.
So the driver caches the value and will configure it while
powering up the target. The cached value will be programed later
once the device is brought up. In such case, returning error
status is confusing and misleading the user application. Hence
moving the driver state check before sending wmi command to target.
Reported-by: Matthias Kaehlcke <mka@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Allow driver to cache the throttle state when the devie is not
yet started. Configure the cached throttle state while powering
up the device. Since thermal daemon is unaware of the up/down cycle,
it assumes that device is throttled.
Reported-by: Matthias Kaehlcke <mka@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Recently thermal mitigation is validated in station mode as well.
Hence allowing thermal throttling for all interfaces. This enables
user to validate thermal mitigation with different modes.
Reported-by: Matthias Kaehlcke <mka@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Thermal throttling is not handled in software restart and device
bootup. Also it needs to be configured whenever quiet period got
updated. Fix that.
Reported-by: Matthias Kaehlcke <mka@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Setting the sysfs attribute ends up configuring the duty cycle,
but the interface through which the attribute is exposed
(cooling_device) is for setting the throttle/cooling state. This
is confusing the user. Hence renaming the cooling device interfaces
for better readability.
Cc: Matthias Kaehlcke <mka@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add support to configure quiet period (in milliseconds) via debugfs.
This is useful to experiment different quiet period values along with
different throttle ratio.
echo 100 > /sys/kernel/debug/ieee80211/phyX/ath10k/quiet_period
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Since the station kickout threshold is also counting software
reries (Default sw count in firmware is 16), increasing the threshold
to try with atleast 20 data frames before kicking out the station.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
By default rts protection is enabled in firmware for the second
rateset. Currently ath10k selects RTS profile (only for software
retries), when legacy stations are associated or asked by mac80211.
On congested environment, when AP is running in HT/VHT mode and
there are no legacy clients associated, this will impact the
robustness. Also enabling RTS protection only for second rateset will
not impact performance on clear environment. Fix that.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
ppc has special instruction forms to efficiently load and store values
in non-native endianness. These can be accessed via the arch-specific
{ld,st}_le{16,32}() inlines in arch/powerpc/include/asm/swab.h.
However, gcc is perfectly capable of generating the byte-reversing
load/store instructions when using the normal, generic cpu_to_le*() and
le*_to_cpu() functions eaning the arch-specific functions don't have much
point.
Worse the "le" in the names of the arch specific functions is now
misleading, because they always generate byte-reversing forms, but some
ppc machines can now run a little-endian kernel.
To start getting rid of the arch-specific forms, this patch removes them
from all the old Power Macintosh drivers, replacing them with the
generic byteswappers.
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Change __raw accesors to endian agnostic versions to allow the driver
to work properly on big endian systems.
Signed-off-by: Ben Dooks <ben.dooks@codethink.co.uk>
Acked-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
The hnd field of the structs does not need to be __le32: the
device just returns the value without using it itself.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Körper <thomas.koerper@esd.eu>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Add <ifname>-rxtx trigger, that will be activated both for tx
as rx events. This trigger mimics "activity" LED for Ethernet
devices.
Signed-off-by: Yegor Yefremov <yegorslists@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Use can-dev's unregister_candev() instead of directly calling
networking unregister_netdev(). While both are functionally
equivalent, unregister_candev() might do extra stuff in the
future than just calling networking layer unregistration code.
Signed-off-by: Ahmed S. Darwish <ahmed.darwish@valeo.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Return EPROBE_DEFER if Regulator returns EPROBE_DEFER
If the Flexcan driver is built into kernel and a regulator is used to
enable the CAN transceiver, the Flexcan driver may not use the regulator.
When initializing the Flexcan device with a regulator defined in the device
tree, but not initialized, the regulator subsystem returns EPROBE_DEFER, hence
the Flexcan init fails.
The solution for this is to return EPROBE_DEFER if regulator is not initialized
and wait until the regulator is initialized.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Werner <kernel@andy89.org>
Cc: linux-stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Making sure that the bus-off state gets passed to can_change_state().
Signed-off-by: Andri Yngvason <andri.yngvason@marel.com>
Cc: linux-stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
The PCAN USB (pro) FD adapters with firmware versions > 2.x support the
switching between ISO (default) and non-ISO conform bitstreams on the CAN bus.
The setting for the 2.x firmware adapters can be modified with the 'ip' tool
from the iproute2 package (option: fd-non-iso [on|off]).
Signed-off-by: Stephane Grosjean <s.grosjean@peak-system.com>
Signed-off-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Tested-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
The PUCAN_CMD_RX_FRAME_(ENABLE|DISABLE) command has extended its purpose
and was therefore renamed to PUCAN_CMD_SET_(EN|DIS)_OPTION.
Signed-off-by: Stephane Grosjean <s.grosjean@peak-system.com>
Signed-off-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Tested-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
smatch detected the following issue:
drivers/net/can/usb/gs_usb.c:904 gs_usb_probe() error:
potential null dereference 'dev'. (kzalloc returns null)
Add a check for null return from kzalloc and return -ENOMEM
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
USB endpoint's wMaxPacketSize field is an le16 entity. Use
appropriate le16_to_cpu macros to maintain endian independence.
Reported-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Ahmed S. Darwish <ahmed.darwish@valeo.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Current driver code arbitrarily assumes a max outstanding tx
value of 16 parallel transmissions. Meanwhile, the device
firmware provides its actual maximum inside its reply to the
CMD_GET_SOFTWARE_INFO message.
Under heavy tx traffic, if the interleaved transmissions count
increases above the limit reported by firmware, the firmware
breaks up badly, reports a massive list of internal errors, and
the candump traces hardly matches the actual frames sent and
received.
On the other hand, in certain models, the firmware can support
up to 48 tx URBs instead of just 16, increasing the driver
throughput by two-fold and reducing the possibility of -ENOBUFs.
Thus dynamically set the driver's max tx URBs value according
to firmware replies.
Signed-off-by: Ahmed S. Darwish <ahmed.darwish@valeo.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Transmission of an AP beacon does not call the TX interrupt service routine,
which usually does the cleanup. Instead, cleanup is handled in a tasklet
completion routine. Unfortunately, this routine has a serious bug in that it does
not release the DMA mapping before it frees the skb, thus one IOMMU mapping is
leaked for each beacon. The test system failed with no free IOMMU mapping slots
approximately one hour after hostapd was used to start an AP.
This issue was reported and tested at https://github.com/lwfinger/rtlwifi_new/issues/30.
Reported-and-tested-by: Kevin Mullican <kevin@mullican.com>
Cc: Kevin Mullican <kevin@mullican.com>
Signed-off-by: Shao Fu <shaofu@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Cc: Stable <stable@vger.kernel.org> [3.18+]
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
When the device is powered up, some (older) firmware versions fail to work
properly if we send commands before the boot is complete (everything is OK
when the device is hot-plugged). The firmware indicates its ready status by
putting the link up.
Newer firmwares delay the first command so they don't suffer from this problem.
They also report the link being always up.
Wait for firmware to become ready (link up) before sending any commands and/or
data.
This also allows lowering CMD_TIMEOUT value to a reasonable time.
Tested with 4.1.0.9 (old) and 4.1.0.30 (new) firmware versions.
Signed-off-by: Ondrej Zary <linux@rainbow-software.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
AIC needs to be registered only when BTCOEX is enabled.
This fixes the error reported by kbuild:
>> ERROR: "ar9003_hw_attach_aic_ops" [drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath9k/ath9k_hw.ko] undefined!
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The BCM43362 firmware falsely reports it is capable of providing
MBSS. As a result AP mode no longer works for this device. Therefor
disable MBSS in the driver for this chipset.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 3.19.y
Reported-by: Jorg Krause <jkrause@posteo.de>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
NetCP 1.5 available on newer K2 SoCs such as K2E and K2L introduced 3
variants of the ethss subsystem, 9 port, 5 port and 2 port. These have
one host port towards the CPU and N external slave ports.
To customize the driver for these new ethss sub systems, multiple
compatibility strings are introduced. Currently some of parameters that
are different on different variants such as number of ALE ports, stats
modules and number of ports are defined through constants. These are now
changed to variables in gbe_priv data that get set based on the
compatibility string. This is required as there are no hardware
identification registers available to distinguish among the variants
of NetCP 1.5 ethss. However there is identification register available
to differentiate between NetCP 1.4 vs NetCP 1.5 and the same is made use
of in the code to differentiate them.
For more reading on the details of this peripheral, please refer to the
User Guide available at http://www.ti.com/lit/pdf/spruhz3
Signed-off-by: Murali Karicheri <m-karicheri2@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: WingMan Kwok <w-kwok2@ti.com>
CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
CC: "Lad, Prabhakar" <prabhakar.csengg@gmail.com>
CC: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
CC: Christoph Jaeger <cj@linux.com>
CC: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
CC: Markus Pargmann <mpa@pengutronix.de>
CC: Kumar Gala <galak@codeaurora.org>
CC: Ian Campbell <ijc+devicetree@hellion.org.uk>
CC: Mark Rutland <mark.rutland@arm.com>
CC: Pawel Moll <pawel.moll@arm.com>
CC: Rob Herring <robh+dt@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix following checkpatch error. It seems to have passed checkpatch
last time when original code was introduced.
ERROR: Macros with complex values should be enclosed in parentheses
#172: FILE: drivers/net/ethernet/ti/netcp_ethss.c:869:
Signed-off-by: Murali Karicheri <m-karicheri2@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: WingMan Kwok <w-kwok2@ti.com>
CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
CC: "Lad, Prabhakar" <prabhakar.csengg@gmail.com>
CC: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
CC: Christoph Jaeger <cj@linux.com>
CC: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
CC: Markus Pargmann <mpa@pengutronix.de>
CC: Kumar Gala <galak@codeaurora.org>
CC: Ian Campbell <ijc+devicetree@hellion.org.uk>
CC: Mark Rutland <mark.rutland@arm.com>
CC: Pawel Moll <pawel.moll@arm.com>
CC: Rob Herring <robh+dt@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Keystone netcp driver re-uses davinci mdio driver. So enable it
by default for keystone netcp driver.
Signed-off-by: Murali Karicheri <m-karicheri2@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: WingMan Kwok <w-kwok2@ti.com>
CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
CC: "Lad, Prabhakar" <prabhakar.csengg@gmail.com>
CC: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
CC: Christoph Jaeger <cj@linux.com>
CC: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
CC: Markus Pargmann <mpa@pengutronix.de>
CC: Kumar Gala <galak@codeaurora.org>
CC: Ian Campbell <ijc+devicetree@hellion.org.uk>
CC: Mark Rutland <mark.rutland@arm.com>
CC: Pawel Moll <pawel.moll@arm.com>
CC: Rob Herring <robh+dt@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ethss has multiple modules within the sub system
- switch sub system
- sgmii
- mdio
- switch module
NetCP driver re-uses existing davinci mdio driver. It requires to
have its own register region to map the reg space. So restructure
the code to use separate reg region for the individual modules it
manages. Use range property to define register space of NetCP and
use reg property to define individual reg spaces. So MDIO will have
its own reg space to map. This is a pre-requisite to enable MDIO
driver for NetCP.
Signed-off-by: Murali Karicheri <m-karicheri2@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: WingMan Kwok <w-kwok2@ti.com>
CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
CC: "Lad, Prabhakar" <prabhakar.csengg@gmail.com>
CC: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
CC: Christoph Jaeger <cj@linux.com>
CC: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
CC: Markus Pargmann <mpa@pengutronix.de>
CC: Kumar Gala <galak@codeaurora.org>
CC: Ian Campbell <ijc+devicetree@hellion.org.uk>
CC: Mark Rutland <mark.rutland@arm.com>
CC: Pawel Moll <pawel.moll@arm.com>
CC: Rob Herring <robh+dt@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
10G switch requires forward port number in the taginfo field,
where as it should be in packet_info field for necp 1.4 Ethss. So
fill this value correctly in the knav dma descriptor.
Also rename dma_psflags field in struct netcp_tx_pipe to switch_to_port
as it contain no flag, but the switch port number for forwarding the
packet. Add a flag to hold the new flag, SWITCH_TO_PORT_IN_TAGINFO which
will be set for 10G. This can also used in the future for other flags for
the tx_pipe.
Signed-off-by: Murali Karicheri <m-karicheri2@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: WingMan Kwok <w-kwok2@ti.com>
CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
CC: "Lad, Prabhakar" <prabhakar.csengg@gmail.com>
CC: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
CC: Christoph Jaeger <cj@linux.com>
CC: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
CC: Markus Pargmann <mpa@pengutronix.de>
CC: Kumar Gala <galak@codeaurora.org>
CC: Ian Campbell <ijc+devicetree@hellion.org.uk>
CC: Mark Rutland <mark.rutland@arm.com>
CC: Pawel Moll <pawel.moll@arm.com>
CC: Rob Herring <robh+dt@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Home routers based on ARM SoCs like BCM4708 also have bcma bus with core
supported by bgmac.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On ARM SoCs with bgmac Ethernet hardware we don't have any normal PHY.
There is always a switch attached but it's not even controlled over MDIO
like in case of MIPS devices.
We need a fixed PHY to be able to send/receive packets from the switch.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use netif_carrier_off() first, since that will prevent the stack from
queuing more packets to this IF. This operation is fast, and should
behave much nicer when trying to bring down an interface under load.
Reported-by: Eliezer Tamir <eliezer.tamir@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Todd Fujinaka <todd.fujinaka@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Use netif_carrier_off() first, since that will prevent the stack from
queuing more packets to this IF. This operation is fast, and should
behave much nicer when trying to bring down an interface under load.
Reported-by: Eliezer Tamir <eliezer.tamir@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Todd Fujinaka <todd.fujinaka@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The call to e1000e_write_protect_nvm_ich8lan() is no longer supported by HW.
Access to these registers causes a system freeze in A step hardware and is
ignored in B step hardware. This function must not be called in hardware
newer than LPT.
Signed-off-by: Yanir Lubetkin <yanirx.lubetkin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When bringing down an interface netif_carrier_off() should be
one the first things we do, since this will prevent the stack
from queuing more packets to this interface.
This operation is very fast, and should make the device behave
much nicer when trying to bring down an interface under load.
Also, this would Do The Right Thing (TM) if this device has some
sort of fail-over teaming and redirect traffic to the other IF.
Move netif_carrier_off as early as possible.
Signed-off-by: Eliezer Tamir <eliezer.tamir@linux.intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When bringing down an interface netif_carrier_off() should be
one the first things we do, since this will prevent the stack
from queuing more packets to this interface.
This operation is very fast, and should make the device behave
much nicer when trying to bring down an interface under load.
Also, this would Do The Right Thing (TM) if this device has some
sort of fail-over teaming and redirect traffic to the other IF.
Move netif_carrier_off as early as possible.
Signed-off-by: Eliezer Tamir <eliezer.tamir@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/emulex/benet/be_main.c
net/core/sysctl_net_core.c
net/ipv4/inet_diag.c
The be_main.c conflict resolution was really tricky. The conflict
hunks generated by GIT were very unhelpful, to say the least. It
split functions in half and moved them around, when the real actual
conflict only existed solely inside of one function, that being
be_map_pci_bars().
So instead, to resolve this, I checked out be_main.c from the top
of net-next, then I applied the be_main.c changes from 'net' since
the last time I merged. And this worked beautifully.
The inet_diag.c and sysctl_net_core.c conflicts were simple
overlapping changes, and were easily to resolve.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the napi_alloc_skb function to allocate an skb when running within
the softirq context to avoid calls to local_irq_save/restore.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Rx coalescing value is internally converted from usecs to a value
that the hardware can use. When reporting the Rx coalescing value, this
internal value is converted back to usecs. During the conversion from
and back to usecs some rounding occurs. So, for example, when setting an
Rx usec of 30, it will be reported as 29. Fix this reporting issue by
keeping the original usec value and using that during reporting.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Tx coalescing support in the driver was a software implementation
for something lacking in the hardware. Using hrtimers, the idea was to
trigger a timer interrupt after having queued a packet for transmit.
Unfortunately, as the timer value was lowered, the timer expired before
the hardware actually did the transmit and so it was racey and resulted
in unnecessary interrupts.
Remove the Tx coalescing support and hrtimer and replace with a Tx timer
that is used as a reclaim timer in case of inactivity.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The hardware supplies a value that indicates the DMA range that it
is capable of using. Use this value rather than hard-coding it in
the driver.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the new lighter weight memory barriers when working with the device
descriptors.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Clarify that the queues referred to in a message when the device is
brought up are hardware queues and not necessarily related to the
Linux network queues.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, there is no interrupt code that indicates auto-negotiation
has timed out. If the auto-negotiation has timed out then the start of
a new auto-negotiation will begin again with a new base page being
received. The state machine could be in a state that is not expecting
this interrupt code which results in an error during auto-negotiation.
Update the code to timestamp when the auto-negotiation starts. Should
another page received interrupt code occur before auto-negotiation has
completed but after the auto-negotiation timeout, then reset the state
machine to allow the auto-negotiation to continue.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the setting of the transceiver type when retrieving the device
settings using ethtool and instead set the transceiver type in the
phy_driver structure flags field. Change the transceiver type to be
internal, also.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With ethtool being able to control what is advertised, the advertising
field is what should be used for priming the auto-negotiation registers
and for various other checks, instead of the supported field.
Also, move the initial setting of the supported and advertising fields
into the probe function so that they are not reset each time the device
is brought up, thus allowing the user to set as desired before bringing
the device up.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Test robot noticed that we check the return of vxlan_igmp_join and leave
but inside them there was a path that it could be used initialized.
It's not really possible because those if() inside these igmp functions
would always match as we can't have sockets of other type in there, but
this way we keep the compiler happy.
Fixes: 56ef9c909b ("vxlan: Move socket initialization to within rtnl scope")
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When an EEH error occurs, the device/slot is disconnected. This condition
is more reliably detected (i.e., returns all ones) with an MMIO read rather
than a config read -- especially on power platforms.
Hence, this patch fixes EEH error detection by replacing config reads with
MMIO reads for reading the error registers. The error registers in
Skyhawk-R/BE2/BE3 are accessible both via the config space and the
PCICFG (BAR0) memory space.
Reported-by: Gavin Shan <gwshan@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Suresh Reddy <Suresh.Reddy@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Issuing this cmd for more than 8 EQs does not have the intended effect
even on BEx and Skyhawk-R.
This patch fixes this by issuing this cmd for upto 8 EQs at a time.
Signed-off-by: Suresh Reddy <Suresh.Reddy@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, a PF does not restrict its VF interface from enabling vlan
promiscuous mode. This breaks vlan isolation when a vlan
(transparent tagging) is configured on a VF.
This patch fixes this problem by disabling the vlan promisc capability
for VFs.
Reported-by: Yoann Juet <veilletechno-irts@univ-nantes.fr>
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara.volam@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On a MIPS Malta board, tons of fifo underflow errors have been observed
when using u-boot as bootloader instead of YAMON. The reason for that
is that YAMON used to set the pcnet device to SRAM mode but u-boot does
not. As a result, the default Tx threshold (64 bytes) is now too small to
keep the fifo relatively used and it can result to Tx fifo underflow errors.
As a result of which, it's best to setup the SRAM on supported controllers
so we can always use the NOUFLO bit.
Cc: <netdev@vger.kernel.org>
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Cc: <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org>
Cc: Don Fry <pcnet32@frontier.com>
Signed-off-by: Markos Chandras <markos.chandras@imgtec.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the current netback, the bandwidth limiter's parameters are only
settable during vif setup time. This patch register a watch on them, and
thus makes them runtime changeable.
When the watch fires, the timer is reset. The timer's mutex is used for
fencing the change.
Cc: Anthony Liguori <aliguori@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: Imre Palik <imrep@amazon.de>
Acked-by: Wei Liu <wei.liu2@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With patch '960d6d08e39 "mwifiex: delay skb allocation for RX
until cmd53 over"' we no more pass skb parameter to MP aggregation setup
helper function. We instead pass length to be aggregated.
This patch fixes an issue where we were passing length parameter of NULL
skb to aggregation routine resulting into crash. We should instead pass
rx_len received from mp_regs.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
There are no known BCM4354 PCIe devices released so removing
support from the driver until proven otherwise.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Recently support was added for the BCM4345 SDIO chipset by
commit 9c51026509 ("brcmfmac: Add support for BCM4345 SDIO chipset")
however this was verified using a BCM43455 device, which is
a more recent revision of the chip. This patch assure that
older revisions are not probed as they would fail.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Syed Asifful Dayyan <syedd@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch added support for the BCM43430 802.11n SDIO chipset.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel (Deognyoun) Kim <dekim@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The BCM4356 PCIe wireless device was added recently but overlooked
the fact that the MODULE_FIRMWARE() macros were missing for the
firmwares needed by this device.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
SDIO uses a thread to handle all communication with the device,
for this data is exchanged between threads. This data needs proper
memory barriers to make sure that data "exchange" is going correct.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel (Deognyoun) Kim <dekim@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Several host controllers supporting runtime-pm are causing issues
with our sdio wireless cards because they disable the sdio interrupt
upon going into runtime suspend. This patch avoids that by doing
a pm_runtime_forbid() call during the probe. Tested with Sony Vaio
Duo 13 which uses sdhci-acpi host controller.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
It's clear from the indenting that curly braces were intended here.
Fixes: e35000ead4 ('mwifiex: preprocess packets from TX queue')
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Add the USB Id to link the D-Link DWA 130 USB Wifi adapter
to the rt2830 driver.
Signed-off-by: Scott Branden <sbranden@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Pieter Truter <ptruter@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Multicast is not yet properly supported for all connection types;
actually, only non-secure AP is supported. For all other cases,
fall back to old "pseudo-DMS" approach. Namely, for:
- PBSS
- secure connection
When re-routing MCAST Rx->Tx on the AP, do not Tx back to the origin
of the frame
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Use dedicated vring for multicast frames; this vring allocated for
AP and PBSS (both P2P GO and client) configurations
For short frames, use MCS0; for long - MCS1
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Sync with the wmi definitions from the firmware team
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Fix checkpatch warning:
WARNING: Prefer ether_addr_copy() over memcpy() if the
Ethernet addresses are __aligned(2)
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
For the networking code and for hardware network accelerators,
it is better to have IP header 4*n aligned. On the other side,
DMA on Rx path require buffer to be aligned on 4*n as well.
Having 14 bytes of Ethernet header, these 2 alignment
requests are in contradiction.
To solve this, order hardware offload block to not remove
SNAP header. This adds extra 6 bytes between addresses and
ethertype, making it 20 bytes total. This way, both buffer and
IP header are 4*n aligned. Remaining is only to remove SNAP
by shifting addresses 6 bytes. This involves data copying, so
this feature should be disabled unless required by the platform.
Module parameter "rx_align_2" (bool, default - false)
introduced to control this feature. Feature is completely disabled
when parameter is false.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
"echo" used to be called when no firmware loaded to the NIC,
this causes error output.
Probe firmware with "echo" only after it returned "ready" event.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Use temporal variable for often used vring->swhead;
and use proper index in debug printing - vring->swhead
used before was modified in wil_vring_advance_head
and then increased value was used in debug print
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The cw1200 driver implements suspend and resume callbacks and assigns them
to the suspend and resume fields of the device_driver struct. These
callbacks are never actually called by anything though.
Modify the driver to properly use dev_pm_ops so that the suspend function
is actually executed upon suspend and drop the empty resume function.
Signed-off-by: Lars-Peter Clausen <lars@metafoo.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
I've been getting this error when building mainline kernels using
Fedora's config files:
drivers/net/wireless/rtlwifi/rtl8188ee/hw.c: In function ‘_rtl88ee_init_mac’:
drivers/net/wireless/rtlwifi/rtl8188ee/hw.c:853:2: error: implicit declaration of function ‘rtl_hal_pwrseqcmdparsing’ [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
if (!rtl_hal_pwrseqcmdparsing(rtlpriv, PWR_CUT_ALL_MSK,
^
cc1: some warnings being treated as errors
scripts/Makefile.build:258: recipe for target 'drivers/net/wireless/rtlwifi/rtl8188ee/hw.o' failed
I'm not sure if this is the correct fix, but it does seem to allow the
build to complete. I suspect that this was broken by commit 34ed780a6a
(rtlwifi: Fix problems with building an allyesconfig). Most of the files
that removed the include of pwrseqcmd.h, added one for ../pwrseqcmd.h.
The rtl8188ee driver had it removed it but didn't add the include of the
file in the parent directory.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Layton <jeff.layton@primarydata.com>
Acked-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
When a MCI reset is done, make sure that AIC
is started.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Add the main AIC calibration function to
handle MCI_STATE_AIC_CAL.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch adds a function to handle the
MCI message MCI_STATE_AIC_START.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Add a routine to handle the MCI_STATE_AIC_CAL_RESET
message.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Since various MCI messages need to be
handled, along with driver-level support
in upper layers, disable AIC for now.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch adds support for post-processing
the AIC calibration results.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Set the appropriate bits in the HW after
AIC calibration is done.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch adds routines to handle the MCI
message AIC_CAL_SINGLE, starting the required
HW calibration.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Various registers to control and check AIC
status.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
AIC can be disabled or enabled on a per-card
basis using MCI configuration, so register a function
to check its status.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
These are necessary for implementing AIC,
supported by chips like WB222.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Quit complaining about a couple of events that we actually expect to see
during an NVM update.
Reported-by: Stefan Assmann <sassmann@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The platform_quirk element in the platform data was used
to change the way the IRQ is triggered. When set,
the EDGE_IRQ quirk would change the irqflags used
and treat edge trigger differently from the rest.
Instead of hiding this irq flag setting behind the quirk,
have the board files set the irq_trigger explicitly.
This will allow us to use standard irq DT definitions
later on.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luca@coelho.fi>
[Eliad - rebase, add irq_trigger field and pass it,
update board file changes]
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Tested-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Acked-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Sekhar Nori <nsekhar@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Lindgren <tony@atomide.com>
Make PCI Device ID Tables be "const" to move them out of the data segment and
remove a redundant check on CH_PCI_DEVICE_ID_TABLE_DEFINE_BEGIN in
t4_pci_id_tbl.h to guard the contents of the include file.
Signed-off-by: Casey Leedom <leedom@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2015-03-19
This wont the last 4.1 bluetooth-next pull request, but we've piled up
enough patches in less than a week that I wanted to save you from a
single huge "last-minute" pull somewhere closer to the merge window.
The main changes are:
- Simultaneous LE & BR/EDR discovery support for HW that can do it
- Complete LE OOB pairing support
- More fine-grained mgmt-command access control (normal user can now do
harmless read-only operations).
- Added RF power amplifier support in cc2520 ieee802154 driver
- Some cleanups/fixes in ieee802154 code
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Setup maximum number of associated stations supported in
AP/P2P_GO mode.
This allow hostapd/wpa_supplicant to play with that limit
and set more information (eg. P2P group limit bit for P2P_GO).
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Some firmware revisions (tested with qca6174
rm2.0-00088) deliver unsolicited unknown (kind of
garbled) HTC ep0 event to host in some cases.
This issue was mainly observed with both qca988x
and qca6174 being installed on a single host
system. During driver probing if qca6174 booting
sequences were somehow deferred (e.g. by qca988x
implicitly making some resources busy presumably)
the unsolicited event would came around 1s after
ATH10K_HTC_MSG_READY_ID was delivered to host for
qca6174.
The unsolicited event would confuse driver and
cause HTT initialization (and subsequently
driver probing) to fail.
Make the ep0 event processing more robust. The
event will still be caught but instead will
only generate a warning now.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Wrong symlink name is used on error path of thermal registration
and also correcting the error message.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The firmware frequently manages to trigger this, and there's
no known driver workaround, so stop warning.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
we unref IWL_MVM_REF_UCODE_DOWN on iwl_mvm_restart_complete().
Usually, the restart is initiated by iwl_mvm_nic_restart(),
which takes the reference before restarting the hw.
However, in D3 flow we might call ieee80211_restart_hw()
directly (in case of suspend error and on d3_test-resume),
which without taking the ref first. fix it.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The firmware has a race in the flow that indicates the
completion of the authentication. Checking the completion
of the authentication is not really needed anyway since
we can wait for the ALIVE notification instead.
Remove the unneeded and buggy code.
Signed-off-by: Eran Harary <eran.harary@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
When the driver callback returns that it's out of space for new
stations, the mac80211 IBSS code still keeps the station so it
doesn't try to add it over and over again.
Since the rate scaling algorithm is separate in mac80211, it also
invokes the rate scaling algorithm for such stations. It doesn't
know that our rate scaling algorithm is tightly integrated with
the MVM code and relies on those data structures, and it cannot
as the abstraction doesn't allow for it.
This leads to crashes when the rate scaling algorithm tries to
use uninitialized data, notably the mvmsta->vif pointer.
Protect against this in the rate scaling algorithm. We cannot get
good rates with such peers anyway since the firmware cannot do
anything with them.
This should fix https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=93461
CC: <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Reported-by: Richard Taylor <rjt-kernel@thegrindstone.me.uk>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The assumption before this patch was that we don't need to
run again the INIT firmware after the system booted. The
INIT firmware runs calibrations which impact the physical
layer's behavior.
Users reported that it may be helpful to run these
calibrations again every time the interface is brought up.
The penatly is minimal, since the calibrations run fast.
This fixes:
https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=94341
CC: <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
NativeWifi tx mode expects QoS Data frames to be
delivered as Data frames with QoS part (e.g. tid)
being delievered out-of-band in fw tx command.
The QoS bit wasn't stripped before submitting to
firmware.
Stripping fixes two known problems:
* qca6174 IOT with some APs, e.g.
Cisco AIR-AP 1252 (which would crash after
ath10k association). Some ath9k APs would
crash as well.
* sniffing own tx frames via radiotap because,
e.g. wireshark was seeing QoS bit set but
since QoS Control was stripped in ath10k it
would parse beginning of LLC/SNAP
>From debugability point of view this removes the
ability to distinguish QoS from non-QoS frames
when sniffing own tx via radiotap. On the other
hand frames can be now parsed correctly without
special software modification.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This reverts commit 11ad714b98 because
it breaks cx82310_eth.
The custom USB_DEVICE_CLASS macro matches
bDeviceClass, bDeviceSubClass and bDeviceProtocol
but the common USB_DEVICE_AND_INTERFACE_INFO matches
bInterfaceClass, bInterfaceSubClass and bInterfaceProtocol instead, which are
not specified.
Signed-off-by: Ondrej Zary <linux@rainbow-software.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement the phys_port_name operation. Port names are pulled from the
rocker hardware model in qemu and default to the qemu name + port id.
e.g.,
sw1p1: flags=4098<BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500
ether 52:54:00:12:35:01 txqueuelen 1000 (Ethernet)
RX packets 0 bytes 0 (0.0 B)
RX errors 0 dropped 0 overruns 0 frame 0
TX packets 0 bytes 0 (0.0 B)
TX errors 0 dropped 0 overruns 0 carrier 0 collisions 0
where 'sw1' comes from the qemu command line -device rocker,name=sw1, and
'p1' is port 1.
Patch is adapted from Scott's phys_port_id patch.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, if a multicast join operation fail, the vxlan interface will
be UP but not functional, without even a log message informing the user.
Now that we can grab socket lock after already having rntl, we don't
need to defer socket creation and multicast operations. By not deferring
we can do proper error reporting to the user through ip exit code.
This patch thus removes all deferred work that vxlan had and put it back
inline. Now the socket will only be created, bound and join multicast
group when one bring the interface up, and will undo all that as soon as
one put the interface down.
As vxlan_sock_hold() is not used after this patch, it was removed too.
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
in favor of their inner __ ones, which doesn't grab rtnl.
As these functions need to operate on a locked socket, we can't be
grabbing rtnl by then. It's too late and doing so causes reversed
locking.
So this patch:
- move rtnl handling to callers instead while already fixing some
reversed locking situations, like on vxlan and ipvs code.
- renames __ ones to not have the __ mark:
__ip_mc_{join,leave}_group -> ip_mc_{join,leave}_group
__ipv6_sock_mc_{join,drop} -> ipv6_sock_mc_{join,drop}
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Removing some boilerplate by using module_pnp_driver instead of calling
register and unregister in the otherwise empty init/exit functions
Signed-off-by: Peter Huewe <peterhuewe@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
Port statistics bitmap will now be initialized at port init. Even before
starting the port, statistics are visible to the user and must be properly masked.
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NUM_PORT_STATS was 9 instead of 10, which caused off-by-one bug when
displaying the statistics starting from tx_chksum_offload in ethtool.
Fixes: f8c6455bb0 ('net/mlx4_en: Extend checksum offloading by CHECKSUM COMPLETE')
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add ndo_set_tx_maxrate support.
To support per tx queue maxrate limit, we use the update-qp firmware
command to do run-time rate setting for the qp that serves this tx ring.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Shamay <idos@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the low-level device commands and definitions used for QP max-rate limiting.
This is done through the following elements:
- read rate-limit device caps in QUERY_DEV_CAP: number of different
rates and the min/max rates in Kbs/Mbs/Gbs units
- enhance the QP context struct to contain rate limit units and value
- allow to do run time rate-limit setting to QPs through the
update-qp firmware command
- QP rate-limiting is disallowed for VFs
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The TI CC2521 is an RF power amplifier that is designed to interface
with the CC2520. Conveniently, it directly interfaces with the CC2520
and does not require any pins to be connected to a
microcontroller/processor. Adding a CC2591 increases the CC2520's range,
which is useful for border router and other wall-powered applications.
Using the CC2591 with the CC2520 requires configuring the CC2520 GPIOs
that are connected to the CC2591 to correctly set the CC2591 into TX and
RX modes. Further, TI recommends that the CC2520_TXPOWER and
CC2520_AGCCTRL1 registers are set differently to maximize the CC2591's
performance. These settings are covered in TI Application Note AN065.
This patch adds an optional `amplified` field to the cc2520 entry in the
device tree. If present, the CC2520 will be configured to operate with a
CC2591.
The expected pin mapping is:
CC2520 GPIO0 --> CC2591 EN
CC2520 GPIO5 --> CC2591 PAEN
Signed-off-by: Brad Campbell <bradjc5@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Varka Bhadram <varkabhadram@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Storing the `platform_data` struct inside of the SPI struct when using
the device tree allows for a later function to edit the content of that
struct. This patch refactors the `cc2520_get_platformat_data` function
to accept a pointer to a `cc2520_platform_data` struct and populates
the fields inside of it.
This change mirrors commit aaa1c4d226
("at86rf230: copy pdata to driver allocated space").
Signed-off-by: Brad Campbell <bradjc5@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Varka Bhadram <varkabhadram@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
- Added resource initialization based on port-id field
- Enabled second SGMII 1G interface
Signed-off-by: Keyur Chudgar <kchudgar@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This warning is misleading. In many cases, for example P2P ROC time
events, this will happen if the time event is aborted, for example
due to a higher priority time event. This is entirely normal and not
worth warning about.
In other cases, where we actually do act upon this, for example when
trying to connect and this fails, we should instead warn as part of
the disconnect operation.
Change the code to do that, i.e. make the warning a debug message,
and make it more prominent (an error) when we actually disconnect
because of it.
This also fixes confusion in the logs - the warning was mistaken for
something that needed investigation, while in most cases it's just
expected behaviour that occasionally some lower-priority time events
would not complete fully.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
In 8000 HW family B-step only, the ICCM is separate
from the SRAM. This adds the ICCM to the dump data
collected for FW debug.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
There are transport that must buffer frames in the driver.
This means that we have frames that are not in the op_mode
and not visible to the firwmare. This causes issues when we
flush the queues: the op_mode flushes a queue, and the
firmware flushes all the frames that are *currently* on the
rings, but if the transport buffers frames, it can submit
these while we are flushing. This leads to a situation
where we still have frames on the queues after we flushed
them.
Preventing those buffered frame from getting into the
firmware is possible, but then, we have to run the Tx
response path on frames that didn't reach the firmware
which is not desirable.
The way I solve this here is to let these frames go to the
firmware, but make sure the firmware will not transmit them
(by setting the station as draining). The op_mode then needs
to wait until the transport itself is empty to be sure that
the queue is really empty.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
For each RX packet until this patch there only was a debug
print of the HCMD and the offset. This adds also the
sequence number of the packet for easier matching between
what was sent, what came back / was received, and what
got stuck somewhere and was never responded by the FW.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
According to FW methodology, the capability bits should be the only ones
that change per-HW. The API bits should remain constant across different
HWs.
Currently this is not the case with multi-source LAR (API bit 9). Assign
a new capability bit to eventually replace the API bit. Until the API bit
can be deprecated, the driver will check either to enable multi-source
LAR.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
If, on a GO, the CSA time event fails to be scheduled, continue the
flow towards mac80211's state machine so it doesn't get stuck, but
report an error later on the post switch which will cause mac80211
to tear down the operation. This ensures nothing gets stuck due to
the scheduling failure.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The commit breaks the legacy platforms, ie. these not using device-tree,
and setting up the interrupt resources with a flag to activate edge
detection. The issue was found on the zylonite platform.
The reason is that zylonite uses platform resources to pass the interrupt number
and the irq flags (here IORESOURCE_IRQ_HIGHEDGE). It expects the driver to
request the irq with these flags, which in turn setups the irq as high edge
triggered.
After the patch, this was supposed to be taken care of with :
irq_resflags = irqd_get_trigger_type(irq_get_irq_data(ndev->irq));
But irq_resflags is 0 for legacy platforms, while for example in
arch/arm/mach-pxa/zylonite.c, in struct resource smc91x_resources[] the
irq flag is specified. This breaks zylonite because the interrupt is not
setup as triggered, and hardware doesn't provide interrupts.
Signed-off-by: Robert Jarzmik <robert.jarzmik@free.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_device_id is always used as const.
(See driver.of_match_table and open firmware functions)
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_device_id is always used as const.
(See driver.of_match_table and open firmware functions)
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_device_id is always used as const.
(See driver.of_match_table and open firmware functions)
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_device_id is always used as const.
(See driver.of_match_table and open firmware functions)
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_device_id is always used as const.
(See driver.of_match_table and open firmware functions)
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_device_id is always used as const.
(See driver.of_match_table and open firmware functions)
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_device_id is always used as const.
(See driver.of_match_table and open firmware functions)
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_device_id is always used as const.
(See driver.of_match_table and open firmware functions)
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_device_id is always used as const.
(See driver.of_match_table and open firmware functions)
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_device_id is always used as const.
(See driver.of_match_table and open firmware functions)
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_device_id is always used as const.
(See driver.of_match_table and open firmware functions)
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_device_id is always used as const.
(See driver.of_match_table and open firmware functions)
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_device_id is always used as const.
(See driver.of_match_table and open firmware functions)
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_device_id is always used as const.
(See driver.of_match_table and open firmware functions)
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_device_id is always used as const.
(See driver.of_match_table and open firmware functions)
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_device_id is always used as const.
(See driver.of_match_table and open firmware functions)
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fix an issue when at86rf230_read_subreg was successful. The
function at86rf230_read_subreg will directly call regmap_read which
returns zero on successful. Nobody figured out issues yet because it was
only necessary to evaluate dvdd state while probing. This could make
trouble because the stack variable could have an random value.
The function is also used by reset the irq line before requesting irq, but
the value isn't evaluated afterwards.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
These functions are only used from one place each. If the cacheable_*
versions really are more efficient, then those changes should be
migrated into the common code instead.
NOTE: The old routines are just flat buggy on kernels that support
hardware with different cacheline sizes.
Signed-off-by: Kyle Moffett <Kyle.D.Moffett@boeing.com>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
E1x chips (57710, 57711(E)) have no support for encapsulation
offload. bnx2x incorrectly advertises the support as available.
Setting of those features is conditional on "!CHIP_IS_E1x(bp)", but
the bp struct is not initialized yet at this point and consequently
any chip passes the check.
The check must use the "chip_is_e1x" local variable instead to work
correctly.
Signed-off-by: Michal Schmidt <mschmidt@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This would fix randconfig compile error:
net/built-in.o: In function `netdev_switch_fib_ipv4_abort':
(.text+0xf7811): undefined reference to `fib_flush_external'
Also it fixes following warnings:
warning: (NET_DSA) selects NET_SWITCHDEV which has unmet direct dependencies (NET && INET)
warning: (NET_DSA_MV88E6060 && NET_DSA_MV88E6131 && NET_DSA_MV88E6123_61_65 && NET_DSA_MV88E6171 && NET_DSA_MV88E6352 && NET_DSA_BCM_SF2) selects NET_DSA which has unmet direct dependencies (NET && HAVE_NET_DSA && NET_SWITCHDEV)
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Suggested-by: Alexei Starovoitov <alexei.starovoitov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MDIO controller on little endian Socs, e.g. ls2085a is similar to the
controller on big endian Socs, but the MDIO access is little endian,
we use I/O accessor function to handle endianness, so the driver can
run on little endian Socs. A property "little-endian" is used
in DTS to indicate the MDIO is little endian, if driver probes the
property, driver will access MDIO in little endian, otherwise, driver
works in big endian by default.
Signed-off-by: Shaohui Xie <Shaohui.Xie@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a bug in xgmac_wait_until_done() which mdio_stat should be used
instead of mdio_data when checking if busy bit is cleared.
Signed-off-by: Shaohui Xie <Shaohui.Xie@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In hast to fix some sparse warning, I hard-coded a fix-sized array on the stack
which is probably too big for kernel standards. Fix this by converting array
to dynamic allocation.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch moves SKB allocation for RX packets from current
place i.e. after reading MP regs to place where we already
have read data from SDIO bus ie after cmd53.
mp_rx_aggr_setup has been modified accordingly to set
skb_arr to NULL.
Signed-off-by: Zhaoyang Liu <liuzy@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Shengzhen Li <szli@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch brings in support for SDIO single port rx aggregation
to mwifiex.
Maximum read size support by SDIO cmd53 is 64K.
Based on multi port aggregation which is already part of mwifiex, idea here
is multiple packets received in FW can be aggregated into single buffer.
A separate upload type is defined for such packet aggregated to single port.
Packets from this single buffer are later deaggregated into individual packets.
This way, driver can receive more packets each time through single SDIO cmd53;
thereby reducing no of times MMC bus is accessed.
SDIO SP aggregation support is advertised by FW during load time and driver
would get FW block size in command response of HostCmd_CMD_SDIO_SP_RX_AGGR_CFG.
Signed-off-by: Zhaoyang Liu <liuzy@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Yang <yangyang@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
During profiling, we discovered that driver remains idle for time
when pakcet is downloaded to FW but no TX_DONE has been received
i.e. while data_sent is true.
This patch adds enhancement to TX routine where we preprocess
packets from TX queue, make them ready for TX and add them to
separate TX queue.
Signed-off-by: Zhaoyang Liu <liuzy@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Yang <yangyang@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Chin-ran Lo <crlo@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch does away with spinlock in
mwifiex_wmm_get_highest_priolist_ptr in order to improve TP.
Signed-off-by: Zhaoyang Liu <liuzy@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch removes BA setup helper routines
mwifiex_is_bastream_setup and mwifiex_is_amsdu_in_ampdu_allowed.
Current code will use two functions to check bastream setup and
amsdu in ampdu. This patch change these functions to flags, thus
avoiding redundant spin_lock check while dequeuing TX packets.
Signed-off-by: Zhaoyang Liu <liuzy@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Current code does not check whether main_work_queue or
rx_work_queue is running when preparing to do queue_work,
this code fix add check before calling queue_work, reducing
unnecessary queue_work switch.
This change instead sets more_task flag to ensure we run main_process
superloop once again.
Signed-off-by: Shengzhen Li <szli@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Zhaoyang Liu <liuzy@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
SD8897 support buffers of 4K and 16 such ports can be accomodated.
So basically 64K buffer size in single aggregation is supported.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Rename this function to reflect its purpose correctly.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
A crash was detected while changing virtual interface type is in
progress. This was tracked to race condition in accessing bss_priority
table while change is in progress. This patch ensures that main_process
and rx_process works are locked while we change virtual interface.
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In struct wl18xx_acx_rx_rate_stat, rx_frames_per_rates field is an
array, not a number. This means WL18XX_DEBUGFS_FWSTATS_FILE can't be
used to display this field in debugfs (it would display a pointer, not
the actual data). Use WL18XX_DEBUGFS_FWSTATS_FILE_ARRAY instead.
This bug has been found by adding a __printf attribute to
wl1271_format_buffer. gcc complained about "format '%u' expects
argument of type 'unsigned int', but argument 5 has type 'u32 *'".
Fixes: c5d94169e8 ("wl18xx: use new fw stats structures")
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Iooss <nicolas.iooss_linux@m4x.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
I have here FRITZ!WLAN USB Stick N v2 / idVendor=057c, idProduct=8501
and every single of this requests ends up with:
|ieee80211 phy0: rt2x00usb_vendor_request: Error - Vendor Request 0x0c failed for offset 0x0000 with error -32
I was browsing the the vedor code and I haven't seen such request so I
remove it with this patch. If I wasn't look enough or if this error is
expected then please excuse :)
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <bigeasy@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
rt2800usb_autorun_detect() blindly assumes assumes that it worked while
it could have failed. Check the error code here.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <bigeasy@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
My understanding ist that rt2x00usb_register_read() is void and so the
reader is unaware of read errors and assumes that whatever was on the
stack as it was about to read.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <bigeasy@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
We might be in interrupt context at few places. So replace
del_timer_sync() with del_timer(). This patch fixes a kernel
trace problem seen occasionally during our testing.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch adds support for auto ARP feature in mwifiex.
The device will respond to ARP requests from the network
with ARP response in suspended state without waking up the host.
This feature is enabled in the driver by default.
Signed-off-by: Maithili Hinge <maithili@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
It's been observed Rx aggregated packets are always followed
by a single Rx packet. This patch improves our logic to add
that extra packet in next aggregation.
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In HT40 modes, pulse events on primary and extension
channel are processed individually. If valid, a pulse
event will be fed into the detector
* for primary frequency, or
* for extension frequency (+/-20MHz based on HT40-mode)
* or both
With that, a 40MHz radar will result in two individual
radar events.
Signed-off-by: Zefir Kurtisi <zefir.kurtisi@neratec.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
To support HT40 DFS mode, a triggering detector must
reset only itself but not other detector lines.
Signed-off-by: Zefir Kurtisi <zefir.kurtisi@neratec.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
TPC support has been observed to cause some tx power fluctuations on
some devices with at least AR934x and AR938x chips.
Disable it for now until the bugs have been found and fixed
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
sc->nbcnvifs tracks assigned beacon slots, not enabled beacons.
Therefore, it cannot be used to decide if cur_conf->enable_beacon (bool)
should be updated, or if beacons have been enabled already.
With the current code (depending on the order of calls), beacons often
do not get enabled in an AP+STA setup.
To fix tracking of enabled beacons, convert cur_conf->enable_beacon to a
bitmask of enabled beacon slots.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Move swdev wrappers over to new swdev ops (from previous ndo ops). No
functional changes to the implementation.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
rocker: move to new swdev ops
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
dsa: move to new swdev ops
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for Hardware Filter Block (HFB) so that incoming Rx traffic
can be matched and directed to desired Rx queues.
Signed-off-by: Petri Gynther <pgynther@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use of_property_read*() to get arch endian consistent
property values. Do some refactoring in the process.
Signed-off-by: Jingchang Lu <jingchang.lu@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Manoil <claudiu.manoil@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use conversion macros to correctly access the BE
fields of the Rx and Tx Frame Control Block on LE CPUs.
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Manoil <claudiu.manoil@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use conversion macros to correctly access the BE
fields of the Rx and Tx Buffer Descriptors on LE CPUs.
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Manoil <claudiu.manoil@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2015-03-13
This series contains updates to ixgbe and ixgbevf.
Don adds additional support for X550 MAC types, which require additional
steps around enabling and disabling Rx. Also cleans up variable type
inconsistency.
I provide a patch to allow relaxed ordering to be enabled on SPARC
architectures. Also cleans up ixgbevf whitespace and code comments to
align the driver with networking coding standard. Lastly cleaned up
uses of memcpy() where ether_addr_copy() could have been used.
Alex removes some dead code in the ixgbe cleanup patch.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
Here's another set of Bluetooth & ieee802154 patches intended for 4.1:
- Added support for QCA ROME chipset family in the btusb driver
- at86rf230 driver fixes & cleanups
- ieee802154 cleanups
- Refactoring of Bluetooth mgmt API to allow new users
- New setting for static Bluetooth address exposed to user space
- Refactoring of hci_dev flags to remove limit of 32
- Remove unnecessary fast-connectable setting usage restrictions
- Fix behavior to be consistent when trying to pair already paired device
- Service discovery corner-case fixes
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These registers are also changed by transceiver and should be volatile
for right accessing via regmap debugfs.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds a handling for calibration if we are 5 minutes in PLL
state. I first tried to implement the calibration functionality in
TX_ON state via register values CF_START and DCU_START, but this occurs
a one second delay at each calibration time.
An another solution to start a calibration is to switch from TRX_OFF
state into TX_ON, then a calibration is done automatically by
transceiver. This method will be used in this patch, after each transmit
of a frame we check with jiffies if the PLL is set 5 minutes without
doing a TRX_OFF->(TX_ON || RX_AACK_ON) or channel switch. The worst case
would be a transceiver in receiving mode only, but this is under normal
operation very unlikely.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Cc: Phoebe Buckheister <phoebe.buckheister@itwm.fraunhofer.de>
Cc: Werner Almesberger <werner@almesberger.net>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch replace the state change timing relevant sleeps with
hrtimers. Currently the sleeps are done in the complete handler of
spi_async. The relation of doing the state change timing sleep with a
timer will get the sleep functionality out of spi_async complete handler
context.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch initialize xtal_trim value to zero. The xtal_trim property is
an optional device tree value. Currently if no xtal_trim property is
given the xtal_trim value can be contain random data, because it's a
stack variable. This patch init the xtal_trim value to zero which is
also the default value after reset for at86rf230 transceivers.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
A number of tx queue wake-up events went missing due to the
outlined scenario below. Start state is a pool of 16 tx URBs,
active tx_urbs count = 15, with the netdev tx queue open.
CPU #1 [softirq] CPU #2 [softirq]
start_xmit() tx_acknowledge()
................ ................
atomic_inc(&tx_urbs);
if (atomic_read(&tx_urbs) >= 16) {
-->
atomic_dec(&tx_urbs);
netif_wake_queue();
return;
<--
netif_stop_queue();
}
At the end, the correct state expected is a 15 tx_urbs count
value with the tx queue state _open_. Due to the race, we get
the same tx_urbs value but with the tx queue state _stopped_.
The wake-up event is completely lost.
Thus avoid hand-rolled concurrency mechanisms and use a proper
lock for contexts and tx queue protection.
Signed-off-by: Ahmed S. Darwish <ahmed.darwish@valeo.com>
Cc: linux-stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Enable the xilinx driver for ARM64.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Acked-by: Sören Brinkmann <soren.brinkmann@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Use the macro to copy the Ethernet address instead of memcpy().
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Fix the code comments to align with drivers/net/ code commenting style,
as well as whitespace issues. The whitespace issues resolve checkpatch
errors, like lines exceeding 80 chars (except for strings) and the use
of tabs where possible.
CC: <kernel-team@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
This patch removes some dead code from the cleanup path for ixgbe.
Setting and clearing the flag doesn't do anything since all we are
doing is setting the flag, scheduling NAPI, clearing the flag and
then letting netpoll do the polling cleanup. As such it doesn't
make much sense to have it there.
This patch also removes one minor white-space error.
CC: <kernel-team@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch makes sure that relaxed ordering is not disabled when
on SPARC, where it helps with performance.
CC: <kernel-team@fb.com>
CC: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Reported-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Correcting a mistake when I initial created this function. I should
have made this static since it is only referenced where the function
pointer is assigned.
CC: <kernel-team@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Missed this when I created commit 6a14ee0cfb ("ixgbe: Add X550 support
function pointers"). Use a the __be* type to be consistent with how the
value is assigned.
CC: <kernel-team@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
For the X550 mac type we have to do additional steps around
enabling/disabling Rx. This patch will add a layer of indirection
around these support functions to enable this.
CC: <kernel-team@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Delay the update of the TDMA producer index unless this is the last SKB
in a batch, or the queue is already stopped. Move the check for whether
the queue should be stopped before the xmit_more check to avoid locking
the transmit queue in case there was a SKB submitted which has xmit_more
set.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no need to have both bcmgenet_xmit_single() and
bcmgenet_xmit_frag() perform a free_bds decrement and a prod_index
increment by one. In case one of these functions fails to map a SKB or
fragment for transmit, we will return and exit bcmgenet_xmit() with an
error.
We can therefore safely use our local copy of nr_frags to know by how
much we should decrement the number of free buffers available, and by
how much the producer count must be incremented and do this in the tail
of bcmgenet_xmit().
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Petri Gynther <pgynther@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, bcmgenet_desc_rx() calls bcmgenet_rx_refill() at the end of
Rx packet processing loop, after the current Rx packet has already been
passed to napi_gro_receive(). However, bcmgenet_rx_refill() might fail
to allocate a new Rx skb, thus leaving a hole on the Rx queue where no
valid Rx buffer exists.
To eliminate this situation:
1. Rewrite bcmgenet_rx_refill() to retain the current Rx skb on the Rx
queue if a new replacement Rx skb can't be allocated and DMA-mapped.
In this case, the data on the current Rx skb is effectively dropped.
2. Modify bcmgenet_desc_rx() to call bcmgenet_rx_refill() at the top of
Rx packet processing loop, so that the new replacement Rx skb is
already in place before the current Rx skb is processed.
Signed-off-by: Petri Gynther <pgynther@google.com>
Tested-by: Jaedon Shin <jaedon.shin@gmail.com>--
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 2b995f6398.
Панов Андрей reported the following regression:
"Commit 2b995f6398 in 4.0.0-rc3 introduces a
nasty bug in transmit, corrupting packets.
To reproduce:
$ dd if=/dev/zero of=zeros bs=1M count=20
$ md5sum -b zeros
8f4e33f3dc3e414ff94e5fb6905cba8c *zeros
This checksum is correct.
Copy file "zeros" to another host with NFS, and it gets corrupted, checksum is
changed.
File should be big, small amounts of transmit isn't affected.
I use an i.MX6 Quad board.
If this commit is reverted, all works fine."
Reported-by: Панов Андрей <rockford@yandex.ru>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit dfd8645ea1 wrongly assumes that VXLAN_VDI_MASK includes
eight lower order reserved bits of VNI field that are using for remote
checksum offload.
Right now, when VNI number greater then 0xffff, vxlan_udp_encap_recv()
will always return with 'bad_flag' error, reducing the usable vni range
from 0..16777215 to 0..65535. Also, it doesn't really check whether RCO
bits processed or not.
Fix it by adding new VNI mask which has all 32 bits of VNI field:
24 bits for id and 8 bits for other usage.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Kodanev <alexey.kodanev@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Array index 'j' is used before limits check.
Suggest put limit check before index use.
Signed-off-by : <Ameenali023@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This function isn't really related to any bus core. It touches PCI
device config registers only, so move it to the (PCI) host file.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The semantic patch that fixes this problem is as follows:
(http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@r@
type T;
identifier f;
@@
static T f (...) { ... }
@@
identifier r.f;
declarer name EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL;
@@
-EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(f);
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The watchdog timer is used to put the device in a low-power mode when
it is idle for some time. This timer is stopped during that mode and
should be restarted upon activity. This has been broken by commit
d4150fced0365 ("brcmfmac: Simplify watchdog sleep."). This patch
restores the behaviour as it was before that commit.
Reported-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontusf@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The firmware provides pointer to SDIO shared information at end of
RAM during firmware initialization. End of RAM is obviously determined
by the actual ram size, but part of that may be used for save&restore
memory. In that case another location in RAM will hold the pointer.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Instead of hard-coded memory sizes it is possible to obtain that
information from the internal memory registers.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Make the brcmf_chip_attach() function responsible for putting the
device in a state where it is accessible for firmware download.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The functions brcmf_chip_[enter/exit]_download() are not exclusively
used for firmware download so rename these more appropriate.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Instead of checking the cores in the chip only if CONFIG_BRCMDBG
is selected perform the check always and extend it with more sanity
checking.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Removing the ramsize from the brcmf_sdio structure to avoid
duplication. The information is available in brcmf_chip
structure.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
pre-requisite to shrink size of ieee80211_tx_info which in turn is
needed to shrink skb->cb to 40 bytes again.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
If we want to shrink skb->cb then we'd have to see about
reducing struct ieee80211_tx_info, which gets embedded inside
skb->cb[].
It provides a scratch space to be used by wireless drivers.
ar5523 uses the maximum space available today (40 bytes), but it seems
we don't need this -- data->skb pointer seems to always point back to the
skb whose cb buffer the data structure resides, iow, given a pointer to the
embedded control buffer we can infer the skb address.
Tested-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Since the RTT registers need to be configured for all
valid chains irrespective of the runtime chainmask,
use the actual chainmask of the chip.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
When assigning the initvals for PCIE sleep/awake
registers, check the configuration that has been
assigned to pll_pwrsave during initialization. Also,
display a warning if we don't have valid arrays.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Cards based on AR9462/AR9565 support more PCIE
power save mechanisms, so register them correctly.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Use the value in ah->config.pll_pwrsave to determine
which array needs to be loaded. Also, initialize
pll_pwrsave to 1 by default.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
These will be used to handle chip-specific
power save configuration.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
For the AP, configuration may say not to bridge traffic between
wireless clients. This is conveyed from user space (ex: hostapd has
ap_isolate parameter) with NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS, to the driver's
cfg80211 ops method change_bss
Add support for this setting.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This is for AP only. If Rx data frame targeted to one of associated clients,
transmit it back to the wireless media and don't deliver to the host.
For the multicast frames, deliver to both host and wireless media.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
It is expected that driver completes NAPI when less than
full budget is consumed.
Fulfill this requirement.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
These changes add support for BCM4345 SDIO chipset.
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel (Deognyoun) Kim <dekim@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Syed Asifful Dayyan <syedd@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Msgbuf is using a wait_event_timeout to wait for the response on
an ioctl. The wakeup routine uses waitqueue_active to see if
wait_event_timeout has been called. There is a chance that the
response arrives before wait_event_timeout is called, this
will result in situation that wait_event_timeout never gets
woken again and assumed result will be a timeout. This patch
removes that errornous situation by always setting the
ctl_completed var before checking for queue active.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
SDIO is using a "shared" variable to handoff ctl frames to DPC
and to see when they are done. In a timeout situation this can
lead to erroneous situation where DPC started to handle the ctl
frame while the timeout expired. This patch will fix this by
adding locking around the shared variable.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel (Deognyoun) Kim <dekim@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The watchdog thread is used to put the SDIO bus to sleep when the
system is idling. This patch simplifies the way it is determined
when sleep can be entered.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel (Deognyoun) Kim <dekim@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
On removal of SDIO card both functions of card will be getting
a remove call. When the first is hanging in ctrl frame xmit then
the second will cause oops. This patch fixes the xmit ctrl
handling in case of serious errors and also limits the handling
for remove to function 1 only.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel (Deognyoun) Kim <dekim@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
To prepare for reset ath5k should finish all asynchronous tasks. At
first, it disables the interrupt generation, then it waits for the
interrupt handler and tasklets completion, and then proceeds to the HW
configuration update. But it does not consider that the interrupt
handler or tasklet re-enables the interrupt generation. And we fall in a
situation when ath5k assumes that interrupts are disabled, but it is
not.
This can lead to different consequences, such as reception of the frame,
when we do not expect it. Under certain circumstances, this can lead to
the following warning:
WARNING: at ath5k/base.c:589 ath5k_tasklet_rx+0x318/0x6ec [ath5k]()
invalid hw_rix: 1a
[..]
Call Trace:
[<802656a8>] show_stack+0x48/0x70
[<802dd92c>] warn_slowpath_common+0x88/0xbc
[<802dd98c>] warn_slowpath_fmt+0x2c/0x38
[<81b51be8>] ath5k_tasklet_rx+0x318/0x6ec [ath5k]
[<8028ac64>] tasklet_action+0x8c/0xf0
[<80075804>] __do_softirq+0x180/0x32c
[<80196ce8>] irq_exit+0x54/0x70
[<80041848>] ret_from_irq+0x0/0x4
[<80182fdc>] ioread32+0x4/0xc
[<81b4c42c>] ath5k_hw_set_sleep_clock+0x2ec/0x474 [ath5k]
[<81b4cf28>] ath5k_hw_reset+0x50/0xeb8 [ath5k]
[<81b50900>] ath5k_reset+0xd4/0x310 [ath5k]
[<81b557e8>] ath5k_config+0x4c/0x104 [ath5k]
[<80d01770>] ieee80211_hw_config+0x2f4/0x35c [mac80211]
[<80d09aa8>] ieee80211_scan_work+0x2e4/0x414 [mac80211]
[<8022c3f4>] process_one_work+0x28c/0x400
[<802df8f8>] worker_thread+0x258/0x3c0
[<801b5710>] kthread+0xe0/0xec
[<800418a8>] ret_from_kernel_thread+0x14/0x1c
Fix this issue by adding a new status flag, which forbids to re-enable
the interrupt generation until the HW configuration is completed.
Note: previous patch, which reorders the Rx disable code helps to avoid
the above warning, but not fixes the root cause of unexpected frame
receiving.
CC: Jiri Slaby <jirislaby@gmail.com>
CC: Nick Kossifidis <mickflemm@gmail.com>
CC: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Reported-by: Christophe Prevotaux <cprevotaux@nltinc.com>
Tested-by: Christophe Prevotaux <cprevotaux@nltinc.com>
Tested-by: Eric Bree <ebree@nltinc.com>
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
ath5k updates the channel pointer and after that it stops the Rx logic
and apply channel to HW. In case of channel switch, such sequence
creates a small window when a frame, which is received on the old
channel is considered as a frame received on the new one.
The most notable consequence of this situation occurs during the switch
from 2 GHz band (CCK+OFDM) to the 5GHz band (OFDM-only). Frame received
with CCK rate, e.g. beacon received at the 1mbps, causes the following
warning:
WARNING: at ath5k/base.c:589 ath5k_tasklet_rx+0x318/0x6ec [ath5k]()
invalid hw_rix: 1a
[..]
Call Trace:
[<802656a8>] show_stack+0x48/0x70
[<802dd92c>] warn_slowpath_common+0x88/0xbc
[<802dd98c>] warn_slowpath_fmt+0x2c/0x38
[<81b51be8>] ath5k_tasklet_rx+0x318/0x6ec [ath5k]
[<8028ac64>] tasklet_action+0x8c/0xf0
[<80075804>] __do_softirq+0x180/0x32c
[<80196ce8>] irq_exit+0x54/0x70
[<80041848>] ret_from_irq+0x0/0x4
[<80182fdc>] ioread32+0x4/0xc
[<81b4c42c>] ath5k_hw_set_sleep_clock+0x2ec/0x474 [ath5k]
[<81b4cf28>] ath5k_hw_reset+0x50/0xeb8 [ath5k]
[<81b50900>] ath5k_reset+0xd4/0x310 [ath5k]
[<81b557e8>] ath5k_config+0x4c/0x104 [ath5k]
[<80d01770>] ieee80211_hw_config+0x2f4/0x35c [mac80211]
[<80d09aa8>] ieee80211_scan_work+0x2e4/0x414 [mac80211]
[<8022c3f4>] process_one_work+0x28c/0x400
[<802df8f8>] worker_thread+0x258/0x3c0
[<801b5710>] kthread+0xe0/0xec
[<800418a8>] ret_from_kernel_thread+0x14/0x1c
The easiest way to reproduce this warning is to run scan with dualband
NIC in noisy environments, when the channel 11 runs multiple APs. In my
tests if the APs num >= 12, the warning appears in the first few
seconds of scanning.
In order to fix this, the Rx disable code moved to a higher level and
placed before the channel pointer update. This is also makes the code a
bit more symmetrical, since we disable and enable the Rx in the same
function.
In fact, at the pointer update time new frames should not appear,
because interrupt generation at this point should already be disabled.
The next patch should address this issue.
CC: Jiri Slaby <jirislaby@gmail.com>
CC: Nick Kossifidis <mickflemm@gmail.com>
CC: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Reported-by: Christophe Prevotaux <cprevotaux@nltinc.com>
Tested-by: Christophe Prevotaux <cprevotaux@nltinc.com>
Tested-by: Eric Bree <ebree@nltinc.com>
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
* 8000 device family work
* Update to the BT Coex firmware API
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=l2Ap
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'iwlwifi-next-for-kalle-2015-03-12' of https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/iwlwifi/iwlwifi-next
* Location Aware Regulatory was added by Arik
* 8000 device family work
* Update to the BT Coex firmware API
In the case of AF_INET s_addr was set to INADDR_ANY (0) which which both
symmetric with the AF_INET6 case, where s_addr is not set, and unnecessary
as udp_conf is zeroed out earlier in the same function.
I suspect this change does not have any run-time effect due to compiler
optimisations. But it does make the code a little easier on the/my eyes.
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The PHY state machine (in drivers/net/phy/phy.c) will unconditionally
call phydev->adjust_link (macb_handle_link_change) when polling in the
PHY_CHANGELINK state. As currently written, macb always ends up
requesting a new tx_clk frequency in macb_handle_link_change. It is a
waste of time to request a new tx_clk frequency if the link state hasn't
changed, as the tx_clk will already be configured properly.
Let's only request a new tx_clk clock frequency when necessary.
Signed-off-by: Jaeden Amero <jaeden.amero@ni.com>
Cc: Josh Cartwright <joshc@ni.com>
Cc: Soren Brinkmann <soren.brinkmann@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We don't delete napi from hash list during module exit. This will
cause the following panic when doing module load and unload:
BUG: unable to handle kernel paging request at 0000004e00000075
IP: [<ffffffff816bd01b>] napi_hash_add+0x6b/0xf0
PGD 3c5d5067 PUD 0
Oops: 0000 [#1] SMP
...
Call Trace:
[<ffffffffa0a5bfb7>] init_vqs+0x107/0x490 [virtio_net]
[<ffffffffa0a5c9f2>] virtnet_probe+0x562/0x791815639d880be [virtio_net]
[<ffffffff8139e667>] virtio_dev_probe+0x137/0x200
[<ffffffff814c7f2a>] driver_probe_device+0x7a/0x250
[<ffffffff814c81d3>] __driver_attach+0x93/0xa0
[<ffffffff814c8140>] ? __device_attach+0x40/0x40
[<ffffffff814c6053>] bus_for_each_dev+0x63/0xa0
[<ffffffff814c7a79>] driver_attach+0x19/0x20
[<ffffffff814c76f0>] bus_add_driver+0x170/0x220
[<ffffffffa0a60000>] ? 0xffffffffa0a60000
[<ffffffff814c894f>] driver_register+0x5f/0xf0
[<ffffffff8139e41b>] register_virtio_driver+0x1b/0x30
[<ffffffffa0a60010>] virtio_net_driver_init+0x10/0x12 [virtio_net]
This patch fixes this by doing this in virtnet_free_queues(). And also
don't delete napi in virtnet_freeze() since it will call
virtnet_free_queues() which has already did this.
Fixes 91815639d8 ("virtio-net: rx busy polling support")
Cc: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
Cc: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While testing with older supplicant, .drv_set_key() was failing due to
higher than ath10k firmware could handle key_index (WMI_MAX_KEY_INDEX == 3).
--
wpa_driver_nl80211_set_key: ifindex=15 alg=4 addr=0x7f02b129fbe3 key_idx=4 set_tx=0 seq_len=6 key_len=16
broadcast key
nl80211: set_key failed; err=-22 Invalid argument)
wlan0: WPA: Failed to configure IGTK to the driver
wlan0: RSN: Failed to configure IGTK
--
In order to fix this case (PMF: AES-CMAC/IGTK) force the AES_CMAC cipher to
be handled by software.
Signed-off-by: Bartosz Markowski <bartosz.markowski@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Some firmware revisions (e.g. qca6174 with fw73)
don't deliver beacons to host reliably. This
causes random disconnects even in perfect
conditions. This is most visible with
multi-channel operation.
All available firmware revisions seem to support
beacon miss offloading so there shouldn't be any
problems.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This can be used to implement offloaded rssi
threshold, beacon miss or even automatic
in-firmware BSS roaming in the future.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Commit 370e567363 ("ath10k: fix broken traffic for 802.1x in client mode")
introduced a regression on WPA crypto. All keys were treated as if they were
WEP which resulted in WPA being incorrectly installed to fw/hw and subsequently
no traffic.
Reported-by: Marek Puzyniak <marek.puzyniak@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Commit 548462133d ("ath10k: fix interrupt storm") introduced a
regression. The condition responsible for bringing up monitor vdev was broken
and it was never started for CAC so effectivelly CAC would not detect radar
pulses.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Mistakenly v1 of `ath10k: fix AP/IBSS CSA with
template based fw`
(81a9a17db5) was
applied.
This patch applies the missing bits from v2:
* remove unnecessary locking
* add some (sanity) checks
There are no practical functionality differences
between v1 and v2.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The return value in iwl_mvm_get_wakeup_status() is a bit unclear in
that it's not obvious that we don't leak fw_status in some cases.
Use fw_status directly with ERR_PTR() and return only it, that way
the compiler has a chance of proving that it's uninitialized (if it
ever is due to new changes.)
Additionally, this removes a smatch warning since smatch couldn't
figure out that fw_status can't, in fact, leak here.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
When IWLWIFI_DEBUGFS is not set, we should not unlock the mutex after
calling iwl_mvm_query_wakeup_reasons(), because this function unlocks
it already. Move the goto out_iterate outside the #ifdef.
Change-Id: I13d86402aecf0eeec44b1abbe2b244fbc706a5eb
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
The code here is a little confusing, the iwl_mvm_te_check_disconnect()
will check that the interface is a station, but going into it after
already having processed the time even end for P2P seems strange at
first look.
Put a switch statement there to distinguish the interface types and
make this more readable.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
We previously enabled the smart FIFO (SF) in BSS only after
association.
This cause interrupt latency on P2P on certain devices.
Change the working model to enable the SF all the time and
play with the timeout values based on the association state.
This change was not tested on older firwmares, so make it
happen only on -13.ucode and up.
Signed-off-by: Eran Harary <eran.harary@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
More sub system IDs were introduced for the 8260 series.
Add the new sub system IDs so the cards can be recognized.
Signed-off-by: Oren Givon <oren.givon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The firmware was not using the new API, so we don't need to
differentiate between the different stages of this new API.
The main difference here is that most of the hard coded
values are not sent through the command anymore.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The newer devices will enable a new register for this
(DEVICE_SET_NMI_8000B_REG), but the interrupt handler
isn't wired yet.
Keep the old register for now.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
When a station goes to sleep, we can't transmit any frame
to it. This means that until that station will wake up, a
queue that is dedicated to this station won't progress at
all. Take this into account when monitoring stuck queues
and don't account for the time the station was asleep.
This allows to mask false positives where the queues are
stuck not because of a bug, but because of the station
being asleep.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
This allows the op_mode to let the transport know that a
queue is currently frozen and that its timer should be
stopped.
When the queue is unfrozen, its timer should be set to
expire after the remainder of the timeout has elapsed.
This can be used when stations go to sleep. When a station
goes to sleep, the op_mode can freeze the timer so that the
queue will never be considered as stuck. When the station
wakes up, the queue will be unfrozen.
This is meant to avoid false positives that would happen if
a buggy station goes to sleep for a very long time. In case
we have a dedicated queue for this station (BA agreement)
and it goes to sleep for a very long time, the queue would
rightfully be stopped during all that time. In this case,
the stuck queue timer could fire and that would be a false
positive.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The Tx statistics weren't updated when using fixed rate for
debugging. Fix this as Tx statistics are useful in this use case.
Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyalx.shapira@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
RTNL is not taken during CT-kill so regulatory APIs cannot be invoked.
That's fine, since the HW is only brought up to check the temperature
during CT-kill. We don't expect Tx or scanning.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
When using IBSS, it's easily possible to exhaust the number
of available stations in the driver, so don't warn on it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
When we load the firmware for the 8000 B step device, it'll
verify its signature. In the current version of the
hardware, there can be a race between the WiFi firmware
being loaded and the Bluetooth firmware being loaded.
Check that WiFi is authenticated, if not, take ownership
on the authentication machine to make sure that the WiFi
firmware will be authenticated.
Signed-off-by: Eran Harary <eran.harary@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
New sub system IDs were introduced for the 8260 series.
This patch adds them so new 8260 cards can be recognized.
Signed-off-by: Oren Givon <oren.givon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Make the print a bit more readable.
Reported-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyalx.shapira@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
If the FW returns an invalid channels count in response to an MCC request,
make sure we don't reference invalid indices in the channels array.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
When entering D0i3, the MVM mutex cannot be grabbed. This interferes
with the calculation of the number of connected TDLS stations during
the setup of the power cmd.
The goal is to disable power saving for all vifs while any TDLS station
is connected. For this purpose it is enough to keep the pm_enabled
member of all mvmvifs as false. An update of the power state already
occurs when a TDLS station is added/removed, so the values are correctly
updated.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
New NVM versions in LnP platforms have the lar_enable bits in a different
offset.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
We don't need to acquire MAC access for each access, it
makes much more sense to keep the MAC access. This speeds
up the Tx DMA stop flow significantly.
Moreover, if one channel can't be stopped, stop the others
but don't poll for them to avoid being stuck there for a
long time.
This solves a situation in which we were stuck in that flow
for way too long with a spinlock held which led to a kernel
panic.
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
In-order to recognize newer step of the device, the driver
must read the chip_version_id from the AUX bus MISC address
space. This will determine what firmware file will be
loaded.
Signed-off-by: Eran Harary <eran.harary@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
When we associate we always need to update the quotas. This
fixes a bug for cases in which quotas weren't udapted after
association.
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
When moving to the D3 FW give it the valid MCC from the D0 FW. When
returning from D3 to D0, query the D3 FW for the latest MCC, as
it might have changed internally. This MCC will be replayed to the D0 FW
when it boots.
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Doron <jonathanx.doron@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
When booting the card, check for a dedicated regulatory ACPI entry. If
such exists, read it and give the information to FW with the appropriate
source.
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Doron <jonathanx.doron@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
For some configurations, the driver should get the MAC
address from the hardware registers and not from the
regular locations. Since the parsing of the MAC address
is the same regardless of its source, continue the regular
code path (parsing) after we read the registers.
Signed-off-by: Eran Harary <eran.harary@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
This module parameter is useful for debugging NVM and LAR related issues.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Starting from family 8000 B0 step the radio_cfg parameters
and the get_sku parameters moved from SW section to PHY_SKU section.
Signed-off-by: Eran Harary <eran.harary@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
11ac depends on 11n, so disable it if 11n is disabled.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
If LAR is supported in TLV, but the NVM does not enable it, then disable
LAR support and ignore the TLV's bit that enabled LAR.
Signed-off-by: Matti Gottlieb <matti.gottlieb@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
max_eirp affects the txpower configured to the power,
so use the max tx power (22) instead of some other
value.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Fix the last 5ghz channel to 165 instead of 161
Add support for 8000 family, until channel 181.
Signed-off-by: Matti Gottlieb <matti.gottlieb@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Otherwise the regulatory data will mistakenly contain only 7000 series
channels.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Chub (Communication Hub, CommsHUB) is a HW component that connects to the cellular
and connectivity cores that gets updates of mcc changes, and then notifies the FW
directly of any mcc change.
The ucode notifies the driver (via this command) that it should ask for an mcc update,
and the driver sends the ucode the update mcc command to set the updated regulatory info.
Signed-off-by: Matti Gottlieb <matti.gottlieb@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Remove a useless debug print about unsupported channels.
Also add a comment about the LAR special case where channels
might become valid later.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
According to updated regulatory guidelines, the ACTIVE bit in the NVM
also allows ibss activity on the channel. The IBSS NVM bit is not updated
when LAR is active and is deprecated. Using this bit for NO-IR incorrectly
causes all 5Ghz channels to be marked as passive.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Register to cfg80211 with all channels enabled when LAR is supported.
Appropriate channels will later be disabled when a specific regulatory
domain is defined.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Parse the NVM channel data and create a regulatory domain with a rule
for every 20Mhz channel. Use the AUTO_BW flag so the regulatory core
can unify single-channel rules into ranges.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
During init queue a regulatory update to retrieve the default
regulatory settings from FW. If we're during recovery, only replay the
current country code to FW, if it exists.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The new API sets an MCC (mobile country code) to FW and receives a
channel structure to be used as a basis for an updated regulatory domain.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The commit below didn't update the max_ht_ampdu_exponent
for the devices listed in iwl-[1-6]000.c which, in result,
became 0 instead of 8K. This reduced the size of the Rx
AMPDU from 64K to 8K which had an impact in the Rx
throughput. One user reported that because of this, his
downstream throughput droppped by a half.
CC: <stable@vger.kernel.org> [3.19]
Fixes: c064ddf318 ("iwlwifi: change max HT and VHT A-MPDU exponent")
Reported-and-tested-by: Valentin Manea <linux-wireless@mrs.ro>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
If this situation ever happens, the mac80211 state machine gets
confused because it never clears csa_active. There was a separate
bug that lead to this happening with a working connection, but it
isn't very robust to try to keep the connection up in this case.
When removing the time event the CSA essentially procedure stops,
so the safest thing to do is to disconnect in this case.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
mac80211 now informs the driver when to drop the packets
upon flush(). This will happen before disconnecting, or
before we shut down the interface. We can now rely on this
to drop all the packets including the VO queues.
When mac80211 sets drop to false, wait for all the queues
to be empty.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The semantic patch that fixes this problem is as follows:
(http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@r@
type T;
identifier f;
@@
static T f (...) { ... }
@@
identifier r.f;
declarer name EXPORT_SYMBOL;
@@
-EXPORT_SYMBOL(f);
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This fixes a performance regression introduced by
7fbb9d8415 (xen-netback: release pending
index before pushing Tx responses)
Moving the notify outside of the spin locks means it can be delayed a
long time (if the dealloc thread is descheduled or there is an
interrupt or softirq).
Signed-off-by: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@citrix.com>
Reviewed-by: Zoltan Kiss <zoltan.kiss@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Wei Liu <wei.liu2@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Bits 31:16 of RDMA_PROD_INDEX contain Rx discarded packet count, which
are the Rx packets that had to be dropped by MAC hardware since there
was no room on the Rx queue. Add code to collect this information into
the netdev stats.
Signed-off-by: Petri Gynther <pgynther@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
FSL_PQ_MDIO and FSL_XGMAC_MDIO are not really depend on FSL_SOC, they
can build on non-PPC platforms.
Signed-off-by: Shaohui Xie <Shaohui.Xie@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The code removed by commit 421d9df062 ("net/macb: merge
at91_ether driver into macb driver") should be removed
in the merge resolution as well.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* fix ROC removal - avoids a firmware crash
* fix throughput regression on iwldvm devices
* fix panic in BT Coex
* fixes in rate control
* fixes in scan
b43:
* fix support for 5 GHz only BCM43228 model
rtlwifi:
* improve handling of IPv6 packets
brcmfmac:
* perform bound checking on vendor command buffer
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.11 (GNU/Linux)
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJU/vcnAAoJEG4XJFUm622bBbMIAJAmmITit1LFbm5L5zguIkVq
b9ppfEkgz6JYb4KMe6jWnvrc9yM3ywslH2Evo09ChA53A2sUhORKxlolreGTZxtQ
je3twmUCyzkbvss+aKFS4BzEDDOGwW9A/wk3LT4TZJ7Jp626k1wPXN5WZHaDh0YC
pE7fH6jnNg2Qoe68tG8WmTqrYlzU6mLpI0NNxsW+h2tK2Gqm7jSoMy96RPiwS0ZV
BFnxrJJZViMyPit48pZf338pdndkxOIlDBIJCY8qUwQIt4HxQ8DnmsLWqg9xjnfT
mSO9xgSJxfR02ZDIBYqaK41KlcharjwrF5lDi+JHkoHB2SQQM9A/noxpWu4/JGI=
=pOSK
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'wireless-drivers-for-davem-2015-03-10' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvalo/wireless-drivers
iwlwifi:
* fix ROC removal - avoids a firmware crash
* fix throughput regression on iwldvm devices
* fix panic in BT Coex
* fixes in rate control
* fixes in scan
b43:
* fix support for 5 GHz only BCM43228 model
rtlwifi:
* improve handling of IPv6 packets
brcmfmac:
* perform bound checking on vendor command buffer
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current driver support receive VLAN CTAG HW acceleration feature
(NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_CTAG_RX) through software simulation. There calls the
api .skb_copy_to_linear_data_offset() to skip the VLAN tag, but there
have overlap between the two memory data point range. The patch just fix
the issue.
V2:
Michael Grzeschik suggest to use memmove() instead of skb_copy_to_linear_data_offset().
Reported-by: Michael Grzeschik <m.grzeschik@pengutronix.de>
Fixes: 1b7bde6d65 ("net: fec: implement rx_copybreak to improve rx performance")
Signed-off-by: Fugang Duan <B38611@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The interrupt is enabled before napi_complete(). A network timeout
occurs if the interrupt handler is called before napi_complete().
Fix the bug by enabling the interrupt after napi_complete().
Signed-off-by: Yongbae Park <yongbae2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The interrupt is enabled before napi_complete(). A network timeout
occurs if the interrupt handler is called before napi_complete().
Fix the bug by enabling the interrupt after napi_complete().
Signed-off-by: Yongbae Park <yongbae2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
BCM7439 has an alternate PHY OUI: 0xae025080 which is to be found in
some variants of this chip.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass in the netlink flags (NLM_F_*) into switchdev driver for IPv4 FIB add op
to allow driver to 1) optimize hardware updates, 2) handle ip route prepend
and append commands correctly.
Suggested-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Suggested-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/cadence/macb.c
Overlapping changes in macb driver, mostly fixes and cleanups
in 'net' overlapping with the integration of at91_ether into
macb in 'net-next'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1. Add struct bcmgenet_rx_ring to hold all necessary information
for a single Rx queue.
2. Add bcmgenet_init_rx_queues() to initialize all Rx queues.
3. Modify bcmgenet_init_rx_ring() to initialize a single Rx queue.
4. Modify Rx interrupt path code to use per-queue data.
5. Modify bcmgenet_rx_refill() to use RxCB->bd_addr.
Signed-off-by: Petri Gynther <pgynther@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2015-03-09
This series contains updates to i40e and i40evf.
Greg cleans up some "hello world" strings which were left around from
early development.
Shannon modifies the drive to make sure the sizeof() calls are taking
the size of the actual struct that we care about. Also updates the
NVMUpdate read/write so that it is less noisy when logging. This was
because the NVMUpdate tool does not necessarily know the ReadOnly map of
the current NVM image, and must try reading and writing words that may be
protected. This generates an error out of the Firmware request that the
driver logs. Unfortunately, this ended up spitting out hundreds of
bogus read/write error messages. If a user wants the noisy logging,
the change can be overridden by enabling the NVM update debugging.
Mitch fixes a possible deadlock issue where if a reset occurred when the
netdev is closed, the reset task will hang in napi_disable. Added
ethtool RSS support as suggested by Ben Hutchings.
Jesse fixes a bug introduced in the force writeback code, where the
interrupt rate was set to 0 (maximum) by accident. The driver must
correctly set the NOITR fields to avoid IT update as a side effect
of triggering the software interrupt.
I provided a simple cleanup to make the use of PF/VF consistent, which
was reported by Joe Perches.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The configurations are not modified by the driver. Make them 'const' so
that they may be placed in a read-only section.
Signed-off-by: Josh Cartwright <joshc@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for setting the RSS hash table and hash key through ethtool.
This patch incorporates suggestions from Ben Hutchings
<ben.hutchings@codethink.co.uk>.
Reported-by: Ben Hutchings <ben.hutchings@codethink.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Bump PF version to 1.2.37 and VF version to 1.2.25
Change-ID: I0287a750408250dc055c03e1f744fd5f0caefd68
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Print the LAN, SAN, and Port MACs for the VSI if debugfs command
dump VSI is used on the PF's VSI.
Example output:
[260221.871244] i40e 0000:04:00.0: MAC address: 68:05:ca:26:15:e0 SAN MAC: 00:00:00:00:02:00 Port MAC: 68:05:ca:26:15:e3
Change-ID: I0b393113dfb5ee7ff4f9e5227e4177885f0cc15e
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Joe Perches pointed out that we were inconsistent in the use of
PF vs pf or VF vs vf in our driver code. Since acronyms are usually
capitalized to denote that it is an acronym, changed all references to
be consistent throughout the code.
Reported-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The NVMUpdate tool doesn't necessarily know the ReadOnly map of the current
NVM image, and must try reading and writing words that may be protected.
This generates an error out of the Firmware request that the driver logs.
Unfortunately, this ends up spitting out hundreds of bogus read and write
error message that looks rather messy.
This patch checks the error type and under normal conditions will not print
the typical read and write errors during NVMUpdate. This can be overridden
by enabling the NVM update debugging. This results in a much less messy log
file, and likely many fewer customer support questions.
Change-ID: Id4ff2e9048c523b0ff503aa5ab181b025ec948ea
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fix a bug introduced in the force writeback code, where the interrupt
rate was set to 0 (maximum) by accident.
The driver must correctly set the NOITR fields to avoid ITR update
as a side effect of triggering the software interrupt.
Change-ID: I290851ae04ef3811c43aab5ee33242029f26c1a3
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If a reset occurs when the netdev is closed, the reset task will hang in
napi_disable, causing deadlocks and general grumpiness.
Check to make sure the device is actually running before stopping
everything. This allows the reset task to complete and have a real good
time.
Change-ID: Iaaea84acbcb9b3810c216b14c3326e4287b75b58
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Make sure the sizeof() calls are taking the size of the actual struct
that we care about. By using the pointer variable, we'll always get
the right struct size, even if the variable type changes sometime in
the future.
Change-ID: Id5858f883cf42447365ea3733080d7714f975bce
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
While using the Linux "strings" command I found these two strings in the
driver. There's no need for them and they're kinda silly.
Change-ID: I4e19b02983d48b631e9a9979f49790492845f221
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The Kvaser firmware can only read and write messages that are
not crossing the USB endpoint's wMaxPacketSize boundary. While
receiving commands from the CAN device, if the next command in
the same URB buffer crossed that max packet size boundary, the
firmware puts a zero-length placeholder command in its place
then moves the real command to the next boundary mark.
The driver did not recognize such behavior, leading to missing
a good number of rx events during a heavy rx load session.
Moreover, a tx URB context only gets freed upon receiving its
respective tx ACK event. Over time, the free tx URB contexts
pool gets depleted due to the missing ACK events. Consequently,
the netif transmission queue gets __permanently__ stopped; no
frames could be sent again except after restarting the CAN
newtwork interface.
Signed-off-by: Ahmed S. Darwish <ahmed.darwish@valeo.com>
Cc: linux-stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Upon a URB submission failure, the driver calls usb_free_urb()
but then manually frees the URB buffer by itself. Meanwhile
usb_free_urb() has alredy freed out that transfer buffer since
we're the only code path holding a reference to this URB.
Remove two of such invalid manual free().
Signed-off-by: Ahmed S. Darwish <ahmed.darwish@valeo.com>
Cc: linux-stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Fixes a missing initialization of ctrlmode and ctrlmode_supported fields,
for all other CAN devices than the first one. This fix only concerns
the PCAN-USB Pro FD dual-channels CAN-FD device made by PEAK-System.
Signed-off-by: Stephane Grosjean <s.grosjean@peak-system.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
When accessing CAN network interfaces with AF_PACKET sockets e.g. by dhclient
this can lead to a skb_under_panic due to missing skb initialisations.
Add the missing initialisations at the CAN skbuff creation times on driver
level (rx path) and in the network layer (tx path).
Reported-by: Austin Schuh <austin@peloton-tech.com>
Reported-by: Daniel Steer <daniel.steer@mclaren.com>
Signed-off-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Cc: linux-stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
On my test environment the throughput of a file transfer drops
from 4.4MBps to 116KBps due the number of repeated warning
messages. This patch removes the warning messages as DMA works
correctly with addresses using 0xC0000000 bits.
Signed-off-by: Peter Senna Tschudin <peter.senna@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To test a checkpatch spelling patch, I ran codespell against
drivers/net/ethernet/.
$ git ls-files drivers/net/ethernet/ | \
while read file ; do \
codespell -w $file; \
done
I removed a false positive in e1000_hw.h
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Not having a reset control line to the ethernet controller should not be a
hard failure. Instead, add support for deferred probing and just print out
a debug statement.
Signed-off-by: Dinh Nguyen <dinguyen@opensource.altera.com>
Cc: Vince Bridgers <vbridger@opensource.altera.com>
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2015-03-07
This series contains updates to i40e and i40evf only.
Most notably, Greg provides the patch to remove the dreaded configfs
changes in the driver.
Shannon cleans up a sparse warning by simply straighting out the code
so it is less convoluted. Fixes an issue where the vector allocation
was trying too hard to save vectors for VMDq, to the point of not giving
the PF enough when in a tight situation, such as an NPAR partition.
Changed the driver to make sure that the PF will get all the queues and
vectors it wants to fill out its destiny. Cleans up reporting to only
print the port and VEB stats if it is the first partition of a
multiplexed port.
Catherine cleans up some duplicated code by simply removing the duplicate
code.
Kamil cleans up the driver by removing an un-needed endian conversion
because it is already done by a register read function.
Jesse fixes a variable width of a datatype, where a u16 should have been
a u32. Also cleans up debug_read_register() to resolve some sparse
warnings. Updates the driver to use prefetch() to get the next Tx
descriptor, like in ixgbe, to improve performance.
Akeem moves around code to enable/disable loopback so that other non-SRIOV
supported driver functions can take advantage of the changes.
Anjali cleans up the logging for adding/deleting FD-SB filters, since
ethtool shows all the filters on an interface. Updates the driver to
use l4_tunnel type generically to keep code flow simple. Simplifies
the RSS code since the driver initializes the rss_size_max in sw_init.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
EEE configuration is similar for the various MV88E6xxx chips.
Add generic support for it.
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for supporting multiple Rx queues:
1. Move the initialization of priv->num_rx_bds, priv->rx_bds, and
priv->rx_cbs from bcmgenet_init_rx_ring() to bcmgenet_init_dma()
since they are not specific to a single Rx queue. Mimics the Tx
init model where priv->num_tx_bds, priv->tx_bds, and priv->tx_cbs
are initialized in bcmgenet_init_dma().
2. Program DMA_MBUF_DONE_THRESH = 1 so that future Rx queues Q0-Q15
will get per-packet Rx interrupt.
3. Group DMA_START_ADDR, RDMA_READ_PTR, RDMA_WRITE_PTR, and DMA_END_ADDR
initialization together. Mimics the Tx init model.
4. There is 1-to-1 mapping between RxCBs and RxBDs.
Precalculate RxCB->bd_addr so that it can be used in the future.
Signed-off-by: Petri Gynther <pgynther@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
macb and at91_ether drivers can be compiled as modules, but the at91_ether
driver use some functions and variables defined in the macb one, thus
creating a dependency on the macb driver.
Since these drivers are sharing the same logic we can easily merge
at91_ether into macb.
In order to factorize common probing logic we've added an ->init() function
to struct macb_config (the structure associated with the compatible
string), and moved macb specific init code from macb_probe to macb_init.
Signed-off-by: Cyrille Pitchen <cyrille.pitchen@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
Tested-by: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Most of the functions from the Common Clk Framework handle NULL pointer as
input argument.
Since the TX clock is optional, we now set tx_clk to NULL value
instead of ERR_PTR(-ENOENT) when this clock is not available. This simplifies
the clock management and avoid the need to test tx_clk value.
Signed-off-by: Cyrille Pitchen <cyrille.pitchen@atmel.com>
Acked-by: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
Acked-by: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With multi platform support those sections could lead to unexpected
behavior if both ARCH_AT91 and another ARM SoC using the MACB IP are
selected.
Add two new capabilities to encode the default MII mode and the presence
of a CLKEN bit in USRIO register.
Then define the appropriate config for IPs embedded in at91 SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The commits below broke compilation when
CONFIG_IWLWIFI_DEBUGFS is not set.
FIx that.
Fixes: ddf89ab10a ("iwlwifi: mvm: allow to force the Rx chains from debugfs")
Fixes: 9d761fd8a5 ("iwlwifi: mvm: add trigger for firmware dump upon missed beacons")
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The use of configfs is not allowed in network drivers. Strip the code that
uses it.
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Bump i40e to 1.2.12 and i40evf to 1.2.6.
Change-ID: I641871da3a9abd396b28eda5744a4d68493c1400
Signed-off-by: Sravanthi Tangeda <sravanthi.tangeda@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Performance can be improved a bit by imitating ixgbe and using
prefetch to get us the next Tx descriptor.
Change-ID: Ice7ffd4cd0ce87c35295059bdb7972a7f53723aa
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We initialize the pf->rss_size_max in sw_init now
and hence this code can be simplified.
Change-ID: I1a7abc837604a40bc65e6c6b21190b909ed6bb21
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Use l4_tunnel type generically to keep code flow simple.
Change-ID: Ic52287e3b1ca4204e6b6e13431890c1a6ae9c422
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Since GLQF_FDCNT_0 register now has the right offset, use it to simplify our
FD flush flow.
If the filter add error happens to be for SB we just auto disable SB.
If filter error happens to be for ATR, auto disable ATR and mark
the state to FD_FLUSH_REQUESTED. Which gets cleared when flush completes.
If we are entering flush too quickly (< 30 seconds) and we have quite
a few SB rules, its time to disable ATR for good. Since SB + ATR rules
is most likely making the FD table unstable.
ATR can be re-enabled by turning ntuple off (ethtool -K ntuple off)
and will remain off after turning ntuple on till it gets unstable again.
Change-ID: I2154a2e0a5d44851a2f0eb8731e2f1d4a4d1acbc
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
It is not necessary to print FD filter add/delete log with
normal debug settings because ethtool -n ethx shows all the FD-SB
filters on an interface. The log can still be turned on through higher
debug levels and it will continue to print a log if there was an error
in the add/delete process.
Change-ID: I67db2baf49e2075d2f537de40f7895e5b02cd610
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Only print the port and veb stats if this is the first partition
of a multiplexed port.
Change-ID: I7ce0c323cdee5cfd2e54d8bea5b0b9102987e671
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Since changes made to enable or disable loopback for all VSIs, not only SR-IOV
or PCIOV, then it became necessary to move the associated functions to main
file - so that other non-SRIOV supported driver can take advantage of the
changes.
Change-ID: I59a49fd23a6136acda5e16f8d1e5ac7fd9c5fc05
Signed-off-by: Akeem G Abodunrin <akeem.g.abodunrin@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The initial problem solved here is that the vector allocation was trying
too hard to save vectors for VMDq, to the point of not giving the PF enough
when in a tight situation such as an NPAR partition. This change makes
sure that the PF will get all the queues and vectors it wants to fill
out its destiny. Essentially, nothing is specially reserved for VMDq,
it simply gets whatever is left after the PF, FCoE, and FD sideband get
what they want.
Additionally, the calculations for the reservations were harder to follow
than necessary, so I've made it more straight forward.
Change-ID: I99b384f104535b686c690b8ef0a787559485c8d4
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There were some additional spaces and strange (double swapping) logic
in this function that I started looking at because sparse was warning.
This fixes the sparse warning and fixes up the other issues.
Change-ID: I72a91a4197cd45921602649040e6bd25e5f17c0a
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The kernel returns a u32 for netif_msg_init, and we were storing
it in a u16. Fix the width of the datatype.
Change-ID: I4b23326e5707c91cd59325c5a1ccb2ba7a3974fc
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Remove LE16 to CPU endianes conversion from i40e_read_nvm_word_srctl
function, as it's already done by register read function.
Change-ID: I739f0f20a9b8e18223e54c0ca5443e63d75da878
Signed-off-by: Kamil Krawczyk <kamil.krawczyk@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This series of code was repeated twice, remove one of them.
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A sparse complaint in i40e_debug_aq in a funky buffer write goes away by
straightening out the code out to something less convoluted.
Also fix some other sparse warnings while we are at it, making some
functions static and using NULL instead of 0.
Change-ID: I93907534fe1f1f675830774b3d14ecf1c6ffc9a0
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A short or malformed vendor command buffer could cause reads outside
the command buffer.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # v3.19
Signed-off-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontusf@broadcom.com>
[arend@broadcom.com: slightly modified debug trace output]
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The check was't really necessary and couldn't even
work to begin with because pci_restore_state()
restores only first 64 bytes of PCI configuration
space.
Actually the PCI subsystem takes care of this so
there's no need for explicit calls to save PCI
state in ath10k.
This is necessary for future WoWLAN support.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
In some cases the device ends up sleeping while
ath10k didn't expect it to leading to reading
garbage from registers, e.g. when shared irqs are
used and the driver is in powered down state.
This effectively makes the device remain awake all
the time even when all interfaces are down.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Promiscuous mode is enabled when wlan interface is added to
bridge. ath10k creates a monitor mode when promiscuous mode
is enabled. When monitor vdev is running along with other
vdev(s) there is a huge number of interrupts generated
especially in noisy condition. Fix this by not enabling
promiscuous(monitor) mode when already a vdev is running.
As disabling promiscuous mode may have issues with 4-address
bridging in STA mode, the change is done specific to non-sta/ibss
mode types. This does not change the support of virtual interface of
type monitor along with other vdevs of any type.
This could fix management frame drop in fw due to unavailable
buffers because in monitor mode device receives everything seen
on the air. In noisy condition, disabling monitor mode helps assoc
go through without any issue.
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This patches does not modify any functionality. Just a code move
so that ath10k_vdev_stop() can be used in ath10k_vdev_start_restart()
for any failure cases which involves vdev_stop().
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This improves coexistance with 11b legacy devices
on wmi-tlv and qca6174.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Since new wmi-tlv firmware doesn't have SWBA event
the only way to deliver P2P NoA information is
through a new dedicated event.
This fixes P2P GO Probe Responses to include P2P
NoA when appropriate on the new firmware.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Some files are getting bloated and it makes sense
to split some of the code into separate files. Do
so with the P2P NoA code and prepare it for reuse.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Firmware doesn't report a complete and
ready-to-use vht cap. Instead the driver is
supposed to fill in the missing bits related to
number of chains.
This effectively increases Compressed Steering
Number and Number of Sounding Dimensions in
AssocReq frames for devices with more than one RF
chain and should improve TxBF performance.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The command was truncated so the parameter value
was seen in fw as 0. This caused U-APSD enabled
stations to be misconfigured and mistreated by AP.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Allow user to configure the duty cycle upto 100%. Since thermal
mitigation algorithm is running in user space, remove the driver
level limitation and let the user to control the temperature.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
When WEP keys are uploaded it's possible that
there are stations associated already (e.g. when
merging) without any keys. Static WEP needs an
explicit per-peer key upload.
Make sure to re-upload wep keys if necessary.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
When running 802.1x WEP keys must be installed
without pairwise-groupwise swap (which is
necessary for static WEP).
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This has been missed while adding the QCA6174 support.
As in the last time, without advertising the firmware files
as needed (or optional) for ath10k, these won't be built into
ram disk for instance.
Signed-off-by: Bartosz Markowski <bartosz.markowski@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
qca6174 with wmi-tlv firmware uses offloaded
beaconing scheme (i.e. templates). This requires a
little different approach when implementing CSA.
Add missing code to update CS count and report CSA
completion to mac80211. Without it channel switch
was never finished.
To avoid races during interface teardown data_lock
has been used to protect is_up and is_started so
they can be compared against before scheduling
count down work.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jonathan Toppins <jtoppins@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We get a static checker warning here on devel kernels:
drivers/net/hamradio/mkiss.c:560 ax_xmit()
warn: variable dereferenced before check 'skb' (see line 532)
It turns out that the NULL check can be deleted.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement the IEEE DCB handlers for set/get QCN parameters and
statistics reading per TC.
Signed-off-by: Shani Michaeli <shanim@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add device capability, firmware command opcode and etc prior elements
needed for QCN suppprt. Disable SRIOV VF view/access for QCN is disabled.
While here, remove a redundant offset definition into the
QUERY_DEV_CAP mailbox.
Signed-off-by: Shani Michaeli <shanim@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ZynqMP soc has single interrupt for all the queue events. So,
passing the IRQF_SHARED flag for interrupt registration call.
Signed-off-by: Punnaiah Choudary Kalluri <punnaia@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Include multi queue support for the ethernet IP version in xilinx ZynqMP
SoC.
Signed-off-by: Punnaiah Choudary Kalluri <punnaia@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
brcmfmac:
* sdio improvements
* add a debugfs file so users can provide us all the revinfo we could
ask for
iwlwifi:
* add triggers for firmware dump collection
* remove support for -9.ucode
* new statitics API
* rate control improvements
ath9k:
* add per-vif TX power capability
* BT coexistance fixes
ath10k:
* qca6174: enable STA transmit beamforming (TxBF) support
* disable multi-vif power save by default
bcma:
* enable support for PCIe Gen 2 host devices
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.11 (GNU/Linux)
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJU+dliAAoJEG4XJFUm622bsqQH/RO1Gxuw6hmiHPeeIcoDmlvt
MZKvy6xcAiFqREfGwDxjVminlTZ7/MB9bABeaoQKzpQFpCJW/ftjIqwfbRqZWsvG
3IC0s2nPTwWU8YSsZTbifnyXCVNQDJuE+5nQ3hMO2rE/dZDi1zt1fS2hiSXtlASS
kgBJcfXgoVxvhZ1WI+uVpbU0RtwXmI7tVylREE1sbgCrg7AuJx4Q2QmZ1GioPRLy
20HnFVFcIcbHk4eXVwAJOspdjctujoR858pg/oxlcVXWb7MOOCV/Fk8WMursZxFh
qj/I/kbDcFYh3H5uC+6qL/kRByY80/yckLDiMbghA0QR5/PSx2nvp/UfkqIf008=
=qgVl
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'wireless-drivers-next-for-davem-2015-03-06' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvalo/wireless-drivers-next
Major changes:
brcmfmac:
* sdio improvements
* add a debugfs file so users can provide us all the revinfo we could
ask for
iwlwifi:
* add triggers for firmware dump collection
* remove support for -9.ucode
* new statitics API
* rate control improvements
ath9k:
* add per-vif TX power capability
* BT coexistance fixes
ath10k:
* qca6174: enable STA transmit beamforming (TxBF) support
* disable multi-vif power save by default
bcma:
* enable support for PCIe Gen 2 host devices
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for supporting multiple Rx queues, add GENET_Q16_RX_BD_CNT
and hw_params->rx_bds_per_q.
Signed-off-by: Petri Gynther <pgynther@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for supporting multiple Rx queues, adjust the call to
alloc_etherdev_mqs() to allow max GENET_MAX_MQ_CNT + 1 Rx queues.
The actual number of Rx queues in use is correctly adjusted with:
netif_set_real_num_rx_queues(priv->dev, priv->hw_params->rx_queues + 1);
Signed-off-by: Petri Gynther <pgynther@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
bcmgenet driver doesn't yet support multiple Rx queues.
Set hw_params->rx_queues = 0 accordingly.
The default Rx queue (Q16) is still created and operational.
Signed-off-by: Petri Gynther <pgynther@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2015-03-06
This series contains updates to e1000, e1000e and igb.
Yanir provides updates to e1000e based on the patches provided by John
Linville. First updates the code comment to better describe the changes
and the impact on the driver. Second removed calls to ioremap/unmap for
i219 since this is only relevant to older hardware only. Starting with
i219, the NVM will not be mapped to its one BAR but to a address region
in another bar.
Alex Duyck provides two fixes for igb, first fixes a compile warning
where a variable may be used uninitialized, so Alex initializes it.
Second fixes an issue where all of the pin register values were having
to be pushed onto the stack each time the function was called, so to
avoid this, Alex made them static const so that they should only need
to be allocated once and we can avoid all the instructions to get them
onto the stack.
Eliezer found an issue in e1000 where we needed to be calling
netif_carrier_off earlier in the down() to prevent the stack from
queuing more packets to the interface.
Sabrina Dubroca resolved a potential race condition by adding a
dummy allocator. There was a race condition between e1000_change_mtu()
cleanups and netpoll, when changing the MTU across jumbo sizes.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patches implements the poll_controller support for all
bonding driver. If the slaves have poll_controller net_op defined,
this implementation calls them. This is mode agnostic implementation
and iterates through all slaves (based on mode) and calls respective
handler.
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a race condition between e1000_change_mtu's cleanups and
netpoll, when we change the MTU across jumbo size:
Changing MTU frees all the rx buffers:
e1000_change_mtu -> e1000_down -> e1000_clean_all_rx_rings ->
e1000_clean_rx_ring
Then, close to the end of e1000_change_mtu:
pr_info -> ... -> netpoll_poll_dev -> e1000_clean ->
e1000_clean_rx_irq -> e1000_alloc_rx_buffers -> e1000_alloc_frag
And when we come back to do the rest of the MTU change:
e1000_up -> e1000_configure -> e1000_configure_rx ->
e1000_alloc_jumbo_rx_buffers
alloc_jumbo finds the buffers already != NULL, since data (shared with
page in e1000_rx_buffer->rxbuf) has been re-alloc'd, but it's garbage,
or at least not what is expected when in jumbo state.
This results in an unusable adapter (packets don't get through), and a
NULL pointer dereference on the next call to e1000_clean_rx_ring
(other mtu change, link down, shutdown):
BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at (null)
IP: [<ffffffff81194d6e>] put_compound_page+0x7e/0x330
[...]
Call Trace:
[<ffffffff81195445>] put_page+0x55/0x60
[<ffffffff815d9f44>] e1000_clean_rx_ring+0x134/0x200
[<ffffffff815da055>] e1000_clean_all_rx_rings+0x45/0x60
[<ffffffff815df5e0>] e1000_down+0x1c0/0x1d0
[<ffffffff811e2260>] ? deactivate_slab+0x7f0/0x840
[<ffffffff815e21bc>] e1000_change_mtu+0xdc/0x170
[<ffffffff81647050>] dev_set_mtu+0xa0/0x140
[<ffffffff81664218>] do_setlink+0x218/0xac0
[<ffffffff814459e9>] ? nla_parse+0xb9/0x120
[<ffffffff816652d0>] rtnl_newlink+0x6d0/0x890
[<ffffffff8104f000>] ? kvm_clock_read+0x20/0x40
[<ffffffff810a2068>] ? sched_clock_cpu+0xa8/0x100
[<ffffffff81663802>] rtnetlink_rcv_msg+0x92/0x260
By setting the allocator to a dummy version, netpoll can't mess up our
rx buffers. The allocator is set back to a sane value in
e1000_configure_rx.
Fixes: edbbb3ca10 ("e1000: implement jumbo receive with partial descriptors")
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When bringing down an interface netif_carrier_off() should be
one the first things we do, since this will prevent the stack
from queuing more packets to this interface.
This operation is very fast, and should make the device behave
much nicer when trying to bring down an interface under load.
Also, this would Do The Right Thing (TM) if this device has some
sort of fail-over teaming and redirect traffic to the other IF.
Move netif_carrier_off as early as possible.
Signed-off-by: Eliezer Tamir <eliezer.tamir@linux.intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
While addressing the pin problem I noticed that all of the pin register
values where having to be pushed onto the stack each time the function was
called. To avoid that I am making them static const so that they should
only need to be allocated once and we can avoid all the instructions to get
them onto the stack..
size before:
text data bss dec hex filename
161477 10512 8 171997 29fdd drivers/net/ethernet/intel/igb/igb.ko
size after:
text data bss dec hex filename
161205 10512 8 171725 29ecd drivers/net/ethernet/intel/igb/igb.ko
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When building the kernel using the gcc 4.8.3 compiler included in Fedora 20
I was repeatedly seeing the warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/igb/igb_ptp.c: In function ‘igb_ptp_feature_enable_i210’:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/igb/igb_ptp.c:395:21: warning: ‘pin’ may be used uninitialized in this function
[-Wmaybe-uninitialized]
tssdp &= ~ts_sdp_en[pin];
^
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/igb/igb_ptp.c:471:6: note: ‘pin’ was declared here
int pin;
^
To resolve it I am assigning the pin a value of -1 when it is instantiated.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Starting I219, the NVM will not be mapped to its own BAR, but to an
address region in another bar. The mapping/unmapping is relevant
to older HW only.
CC: John W Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Reported-by: John W Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Yanir Lubetkin <yanirx.lubetkin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The interface to the device flash was modified in i219 and later HW.
This patch better describes the change and the impact on the driver.
CC: John W Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Reported-by: John W Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Yanir Lubetkin <yanirx.lubetkin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The driver implements ndo_switch_fib_ipv4_add/del ops to add/del/mod IPv4
routes to/from switchdev device. Once a route is added to the device, and the
route's nexthops are resolved to neighbor MAC address, the device will forward
matching pkts rather than the kernel. This offloads the L3 forwarding path
from the kernel to the device. Note that control and management planes are
still mananged by Linux; only the data plane is offloaded. Standard routing
control protocols such as OSPF and BGP run on Linux and manage the kernel's FIB
via standard rtm netlink msgs...nothing changes here.
A new hash table is added to rocker to track neighbors. The driver listens for
neighbor updates events using netevent notifier NETEVENT_NEIGH_UPDATE. Any ARP
table updates for ports on this device are recorded in this table. Routes
installed to the device with nexthops that reference neighbors in this table
are "qualified". In the case of a route with nexthops not resolved in the
table, the kernel is asked to resolve the nexthop.
The driver uses fib_info->fib_priority for the priority field in rocker's
unicast routing table.
The device can only forward to pkts matching route dst to resolved nexthops.
Currently, the device only supports single-path routes (i.e. routes with one
nexthop). Equal Cost Multipath (ECMP) route support will be added in followup
patches.
This patch is driver support for unicast IPv4 routing only. Followup patches
will add driver and infrastructure for IPv6 routing and multicast routing.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the driver is removed (e.g. using unbind through sysfs), the
clocks get disabled twice, once on fec_enet_close and once on
fec_drv_remove. Since the clocks are enabled only once, this leads
to a warning:
WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 402 at drivers/clk/clk.c:992 clk_core_disable+0x64/0x68()
Remove the call to fec_enet_clk_enable in fec_drv_remove to balance
the clock enable/disable calls again. This has been introduce by
e8fcfcd568 ("net: fec: optimize the clock management to save power").
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan@agner.ch>
Acked-by: Fugang Duan <B38611@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The latest spec "I-IPA01-0266-USR Rev 10" limit the MID field length to 12 bit
value. For previous versions it is 16 bit value.
This change will not break the backward compatibility as the latest ID value is
7 and with in the 12 bit value limit.
Signed-off-by: Punnaiah Choudary Kalluri <punnaia@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
eTSEC of-nodes may have children which are not queue-group nodes. For
example new-style fixed-phy declarations. These where incorrectly
assumed to be additional queue-groups.
Change the search to filter out any nodes which are not queue-groups,
or have been disabled.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As pointed out by Ben Hutchings, ioremap uses unsigned long as
its parameter type, so we should be using that instead of u32
or int.
Reported-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
bcmgenet_set_wol() correctly sets MPD_PW_EN when a password is specified
to match magic packets against, however, when we switch from a
password-matching to a matching without password we would leave this bit
turned on, and GENET would only match magic packets with passwords.
This can be reproduced using the following sequence:
ethtool -s eth0 wol g
ethtool -s eth0 wol s sopass 00:11:22:33:44:55
ethtool -s eth0 wol g
The simple fix is to clear the MPD_PWD_EN bit when WAKE_MAGICSECURE is
not set.
Fixes: c51de7f397 ("net: bcmgenet: add Wake-on-LAN support code")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
This series contains updates to i40e only.
Greg provides fixes for the NPAR transmit scheduler where the driver
initialization caused the BW configurations to not take effect, so use
a BW configuration read and write back to "kick" the transmit scheduler
into action. Fixes the ethtool offline test, where we were not actually
taking the device offline before doing the testing.
Matt modifies the get and set LED functions so they ignore activity LEDs
since we are required to blink the link LEDs only.
Neerav provides a workaround for whenever a DCBX configuration is changed,
where the firmware doe not set the operational status bit of the
application TLV status as returned from the "Get CEE DCBX Oper Cfg" admin
queue command. So remove the check for the operational and sync bits of
the application TLV status until a firmware fix is provided.
Shannon changes the driver to grab the NVM devstarter version and not
the image version, since it is the more useful version and is what
should be displayed. Moves the IRQ tracking setup and tear down into
the same routines that do the IRQ setup and tear down. This keeps
like activities together and allows us to track exactly the number
of vectors reserved from the OS, which may be fewer than are available
from the hardware.
Jesse provides a fix to use a more portable sign extension by replacing
0xffff.... with ~(u64)0 or ~(u32)0. Also fixes XPS mask when resetting,
where the driver would accidentally clear the XPS mask for all queues
back to 0. This caused higher CPU utilization and had some other
performance impacts for transmit tests. Cleans up some whitespace
formatting.
Catherine provides a fix where some firmware versions are incorrectly
reporting a breakout cable as PHY type 0x3 when it should be 0x16
(I40E_PHY_TYPE_10GBASE_SFPP_CU). Adds the 10G and 40G AOC PHY types
to the case statement in get_media_type and ethtool get_settings so
that the correct information gets reported back to the user.
Anjali provides IOREMAP changes for future device support, where we
do not want to map the whole CSR space since some of it is mapped by
other drivers with different mapping methods.
Mitch changes the i40e driver to not "spam" the system log with
messages about VF VSI when VFs are created and when they are reset to
reduce user annoyance.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit de7b5b3d79 ("net: eth: xgene: change APM X-Gene SoC platform
ethernet to support ACPI") breaks booting with devicetree with UEFI
firmware. In that case, I get:
Unhandled fault: synchronous external abort (0x96000010) at 0xfffffc0000620010
Internal error: : 96000010 [#1] SMP
Modules linked in: vfat fat xfs libcrc32c ahci_xgene libahci_platform libahci
CPU: 7 PID: 634 Comm: NetworkManager Not tainted 4.0.0-rc1+ #4
Hardware name: AppliedMicro Mustang/Mustang, BIOS 1.1.0-rh-0.14 Mar 1 2015
task: fffffe03d4c7e100 ti: fffffe03d4e24000 task.ti: fffffe03d4e24000
PC is at xgene_enet_rd_mcx_mac.isra.11+0x58/0xd4
LR is at xgene_gmac_tx_enable+0x2c/0x50
pc : [<fffffe000069d6fc>] lr : [<fffffe000069dcc4>] pstate: 80000145
sp : fffffe03d4e27590
x29: fffffe03d4e27590 x28: 0000000000000000
x27: fffffe03d4e277c0 x26: fffffe03da8fda10
x25: fffffe03d4e2760c x24: fffffe03d49e28c0
x23: fffffc0000620004 x22: 0000000000000000
x21: fffffc0000620000 x20: fffffc0000620010
x19: 000000000000000b x18: 000003ffd4a96020
x17: 000003ff7fc1f7a0 x16: fffffe000079b9cc
x15: 0000000000000000 x14: 0000000000000000
x13: 0000000000000000 x12: fffffe03d4e24000
x11: fffffe03d4e27da0 x10: 0000000000000001
x9 : 0000000000000000 x8 : fffffe03d4e27a20
x7 : 0000000000000000 x6 : 00000000ffffffef
x5 : fffffe000105f7d0 x4 : fffffe00007ca8c8
x3 : fffffe03d4e2760c x2 : 0000000000000000
x1 : fffffc0000620000 x0 : 0000000040000000
Process NetworkManager (pid: 634, stack limit = 0xfffffe03d4e24028)
Stack: (0xfffffe03d4e27590 to 0xfffffe03d4e28000)
...
Call trace:
[<fffffe000069d6fc>] xgene_enet_rd_mcx_mac.isra.11+0x58/0xd4
[<fffffe000069dcc0>] xgene_gmac_tx_enable+0x28/0x50
[<fffffe00006a112c>] xgene_enet_open+0x2c/0x130
[<fffffe00007b9254>] __dev_open+0xc8/0x148
[<fffffe00007b956c>] __dev_change_flags+0x90/0x158
[<fffffe00007b9664>] dev_change_flags+0x30/0x70
[<fffffe00007c8ab8>] do_setlink+0x278/0x870
[<fffffe00007c95bc>] rtnl_newlink+0x404/0x6a8
[<fffffe00007c8040>] rtnetlink_rcv_msg+0x98/0x218
[<fffffe00007e78e4>] netlink_rcv_skb+0xe0/0xf8
[<fffffe00007c7f94>] rtnetlink_rcv+0x30/0x44
[<fffffe00007e6f2c>] netlink_unicast+0xfc/0x210
[<fffffe00007e75b8>] netlink_sendmsg+0x498/0x5ac
[<fffffe00007990b8>] do_sock_sendmsg+0xa4/0xcc
[<fffffe000079a958>] ___sys_sendmsg+0x1fc/0x208
[<fffffe000079b984>] __sys_sendmsg+0x4c/0x94
[<fffffe000079b9f8>] SyS_sendmsg+0x2c/0x3c
The problem here is that the enet hw clocks are not getting
initialized because of a test to avoid the initialization if
UEFI is used to boot. This is an incorrect test. When booting
with UEFI and devicetree, the kernel must still initialize
the enet hw clocks. If booting with ACPI, the clock hw is
not exposed to the kernel and it is that case where we want
to avoid initializing clocks.
Signed-off-by: Mark Salter <msalter@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Feng Kan <fkan@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
EEH recovery for bnx2x based adapters is not reliable on all Power
systems using the default hot reset, which can result in an
unrecoverable EEH error. Forcing the use of fundamental reset
during EEH recovery fixes this.
Cc: stable<stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Brian King <brking@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To allow for better scalability on systems with large core counts, we
will try and allocate enough RDMA Concentrator IQs and MSI/X vectors as
we have cores. If we cannot get enough MSI/X vectors, fall back to the
minimum required: 1 per adapter rx channel.
Also clean up cxgb_enable_msix() to make it readable and correct a bug
where the vectors are not correctly assigned if the driver doesn't get
the full amount requested.
Signed-off-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds a common function for all Rx queue allocation.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When handling a from-guest frag list, xenvif_handle_frag_list()
replaces the frags before calling the destructor to clean up the
original (foreign) frags. Whilst this is safe (the destructor doesn't
actually use the frags), it looks odd.
Reorder the function to be less confusing.
Signed-off-by: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Every time a VIF is destroyed up to 256 pages may be leaked if packets
with more than MAX_SKB_FRAGS frags were transmitted from the guest.
Even worse, if another user of ballooned pages allocated one of these
ballooned pages it would not handle the unexpectedly >1 page count
(e.g., gntdev would deadlock when unmapping a grant because the page
count would never reach 1).
When handling a from-guest skb with a frag list, unref the frags
before releasing them so they are freed correctly when the VIF is
destroyed.
Signed-off-by: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use correct pointer arithmetic to get the pointer to each stat.
Signed-off-by: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Bump i40e to 1.2.11 and i40evf to 1.2.5
Change-ID: Ie13375941606b0a027e5b5dbc235f5f5f03b75c8
Signed-off-by: Sravanthi Tangeda <sravanthi.tangeda@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The PF driver spams the system log with messages about VF VSI when VFs
are created, as well as each time they are reset. This is annoying, and
the information isn't even useful most of the time.
Remove this message to reduce user annoyance.
Change-ID: I8de90d05380f54b038c9c8c3265150be87c9242c
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Move the IRQ tracking setup and teardown into the same routines that
do the IRQ setup and teardown. This keeps like activities together and
allows us to track exactly the number of vectors reserved from the OS,
which may be fewer than are available from the HW.
Change-ID: I6b2b1a955c5f0ac6b94c3084304ed0b2ea6777cf
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
For future device support we do not want to map the whole CSR space since some
of it is mapped by other drivers with different mapping methods.
Note: As a side effect, the flash region (if exposed through the memory map)
gets unmapped too since it follows the future use region.
Change-ID: Ic729a2eacd692984220b1a415ff4fa0f98ea419a
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fix some double blank lines and un-split a function declaration that all
fits on one line. Also make i40e_get_priv_flags static.
Change-ID: I11b5d25d1153a06b286d0d2f5d916d7727c58e4a
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Neerav Parikh <neerav.parikh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add the 10G and 40G AOC PHY types to the case statement in get_media_type
and ethtool get_settings so that the correct information gets reported
back to the user.
Change-ID: I1b4849d22199a9acf7c8807166d0317c1faad375
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The current SKID length configuration causes firmware
to reject peer creation for not able to allocate
AST entries for peers. This issue is observed when
least significant 3 bytes are used ramdomly to create
client MAC addresses.
AST table SKID length configuration is increased to
maximum value to fix this issue.
Signed-off-by: SenthilKumar Jegadeesan <sjegadee@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Certain radar types such as FCC radar type 5 are using chirp
in their pulses, hence looking up the chirp status will enhance
to avoid false radar detection.
Signed-off-by: Peter Oh <poh@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Firmware reports chirp status in phy error event if it's detected
and the chirp status is valuable to distinguish radar types.
So save it to use for DFS parttern detector.
Signed-off-by: Peter Oh <poh@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Some of radar types such as FCC radar type 5 require
to look up chirp in pulse to detect genuine radar and
it will prevent DFS channels from false radar detection.
Signed-off-by: Peter Oh <poh@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Having lower number of copy engine entries for target to host
WMI ring is causing drops in receiving management frames. This
issue is observed during max clients (128 clients) stress testing.
While bursting deauthentication frames from simulated clients,
approx. 70% of frames are getting dropped due to lower ring entries.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
If the system administrator is requesting an offline diagnostic test using
'ethtool -t' then we should, you know, actually take the device offline
before doing the testing.
Change-ID: I6afa1cbfcc821c9ab6e6f47ed4d8dc2d8dd20e82
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Some FW versions are incorrectly reporting a breakout cable as PHY type
0x3 when it should be 0x16 (I40E_PHY_TYPE_10GBASE_SFPP_CU).
If we get this value back from FW and the version is < 4.40, reassign it
to I40E_PHY_TYPE_10GBASE_SFPP_CU.
Change-ID: Ibb41a0e3cd2c0753744e8553959240df6ed13ae8
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
During resets (possibly caused by a Tx hang) the driver would
accidentally clear the XPS mask for all queues back to 0.
This caused higher CPU utilization and had some other performance impacts
for transmit tests.
Change-ID: I95f112432c9e643a153eaa31cd28cdcbfdd01831
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The commit below introduced an unsafe dereference of
mvmvif->phy_ctxt. It can be NULL even if we hold the mutex.
We can be handling a BT Coex notification while the vif has
already been unassigned. This can happen since the BT Coex
notification is hanled asynchronuously: we can have started
to handle the BT Coex notification trying to acquire the
mutex while the unassign flow already got it. The BT Coex
notification handling will wait for the mutext. I'll get it
later, but then mvmvif->phy_ctxt will be NULL.
Panic log:
BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at (null)
IP: [<f985180d>] iwl_mvm_bt_notif_iterator+0x9d/0x340 [iwlmvm]
*pdpt = 0000000000000000 *pde = f000eef300000007
Oops: 0000 [#1] SMP
Workqueue: events iwl_mvm_async_handlers_wk [iwlmvm]
task: ed719b20 ti: ec03e000 task.ti: ec03e000
EIP: 0060:[<f985180d>] EFLAGS: 00010202 CPU: 2
EIP is at iwl_mvm_bt_notif_iterator+0x9d/0x340 [iwlmvm]
EAX: 00000000 EBX: f6d3cb70 ECX: f6d3cb70 EDX: 00000000
ESI: ec03fe40 EDI: efeb8810 EBP: ec03fdf0 ESP: ec03fdac
DS: 007b ES: 007b FS: 00d8 GS: 0000 SS: 0068
CR0: 80050033 CR2: 00000000 CR3: 01a1a000 CR4: 001407f0
Stack:
f743ca80 f744a404 ec03fdcc c10e3952 00003aba f743ca80 00000246 f743ca80
00000246 00000000 00000001 00000000 ebd45ff6 ebd458a4 f6d3c500 ebd45578
ebd44b01 ec03fe18 f99e1bc2 00000002 ebd44bc0 f9851770 00000000 f6d3c500
Call Trace:
[<c10e3952>] ? ring_buffer_unlock_commit+0xa2/0xd0
[<f99e1bc2>] __iterate_interfaces+0x82/0x110 [mac80211]
[<f9851770>] ? iwl_mvm_bt_coex_reduced_txp+0x140/0x140 [iwlmvm]
[<f99e1c6a>] ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic+0x1a/0x20 [mac80211]
[<f9851427>] iwl_mvm_bt_coex_notif_handle+0x77/0x280 [iwlmvm]
[<f9852161>] iwl_mvm_rx_bt_coex_notif_old+0x211/0x220 [iwlmvm]
[<f9850b8b>] iwl_mvm_rx_bt_coex_notif+0x19b/0x1b0 [iwlmvm]
[<f983944f>] iwl_mvm_async_handlers_wk+0x7f/0xe0 [iwlmvm]
CC: <stable@vger.kernel.org> [3.19+]
Fixes: 123f515635 ("iwlwifi: mvm: BT Coex - add support for TTC / RRC")
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Use automatic sign extension by replacing 0xffff... constants
with ~(u64)0 or ~(u32)0.
Change-ID: I73cab4cd2611795bb12e00f0f24fafaaee07457c
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Scott <kevin.c.scott@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
0x2A is the NVM version so it has useful data but it is per image
version every image can have a different one. 0x18 is the dev starter
version which all the images for release will have the same version.
Of the two 0x18 is more useful and is what should be displayed.
Change-ID: Idf493da13a42ab211e2de0bef287f5de51033cca
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In CEE mode the firmware does not set the operational status bit of
the application TLV status as returned from the "Get CEE DCBX Oper Cfg"
AQ command. This occurs whenever a DCBX configuration is changed.
This is a workaround to remove the check for the operational and sync bits
of the application TLV status till a firmware fix is provided.
Change-ID: I1a31ff2fcadcb06feb5b55776a33593afc6ea176
Signed-off-by: Neerav Parikh <neerav.parikh@intel.com>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Modify our get and set LED functions so they ignore activity LEDs,
as we are required to blink the link LEDs only.
Change-ID: I647ea67a6fc95cbbab6e3cd01d81ec9ae096a9ad
Signed-off-by: Matt Jared <matthew.a.jared@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Recent changes to the driver initialization have caused the BW
configurations to not take effect. We use a BW configuration read and
write back to "kick" the Tx scheduler into action.
Change-ID: I94ab377c58d3a3986e3de62b6c199be3fd2ee5e6
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
1. Use c_index and ring->c_index to determine how many TxCBs/TxBDs are
ready for cleanup
- c_index = the current value of TDMA_CONS_INDEX
- TDMA_CONS_INDEX is HW-incremented and auto-wraparound (0x0-0xFFFF)
- ring->c_index = __bcmgenet_tx_reclaim() cleaned up to this point on
the previous invocation
2. Add bcmgenet_tx_ring->clean_ptr
- index of the next TxCB to be cleaned
- incremented as TxCBs/TxBDs are processed
- value always in range [ring->cb_ptr, ring->end_ptr]
3. Fix incrementing of dev->stats.tx_packets
- should be incremented only when tx_cb_ptr->skb != NULL
These changes simplify __bcmgenet_tx_reclaim(). Furthermore, Tx ring size
can now be any value.
With the old code, Tx ring size had to be a power-of-2:
num_tx_bds = ring->size;
c_index &= (num_tx_bds - 1);
last_c_index &= (num_tx_bds - 1);
Signed-off-by: Petri Gynther <pgynther@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I recently did a rework of the smc91x driver and did some build-testing
by compiling hundreds of randconfig kernels. Unfortunately, my script
was wrong and did not actually test the configurations that mattered,
so I introduced stupid typos in almost every file I touched.
I fixed my script now, built all configurations that actually matter
and fixed all the typos, this is the result.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Fixes: b70661c708 ("net: smc91x: use run-time configuration on all ARM machines")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Thanks to spatch, plus manual removal of "&*". Then a sweep for
for_each_cpu_mask => for_each_cpu.
Signed-off-by: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
Acked-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Cc: Jason Cooper <jason@lakedaemon.net>
Cc: Chris Metcalf <cmetcalf@ezchip.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=pJAi
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'linux-can-next-for-4.1-20150304' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mkl/linux-can-next
Marc Kleine-Budde says:
====================
pull-request: can-next 2015-03-04
this is a pull request of 3 patches for net-next/master.
Aaron Wu contributes three patches for the blackfin can driver, which
cleans up the driver and makes use of more platform independent code.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the list is traversed using rcu variant. That is not correct
since dev_set_mac_address can be called which eventually calls
rtmsg_ifinfo_build_skb and there, skb allocation can sleep. So fix this
by remove the rcu usage here.
Fixes: 3d249d4ca7 "net: introduce ethernet teaming device"
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch implements the .sriov_configure() PCI method to allow for
runtime enabling/disabling of VFs. The module param "num_vfs" is now
deprecated.
At the time of driver load the PF-pool resources are allocated to the PF.
When the user enables VFs, the resources are then re-distributed across
PFs and VFs based on the number of VFs enabled.
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara.volam@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When SR-IOV is enabled in the adapter, the FW distributes resources
evenly across the PF and it's VFs. This is currently done only for some
resources.
This patch adds support for a new cmd that queries the FW for the list
of resources for which the distribution is allowed and distributes them
accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara.volam@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On BE2, BE3 and Skhawk-R chips one non-RSS (called "default") RXQ was
needed to receive non-IP traffic. Some FW versions now export a
capability called IFACE_FLAGS_DEFQ_RSS where this requirement doesn't hold.
On such FWs the driver now does not create the non-RSS default queue.
This prevents wasting one RXQ per VF.
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara.volam@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes the backward compatibile of the older driver with the
newer firmware by making the binding unique so that the older driver won't
recognize the non-supported interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: Keyur Chudgar <kchudgar@apm.com>
Tested-by: Mark Langsdorf <mlangsdo@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove Kconfig dependency and enable driver for
all ARCHs.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Acked-by: Sören Brinkmann <soren.brinkmann@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case there was some tx buffer reclaimed and not enough rx packets
to consume the whole budget, napi_complete would not be called and
interrupts would be kept disabled, effectively resulting in the
network core never to call the poll callback again and no rx/tx
interrupts to be fired either.
Fix that by only accounting the rx work done in the poll callback.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Schichan <nschichan@freebox.fr>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently we're getting IRQs after lots of resources are already
allocated:
* netdev
* clocks
* MDIO bus
Also HW gets initialized by the time when checking IRQs as well.
Now there's a possibility for master interrupt controller to be not
probed yet. This will lead to exit from GMAC probe routine with "-
EPROBE_DEFER" and so deferred probe will hapen later on.
But since we exited the first GMAC probe without release of all
allocated resources there could be conflicts on subsequent probes.
For example this is what happens for me:
--->8---
stmmaceth e0018000.ethernet: no reset control found
stmmac - user ID: 0x10, Synopsys ID: 0x37
Ring mode enabled
DMA HW capability register supported
Normal descriptors
RX Checksum Offload Engine supported (type 2)
TX Checksum insertion supported
Enable RX Mitigation via HW Watchdog Timer
libphy: stmmac: probed
eth0: PHY ID 20005c7a at 1 IRQ POLL (stmmac-0:01) active
platform e0018000.ethernet: Driver stmmaceth requests probe deferral
...
...
...
stmmaceth e0018000.ethernet: no reset control found
stmmac - user ID: 0x10, Synopsys ID: 0x37
Ring mode enabled
DMA HW capability register supported
Normal descriptors
RX Checksum Offload Engine supported (type 2)
TX Checksum insertion supported
Enable RX Mitigation via HW Watchdog Timer
------------[ cut here ]------------
WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 6 at fs/sysfs/dir.c:31 sysfs_warn_dup+0x4e/0x68()
sysfs: cannot create duplicate filename
'/devices/platform/axs10x_mb/e0018000.ethernet/mdio_bus/stmmac-0'
CPU: 0 PID: 6 Comm: kworker/u2:0 Not tainted 4.0.0-rc1-next-20150303+#8
Workqueue: deferwq deferred_probe_work_func
Stack Trace:
arc_unwind_core+0xb8/0x114
warn_slowpath_common+0x5a/0x8c
warn_slowpath_fmt+0x2e/0x38
sysfs_warn_dup+0x4e/0x68
sysfs_create_dir_ns+0x98/0xa0
kobject_add_internal+0x8c/0x2e8
kobject_add+0x4a/0x8c
device_add+0xc6/0x448
mdiobus_register+0x6c/0x164
stmmac_mdio_register+0x112/0x264
stmmac_dvr_probe+0x6c0/0x85c
stmmac_pltfr_probe+0x2e4/0x50c
platform_drv_probe+0x26/0x5c
really_probe+0x76/0x1dc
bus_for_each_drv+0x42/0x7c
device_attach+0x64/0x6c
bus_probe_device+0x74/0xa4
deferred_probe_work_func+0x50/0x84
process_one_work+0xf8/0x2cc
worker_thread+0x110/0x478
kthread+0x8a/0x9c
ret_from_fork+0x14/0x18
---[ end trace a2dfaa7d630c8be1 ]---
------------[ cut here ]------------
WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 6 at lib/kobject.c:240
kobject_add_internal+0x218/0x2e8()
kobject_add_internal failed for stmmac-0 with -EEXIST, don't try to
register things with the same name in the same di.
CPU: 0 PID: 6 Comm: kworker/u2:0 Tainted: G W
4.0.0-rc1-next-20150303+ #8
Workqueue: deferwq deferred_probe_work_func
Stack Trace:
arc_unwind_core+0xb8/0x114
warn_slowpath_common+0x5a/0x8c
warn_slowpath_fmt+0x2e/0x38
kobject_add_internal+0x218/0x2e8
kobject_add+0x4a/0x8c
device_add+0xc6/0x448
mdiobus_register+0x6c/0x164
stmmac_mdio_register+0x112/0x264
stmmac_dvr_probe+0x6c0/0x85c
stmmac_pltfr_probe+0x2e4/0x50c
platform_drv_probe+0x26/0x5c
really_probe+0x76/0x1dc
bus_for_each_drv+0x42/0x7c
device_attach+0x64/0x6c
bus_probe_device+0x74/0xa4
deferred_probe_work_func+0x50/0x84
process_one_work+0xf8/0x2cc
worker_thread+0x110/0x478
kthread+0x8a/0x9c
ret_from_fork+0x14/0x18
---[ end trace a2dfaa7d630c8be2 ]---
libphy: mii_bus stmmac-0 failed to register
: Cannot register as MDIO bus
stmmac_pltfr_probe: main driver probe failed
stmmaceth: probe of e0018000.ethernet failed with error -22
--->8---
Essential fix is to check for IRQs availability as early as possible and
then safely go to deferred probe if IRQs are not there yet.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Vineet Gupta <vgupta@synopsys.com>
Cc: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Cc: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Cc: Sonic Zhang <sonic.zhang@analog.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The statistics registers have write-clear behaviour, which means we
will lose any increment between the read and write. Mitigate this by
only clearing when we read a non-zero value, so we will never falsely
report a total of zero. This also saves time as we only handle
error statistics here and they won't often be incremented.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben.hutchings@codethink.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are many different sets of registers implemented by the
different versions of this controller, and we can only expect this to
get more complicated in future. Limit how much ethtool needs to know
by including an explicit bitmap of which registers are included in the
dump, allowing room for future growth in the number of possible
registers.
As I don't have datasheets for all of these, I've only included
registers that are:
- defined in all 5 register type arrays, or
- used by the driver, or
- documented in the datasheet I have
Add one new capability flag so we can tell whether the RTRATE
register is implemented.
Delete the TSU_ADRL0 and TSU_ADR{H,L}31 definitions, as they weren't
used and the address table is already assumed to be contiguous.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben.hutchings@codethink.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently we may silently read/write a register at offset 0. Change
this to WARN and then ignore the write or read-back all-ones.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben.hutchings@codethink.co.uk>
Acked-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
At least on the R8A7790, RFS8 reflects the RINT8 (multicast) MAC
status flag.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben.hutchings@codethink.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Not all firmware revisions have a proper
multi-interface client powersaving implementation,
e.g. qca6174 WLAN.RM.2.0-00073.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
qca6184 WLAN.RM.2.0-00073 has a bug in sta
powersave state machine and requires peer param to
be poked to enable the powersave.
Calling this unconditionally should be safe for
other chips/firmwares.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
During wmm tests changing wmm parameters did not change anything.
This was because of mismatch in WMM params per vdev command.
WMM params per vdev uses different command structure than wmm params
per pdev command.
Patch concerns qca6174.
Signed-off-by: Marek Puzyniak <marek.puzyniak@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
qca6174 WLAN.RM.2.0-00073 firmware uses full rx
reordering offload and delivers Rx via a new HTT
event. The event however is incorrectly generated
in firmware and becomes overly long (with trailing
garbage). This was hitting defined CE buffer limit
that was programmed to the device and caused
device to crash upon busier Rx traffic.
Increasing the CE buffer limit for HTT Rx pipe to
2KBytes seems to be enough to workaround this
problem.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The release_firmware() function tests whether its argument is NULL and then
returns immediately. Thus the test around the call is not needed.
This issue was detected by using the Coccinelle software.
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Jouni reported that certain combinations of hwsim test cases failed,
and we found that beaconing was erroneously enabled too early on any
channel switch, which lead to the BI of 2000 TU from the first test
case to leak into the second one, which then didn't beacon properly.
To fix this, set data->beacon_int to zero when all stop beaconing so
that beaconing cannot be started (which was intended as 'restarted')
elsewhere.
Additionally, Jouni found that due to this 'restart' and the beacon
interval handling station interfaces would also have a needlessly
running beacon timer all the time, of course not doing anything.
To also fix the latter case only use the beacon interval when it's
actually needed, i.e. when beaconing gets enabled.
Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Tested-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Header file was in arch dependent location arch/blackfin/include/asm/bfin_can.h,
Now move and merge the useful contents of header file into driver code, note
the original header file is reserved for full registers set access test by other
code so it survives.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Wu <Aaron.wu@analog.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Blackfin was built without MMU, old driver code access the IO space by
physical address, introduce the ioremap approach to be compitable with
the common style supporting MMU enabled arch.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Wu <Aaron.wu@analog.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Replace the blackfin arch dependent style of bfin_read/bfin_write with
common readw/writew
Signed-off-by: Aaron Wu <Aaron.wu@analog.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/rocker/rocker.c
The rocker commit was two overlapping changes, one to rename
the ->vport member to ->pport, and another making the bitmask
expression use '1ULL' instead of plain '1'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2015-03-03
This series contains updates to fm10k, i40e and i40evf.
Matthew updates the fm10k driver by cleaning up code comments and whitespace
issues. Also modifies the tunnel length header check, to make it more robust
by calculating the inner L4 header length based on whether it is TCP or UDP.
Implemented ndo_features_check() that allows drivers to report their offload
capabilities per-skb.
Neerav updates the i40e driver to skip over priority tagging if DCB is not
enabled. Fixes an issue where the driver is not flushing out the
DCBNL app table for applications that are not present in the local DCBX
application configuration TLVs. Fixed i40e where, in the case of MFP
mode, the driver was returning the incorrect number of traffic classes
for partitions that are not enabled for iSCSI. Even though the driver
was not configuring these traffic classes in the transmit scheduler for
the NIC partitions, it does use this map to setup the queue mappings.
Shannon updates i40e/i40evf to include the firmware build number in the
formatted firmware version string.
Akeem adds a safety net (by adding a 'default' case) for the possible
unmatched switch calls.
Mitch updates i40e to not automatically disable PF loopback at runtime,
now that we have the functionality to enable and disable PF loopback. This
fix cleans up a bogus error message when removing the PF module with VFs
enabled. Adds a extra check to make sure that the indirection table
pointer is valid before dereferencing it.
Anjali enables i40e to enable more than the max RSS qps when running in a
single TC mode for the main VSI. It is possible to enable as many as
num_online_cpus(). Adds a firmware check to ensure that DCB is disabled for
firmware versions older than 4.33. Updates i40e/i40evf to add missing
packet types for VXLAN offload. Updated i40e to be able to handle varying
RSS table size for each VSI, since all VSI's do not have the same RSS table
size.
v2: Dropped previous patch #9 "i40e/i40evf: Add capability to gather VEB
per TC stats" since the stats should be in ethtool and not debugfs.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) If an IPVS tunnel is created with a mixed-family destination
address, it cannot be removed. Fix from Alexey Andriyanov.
2) Fix module refcount underflow in netfilter's nft_compat, from Pablo
Neira Ayuso.
3) Generic statistics infrastructure can reference variables sitting on
a released function stack, therefore use dynamic allocation always.
Fix from Ignacy Gawędzki.
4) skb_copy_bits() return value test is inverted in ip_check_defrag().
5) Fix network namespace exit in openvswitch, we have to release all of
the per-net vports. From Pravin B Shelar.
6) Fix signedness bug in CAIF's cfpkt_iterate(), from Dan Carpenter.
7) Fix rhashtable grow/shrink behavior, only expand during inserts and
shrink during deletes. From Daniel Borkmann.
8) Netdevice names with semicolons should never be allowed, because
they serve as a separator. From Matthew Thode.
9) Use {,__}set_current_state() where appropriate, from Fabian
Frederick.
10) Revert byte queue limits support in r8169 driver, it's causing
regressions we can't figure out.
11) tcp_should_expand_sndbuf() erroneously uses tp->packets_out to
measure packets in flight, properly use tcp_packets_in_flight()
instead. From Neal Cardwell.
12) Fix accidental removal of support for bluetooth in CSR based Intel
wireless cards. From Marcel Holtmann.
13) We accidently added a behavioral change between native and compat
tasks, wrt testing the MSG_CMSG_COMPAT bit. Just ignore it if the
user happened to set it in a native binary as that was always the
behavior we had. From Catalin Marinas.
14) Check genlmsg_unicast() return valud in hwsim netlink tx frame
handling, from Bob Copeland.
15) Fix stale ->radar_required setting in mac80211 that can prevent
starting new scans, from Eliad Peller.
16) Fix memory leak in nl80211 monitor, from Johannes Berg.
17) Fix race in TX index handling in xen-netback, from David Vrabel.
18) Don't enable interrupts in amx-xgbe driver until all software et al.
state is ready for the interrupt handler to run. From Thomas
Lendacky.
19) Add missing netlink_ns_capable() checks to rtnl_newlink(), from Eric
W Biederman.
20) The amount of header space needed in macvtap was not calculated
properly, fix it otherwise we splat past the beginning of the
packet. From Eric Dumazet.
21) Fix bcmgenet TCP TX perf regression, from Jaedon Shin.
22) Don't raw initialize or mod timers, use setup_timer() and
mod_timer() instead. From Vaishali Thakkar.
23) Fix software maintained statistics in bcmgenet and systemport
drivers, from Florian Fainelli.
24) DMA descriptor updates in sh_eth need proper memory barriers, from
Ben Hutchings.
25) Don't do UDP Fragmentation Offload on RAW sockets, from Michal
Kubecek.
26) Openvswitch's non-masked set actions aren't constructed properly
into netlink messages, fix from Joe Stringer.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (116 commits)
openvswitch: Fix serialization of non-masked set actions.
gianfar: Reduce logging noise seen due to phy polling if link is down
ibmveth: Add function to enable live MAC address changes
net: bridge: add compile-time assert for cb struct size
udp: only allow UFO for packets from SOCK_DGRAM sockets
sh_eth: Really fix padding of short frames on TX
Revert "sh_eth: Enable Rx descriptor word 0 shift for r8a7790"
sh_eth: Fix RX recovery on R-Car in case of RX ring underrun
sh_eth: Ensure proper ordering of descriptor active bit write/read
net/mlx4_en: Disbale GRO for incoming loopback/selftest packets
net/mlx4_core: Fix wrong mask and error flow for the update-qp command
net: systemport: fix software maintained statistics
net: bcmgenet: fix software maintained statistics
rxrpc: don't multiply with HZ twice
rxrpc: terminate retrans loop when sending of skb fails
net/hsr: Fix NULL pointer dereference and refcnt bugs when deleting a HSR interface.
net: pasemi: Use setup_timer and mod_timer
net: stmmac: Use setup_timer and mod_timer
net: 8390: axnet_cs: Use setup_timer and mod_timer
net: 8390: pcnet_cs: Use setup_timer and mod_timer
...
Use the built-in function instead of memset.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Acked-by: Ian Campbell <ian.campbell@citrix.com>
Acked-by: Wei Liu <wei.liu2@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the built-in function instead of memset.
Miscellanea:
Add #include <linux/etherdevice.h>
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the built-in function instead of memset.
Miscellanea:
Add #include <linux/etherdevice.h> where appropriate
Use ETH_ALEN instead of 6
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the built-in function instead of memset.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Module dependencies are broken in the case where CONFIG_I40E=y and
CONFIG_CONFIGFS_FS=m. This fixes the broken dependency.
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before the ax25 stack calls dev_queue_xmit it always calls
ax25_type_trans which sets skb->protocol to ETH_P_AX25.
Which means that by looking at the protocol type it is possible to
detect IP packets that have not been munged by the ax25 stack in
ndo_start_xmit and call a function to munge them.
Rename ax25_neigh_xmit to ax25_ip_xmit and tweak the return type and
value to be appropriate for an ndo_start_xmit function.
Update all of the ax25 devices to test the protocol type for ETH_P_IP
and return ax25_ip_xmit as the first thing they do. This preserves
the existing semantics of IP packet processing, but the timing will be
a little different as the IP packets now pass through the qdisc layer
before reaching the ax25 ip packet processing.
Remove the now unnecessary ax25 neighbour table operations.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 6ce29b0e2a ("gianfar: Avoid unnecessary reg accesses in adjust_link()")
eliminates unnecessary calls to adjust_link for phy devices which don't support
interrupts and need polling. As part of that work, the 'new_state' local flag,
which was used to reduce logging noise on the console, was eliminated.
Unfortunately, that means that a 'Link is Down' log message will now be
issued continuously if a link is configured as UP, the link state is down,
and the associated phy requires polling. This occurs because priv->oldduplex
is -1 in this case, which always differs from phydev->duplex. In addition,
phydev->speed may also differ from priv->oldspeed. gfar_update_link_state()
is therefore called each time a phy is polled, even if the link state did not
change.
Cc: Claudiu Manoil <claudiu.manoil@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Reviewed-by: Claudiu Manoil <claudiu.manoil@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a function that will enable changing the MAC address
of an ibmveth interface while it is still running.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Falcon <tlfalcon@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Routine rtl_is_special_data() is supposed to identify packets that need to
use a low bit rate so that the probability of successful transmission is
high. The current version has a bug that causes all IPv6 packets to be
labelled as special, with a corresponding low rate of transmission. A
complete fix will be quite intrusive, but until that is available, all
IPv6 packets are identified as regular.
This patch also removes a magic number.
Reported-and-tested-by: Alan Fisher <acf@unixcube.org>
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Cc: Stable <stable@vger.kernel.org> [3.18+]
Cc: Alan Fisher <acf@unixcube.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
It was incorrectly detected as 2 GHz device.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 3.17+
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This allows wpa_supplicant/hostapd to send a vendor command and verify
response to that command and a vendor event.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This modifies cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc() with an additional argument
struct wireless_dev *wdev. __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb() is modified to
take in *wdev argument, if wdev != NULL, both the NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
and wdev identifier are added to the vendor event.
These changes make it easier for drivers to add ifindex indication in
vendor events cleanly.
This also updates all existing users of cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc()
and __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb() in the kernel tree.
Signed-off-by: Ahmad Kholaif <akholaif@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
802.11ad adds new a network type (PBSS) and changes the capability
field interpretation for the DMG (60G) band.
The same 2 bits that were interpreted as "ESS" and "IBSS" before are
re-used as a 2-bit field with 3 valid values (and 1 reserved). Valid
values are: "IBSS", "PBSS" (new) and "AP".
In order to get the BSS struct for the new PBSS networks, change the
cfg80211_get_bss() function to take a new enum ieee80211_bss_type
argument with the valid network types, as "capa_mask" and "capa_val"
no longer work correctly (the search must be band-aware now.)
The remaining bits in "capa_mask" and "capa_val" are used only for
privacy matching so replace those two with a privacy enum as well.
Signed-off-by: Dedy Lansky <dlansky@codeaurora.org>
[rewrite commit log, tiny fixes]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
cppcheck detected a buffer overflow:
[drivers/net/wireless/ath/wil6210/debugfs.c:634]: (error) Width 8
given in format string (no. 1) is larger than destination buffer
'cmd[8]', use %7s to prevent overflowing it.
For the current %8s sscanf we require cmd to be 9 chars long
so increase it by 1 byte to prevent the sscan overflow (rather
than reduce the %8s specifier to %7s as cppcheck recommends).
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
* ath9k_mci_update_rssi() is required only for
cards that use MCI scheme. Make sure that it
is not called for 3-wire cards.
* Call ath9k_ps_wakeup() early since register
accesses are made in ath9k_mci_update_rssi().
* Fix usage of btcoex_lock to handle no_stomp_timer.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Make sure that the btcoex timers are started/stopped
properly for both 3-wire and MCI schemes.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
When disabling BTCOEX, clearing the wlanactive gpio line
is required only for pre-AR9003 cards.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Commit "ath9k_hw: remove ATH_BTCOEX_CFG_MCI" removed
MCI as a separate coex scheme, but we need it to
avoid fiddling with GPIO registers during
ath9k_init_btcoex() that are meant only for 3-wire
cards.
Cc: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The MCI configuration values are assigned
in ath9k_hw_btcoex_init_mci() which are used
by the MCI reset routine. When initializing
BTCOEX/MCI, ath_mci_setup() ends up using
uninitialized data. Fix this by setting up
the configuration parameters before issuing
a MCI reset.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
ath_init_btcoex_timer() always returns 0, so
checking for error conditions is not required.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Add HAL_DEF_WOWLAN case in rtl92cu_get_hw_reg
Signed-off-by: Taehee Yoo <ap420073@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Features which are device specific are already updated in
interface specific initialization e.g. register_dev.
We should not initialize them in mwifiex_init_adapter();
else this would overwrite earlier settings.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
From the indenting, it seems like the READ_NEXT_PAIR() was supposed to
be inside the while loop.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The # flag in %X means print a 0X prefix. Remove the extra 0x prefix.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <linux@rasmusvillemoes.dk>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In order to add per-vif TX power capability cap per-packet TX power to vif
configured power if the latter is lower than per-rate TX power and mac80211
per-frame power. Use vif TX power if TPC has been disabled for current the
interface
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi83@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Configure the HW with highest TX power among all vif when HW TPC has been
enabled in order to add support to per-vif TX power capability. Use lowest
configured power among all interfaces when TPC is disabled
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi83@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
HAL_RETRY_LIMIT_*
RESET_DELAY_8185
RT_IBSS_INT_MASKS
RT_AC_INT_MASKS
NUM_OF_*
BT_*,
MAX_{LINES,BYTES}_*,
*_THREE_WIRE
*_QUEUE related
Signed-off-by: Priit Laes <plaes@plaes.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Set The BT/WLAN priority weights correctly and make sure
that MCI_LNA_TAKE is sent only for cards that share
PA/LNA.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Handle MCI_STATE_INIT_GPM_OFFSET separately and do not
overload ar9003_mci_get_next_gpm_offset() with a special
case.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The LNA_TRANS message needs to be sent only for
chips which have shared PA/LNA.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Use a subroutine to enable MCI debug statistics
if it is present in the global configuration.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch makes sure that the antenna configuration
is used properly when setting AR_MCI_TX_CTRL.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The value programmed in the BTCOEX control register
is different for each chip. This patch adds support
for 2-ANT, 1-ANT solutions based on AR9565.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Several new MCI parameters need to be handled for
new chips, add them.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
If we fail to allocate the sched/gpm buffers when
initializing MCI, we bail out properly. Checking
them in ar9003_mci_reset() is unnecessary, so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
* remove support for -9.ucode
* new statitics API
* rate control improvements
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=uonl
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'iwlwifi-next-for-kalle-2015-03-01' of https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/iwlwifi/iwlwifi-next
* add triggers for firmware dump collection
* remove support for -9.ucode
* new statitics API
* rate control improvements
Bump i40e to 1.2.10 and i40evf to 1.2.4
Change-ID: I48aa64df05fcc8356e7026f3a9e69ecf78d0c785
Signed-off-by: Sravanthi Tangeda <sravanthi.tangeda@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In case of MFP mode the driver was returning incorrect number of TCs
for partitions that are not enabled for iSCSI. Though the driver does
not configure these TCs in the Tx scheduler for the NIC partitions;
it does use this map to setup the queue mappings.
This patch fixes this and keeps all the NIC partitions to the default
PF TC i.e. TC0.
Change-ID: Iede214c907e7bac1356e999049b9f642759512b3
Signed-off-by: Neerav Parikh <neerav.parikh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Allow DCBNL operations in MFP mode to allow query of port DCB settings
via all the PFs and register iSCSI APP on iSCSI enabled PF.
Change-ID: I34cc39b4665d0a631847d4079350d3814f02381e
Signed-off-by: Neerav Parikh <neerav.parikh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add an extra check to make sure that the indirection table pointer is
valid before dereferencing it.
Change-ID: I698adbf3daff03081d01f489dc95a9f1ad8b12f1
Reported-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
With changes to default number of queue pairs that the interface comes up with
from 1 per online CPU to 1 per lan_msix, we need to make sure we recalculate
rss_size. We will now recalculate rss_size based on number of queues enabled in
the VSI.
Without this fix if the max_lan_msix < num_online_cpu we will be coming up
with fewer queues but will be populating rss_size based on num_online_cpus.
This will result in packets getting silently dropped because RSS LUT has queues
that are not enabled.
Change-ID: Ifac8796ce1be1758bb0c34f38dbf4a3a76621e76
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Since all VSIs don't have the same RSS table size,
have one for each VSI instead of having a single define
for RSS table size
Change-ID: Ic2c7c66e4a389d4b6c8841a707510a9735041f02
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We were missing a few packet types for VXLAN offload. This patch fixes
that.
Change-ID: I4b23aa0b08e40ed49d0df6c49a5ed9f2009b44ce
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes an issue where the driver is not flushing out the
DCBNL app table for applications that are not present in the local
DCBX application configuration TLVs.
Change-ID: I1f1ee04c81c145071b2ab15657546eb10b81fadb
Signed-off-by: Neerav Parikh <neerav.parikh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
For FW < 4.33 DCB should be disabled.
Also Autoneg workaround to avoid Rx stall is still needed for FW < 4.33.
Change-ID: Iff36ad86be2f597e7701096014d6d094332a9a21
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When running in a single TC mode the HW can be configured to enable more
than max RSS qps for the Main VSI. This patch makes it possible to
enable as many as num_online_cpus().
ethtool -L can still be used to reconfigure number of qps
to a smaller value.
Change-ID: I3e2df085276982603d86dfd79477c0ada8d30b8f
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Since we now have functionality to enable and disable PF loopback at
runtime, don't try to do it automatically. Removing this call also gets
rid of a bogus error message when removing the PF module with VFs
enabled.
Change-ID: Ic38652d8a3b9498d96113bfaa5ea7bad050862e9
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds default case to handle unmatched switch calls.
Change-ID: Icd203570a1dc5322c1038f68b98a83195e8ad28c
Signed-off-by: Akeem G Abodunrin <akeem.g.abodunrin@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Include the FW build number in the formatted FW version string. In order
to fit within ethtool's 32 character limit, the etrack's unused high order
bits are trimmed as is the leading 0 for the NVM version. This leaves
us with 2 character left for if/when the etrack id goes to 5 hex chars
and the NVM major number goes to 2 chars.
Change-ID: Icb004c4b9b14a2f54dd200b467fcc1d7b9297308
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If DCB is not enabled priority tagging is not needed
so skip over that section.
Change-ID: Ia3f3fa07945b421259a9ca38329d6d1cbd6c6bcc
Signed-off-by: Neerav Parikh <neerav.parikh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fix a few silly typos in the code and checkpatch warnings in support of
general code cleanliness.
Signed-off-by: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The introduction of ndo_features_check allows drivers to report their
offload capabilities per-skb. Implement this in fm10k to take advantage
of this new functionality.
Reported-by: Joe Stringer <joestringer@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The FM10000 host interface can only support up to 184 bytes when
performing tunnel offloads. Because of this, a check was added to
prevent the driver from attempting to feed a header to the hardware too
big for it to parse. Make this check a little more robust by calculating
the inner L4 header length based on whether it is TCP or UDP.
Cc: Joe Stringer <joestringer@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
My previous fix to clear padding of short frames used skb->len as the
DMA length, assuming that skb_padto() extended skb->len to include the
padding. That isn't the case; we need to use skb_put_padto() instead.
(This wasn't immediately obvious because software padding isn't
actually needed on the R-Car H2. We could make it conditional on
which chip is being driven, but it's probably not worth the effort.)
Reported-by: "Violeta Menéndez González" <violeta.menendez@codethink.co.uk>
Fixes: 612a17a54b50 ("sh_eth: Fix padding of short frames on TX")
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben.hutchings@codethink.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit fd9af07c34.
The hardware manual states that the frame error and multicast bits are
copied to bits 9:0 of RD0, not bits 25:16. I've tested that this is
true for RFS1 (CRC error), RFS3 (frame too short), RFS4 (frame too
long) and RFS8 (multicast).
Also adjust a comment to agree with this.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben.hutchings@codethink.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case of RX ring underrun (RDE), we attempt to reset the software
descriptor pointers (dirty_rx and cur_rx) to match where the hardware
will read the next descriptor from, as that might not be the first
dirty descriptor. This relies on reading RDFAR, but that register
doesn't exist on all supported chips - specifically, not on the R-Car
chips. This will result in unpredictable behaviour on those chips
after an RDE.
Make this pointer reset conditional and assume that it isn't needed on
the R-Car chips. This fix also assumes that RDFAR is never exposed at
offset 0 in the memory map - this is currently true, and a subsequent
commit will fix the ambiguity between offset 0 and no-offset in the
register offset maps.
Fixes: 79fba9f517 ("net: sh_eth: fix the rxdesc pointer when rx ...")
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben.hutchings@codethink.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When submitting a DMA descriptor, the active bit must be written last.
When reading a completed DMA descriptor, the active bit must be read
first.
Add memory barriers to ensure that this ordering is maintained.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben.hutchings@codethink.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the most cases the spi messages has a length of two. Currently we
always set the the len field to two before transmit a spi message. In
cases for read out/write in the frame buffer we need another len. This
patch use trx len two as default. For the frame buffer cases we restore
the trx len to two on success and failure. This will reduce the len
setting of two when it's already two.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch cleanups the referencing for the state change context
variable. The state change context should only set once and this is by
initial a state change. This patch will use the initial state change
variable in the complete handler of the state change by using the ctx
context which should be always the same like the initial state change
context.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
By holding the irq variable inside at86rf230_state_change we can squash
some multiple dereferencing for getting irq num.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch refactor the receive handling into one function.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
I had this variable because I thought it would be protected by
disable/enable irq but this is not true. It's protected by stop/wake
netdev queue which is called by ieee802154_xmit_complete.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch introduce a transmit retry handling into at86rf230 transmit
path. Current behaviour is to wait the normal receive time if we want
to go into STATE_TX_ON when the transceiver is in STATE_BUSY_RX_AACK
which indicates that a frame is currently receiving. A non force state
change will not interrupt the the receiving state.
The current behaviour is that after the normal receive time we will
start a force change into STATE_TX_ON. With this patch we do seven
retries to go into STATE_TX_ON without forcing. After we hit the
AT86RF2XX_MAX_TX_RETRIES we will start the force state change.
This is a polling like method to go into STATE_TX_ON in times of maximum
receiving time.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Now that there are no more users kill dev_rebuild_header and all of it's
implementations.
This is long overdue.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
AX25 already has it's own private arp cache operations to isolate
it's abuse of dev_rebuild_header to transmit packets. Add a function
ax25_neigh_construct that will allow all of the ax25 devices to
force using these operations, so that the generic arp code does
not need to.
Cc: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Cc: linux-hams@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The two sets of header operations are functionally identical remove
the duplicate definition.
Cc: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Cc: linux-hams@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The two sets of header operations are functionally identical remove the
duplicate definition.
Cc: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Cc: linux-hams@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Packets which are sent from the selftest (ethtool) flow,
should not be passed to GRO stack but rather dropped by
the driver after validation. To achieve that, we disable
GRO for the duration of the selftest.
Fixes: dd65beac48 ("net/mlx4_en: Extend usage of napi_gro_frags")
Reported-by: Carol Soto <clsoto@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Shamay <idos@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The bit mask for currently supported driver features (MLX4_UPDATE_QP_SUPPORTED_ATTRS)
of the update-qp command was defined twice (using enum value and pre-processor
define directive) and wrong.
The return value of the call to mlx4_update_qp() from within the SRIOV
resource-tracker was wrongly voided down.
Fix both issues.
issue: none
Fixes: 09e05c3f78 ('net/mlx4: Set vlan stripping policy by the right command')
Fixes: ce8d9e0d67 ('net/mlx4_core: Add UPDATE_QP SRIOV wrapper support')
Signed-off-by: Matan Barak <matanb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2015-03-02
Here's the first bluetooth-next pull request targeting the 4.1 kernel:
- ieee802154/6lowpan cleanups
- SCO routing to host interface support for the btmrvl driver
- AMP code cleanups
- Fixes to AMP HCI init sequence
- Refactoring of the HCI callback mechanism
- Added shutdown routine for Intel controllers in the btusb driver
- New config option to enable/disable Bluetooth debugfs information
- Fix for early data reception on L2CAP fixed channels
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After TIPC doesn't depend on iocb argument in its internal
implementations of sendmsg() and recvmsg() hooks defined in proto
structure, no any user is using iocb argument in them at all now.
Then we can drop the redundant iocb argument completely from kinds of
implementations of both sendmsg() and recvmsg() in the entire
networking stack.
Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Suggested-by: Al Viro <viro@ZenIV.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It doesn't operate on PCI core, but PCI host device, so there is no
point of passing core related struct.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Bringing PCIe hosted bus up requires operating on host-related core.
Since we plan to support PCIe Gen 2 devices we should provide a helper
picking the correct one (PCIE or PCIE2).
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Starting with kernel 3.19 reason is provided by cfg80211.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Currently scan params structure has only active or passive dwell time
fields, passive one is used for fragmented scans too. FW needs the
passive dwell time even when performing fragmented scan for calculating
time between channels. Add a separate parameter for fragmented dwell time
and pass both fragmented and passive to FW.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Lots of issues can be caught when the RSSI drops. Add the
ability to collect the firmware data at that point.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
It can be very useful to monitor the statistics and trigger
a firmware dump when a certain value hits a certain offset.
Since the statistics are huge, add a generic trigger. When
the DWORD at offset X reaches value Y.
Since there is another trigger before this one I can't add
right now because of a dependency on mac80211, add a
reserved entry to keep the enum in place.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Sometimes the firmware will have a hard coded configuration.
In this case, the driver won't find any configuration
in the firmware file, and it will have to re-start
recording in case it has been stopped. This can't be done
by the configuration host command since there is no such
host command configured. Do that with the registers instead.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
This will allow to collect the data as soon the firmware
sends a specific notification of command response.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
We fire the trigger when the channel switch starts, but
the delay is configurable. That makes is easier to catch
channel switches that fail.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Missing beacons is a good indication that something is going
wrong in the firmware. Add a trigger to be able to collect
data when we start missing beacons with a configurable
threshold.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Now that the firmware dump can be triggered by events in
the code and not only the user or an firmware ASSERT, we
need a way to know why the firmware dump was triggered.
Add a section in the dump file for that.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Most of the time, the issues we want to debug with the
firmware dump mechanism are transient. It is then very
hard to stop the recording on time and get meaningful
data.
In order to solve this, I add here an infrastucture
of triggers. The user will supply a list of triggers
that will start / stop the recording. We have two types
of triggers: start and stop. Start triggers can start a
specific configuration. The stop triggers will be able to
kick the collection of the data with the currently running
configuration. These triggers are given to the driver by
the .ucode file - just like the configuration.
In the next patches, I'll add triggers in the code.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
20 ms fragments are no longer required by system.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Packet Level Co-Running is a BT Coex feature which is
supported on certain devices only, hence the need for
a TLV flag for it.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
We shouldn't call iwl_mvm_d3_disconnect_iter() on the running
interfaces when we are woken up due to net-detect, because it doesn't
make sense. Additionally, this seems to set the
IEEE80211_SDATA_DISCONNECT_RESUME flag that will cause a disconnection
on the next resume (if a normal WoWLAN is used).
To solve this, skip the iteration loop when net-detect is set.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Reported-by: Samuel Tan <samueltan@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
When a PADT frame is received, the socket may not be in a good state to
close down the PPP interface. The current implementation handles this by
simply blocking all further PPP traffic, and hoping that the lack of traffic
will trigger the user to investigate.
Use schedule_work to get to a process context from which we clear down the
PPP interface, in a fashion analogous to hangup on a TTY-based PPP
interface. This causes pppd to disconnect immediately, and allows tools to
take immediate corrective action.
Note that pppd's rp_pppoe.so plugin has code in it to disable the session
when it disconnects; however, as a consequence of this patch, the session is
already disabled before rp_pppoe.so is asked to disable the session. The
result is a harmless error message:
Failed to disconnect PPPoE socket: 114 Operation already in progress
This message is safe to ignore, as long as the error is 114 Operation
already in progress; in that specific case, it means that the PPPoE session
has already been disabled before pppd tried to disable it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Farnsworth <simon@farnz.org.uk>
Tested-by: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Christoph Schulz <develop@kristov.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The bnx2 driver uses .ndo_fix_features to force enable of Rx VLAN tag
stripping when the card cannot disable it. The driver should remove
NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_CTAG_RX flag from hw_features instead so it is fixed
for the ethtool.
Cc: Sony Chacko <sony.chacko@qlogic.com>
Cc: Dept-HSGLinuxNICDev@qlogic.com
Signed-off-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add *_SIZE macros for the bits ENDIA_DESC and
ENDIA_PKT
Signed-off-by: Arun Chandran <achandran@mvista.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Program management descriptor's access mode according to the
dynamically detected CPU endianness.
Signed-off-by: Arun Chandran <achandran@mvista.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allows for packet parsing to be done by the fast path. This performance
optimization already exists for IPv4. Add similar logic for IPv6.
Signed-off-by: Amitabha Banerjee <banerjeea@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: Shrikrishna Khare <skhare@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 60b4ea1781 ("net: systemport: log RX buffer allocation and RX/TX DMA
failures") added a few software maintained statistics using
BCM_SYSPORT_STAT_MIB_RX and BCM_SYSPORT_STAT_MIB_TX. These statistics are read
from the hardware MIB counters, such that bcm_sysport_update_mib_counters() was
trying to read from a non-existing MIB offset for these counters.
Fix this by introducing a special type: BCM_SYSPORT_STAT_SOFT, similar to
BCM_SYSPORT_STAT_NETDEV, such that bcm_sysport_get_ethtool_stats will read from
the software mib.
Fixes: 60b4ea1781 ("net: systemport: log RX buffer allocation and RX/TX DMA failures")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 44c8bc3ce3 ("net: bcmgenet: log RX buffer allocation and RX/TX dma
failures") added a few software maintained statistics using
BCMGENET_STAT_MIB_RX and BCMGENET_STAT_MIB_TX. These statistics are read from
the hardware MIB counters, such that bcmgenet_update_mib_counters() was trying
to read from a non-existing MIB offset for these counters.
Fix this by introducing a special type: BCMGENET_STAT_SOFT, similar to
BCMGENET_STAT_NETDEV, such that bcmgenet_get_ethtool_stats will read from the
software mib.
Fixes: 44c8bc3ce3 ("net: bcmgenet: log RX buffer allocation and RX/TX dma failures")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use timer API functions setup_timer and mod_timer instead
of structure assignments as they are standard way to set
the timer and to update the expire field of an active timer
respectively.
This is done using Coccinelle and semantic patch used for
this is as follows:
// <smpl>
@@
expression x,y,z,a,b;
@@
-init_timer (&x);
+setup_timer (&x, y, z);
+mod_timer (&a, b);
-x.function = y;
-x.data = z;
-x.expires = b;
-add_timer(&a);
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Vaishali Thakkar <vthakkar1994@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use timer API functions setup_timer and mod_timer instead
of structure assignments as they are standard way to set
the timer and to update the expire field of an active timer
respectively.
This is done using Coccinelle and semantic patch used for
this is as follows:
// <smpl>
@@
expression x,y,z,a,b;
@@
-init_timer (&x);
+setup_timer (&x, y, z);
+mod_timer (&a, b);
-x.function = y;
-x.data = z;
-x.expires = b;
-add_timer(&a);
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Vaishali Thakkar <vthakkar1994@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use timer API functions setup_timer and mod_timer instead
of structure assignments as they are standard way to set
the timer and to update the expire field of an active timer
respectively.
This is done using Coccinelle and semantic patch used for
this is as follows:
// <smpl>
@@
expression x,y,z,a,b;
@@
-init_timer (&x);
+setup_timer (&x, y, z);
+mod_timer (&a, b);
-x.function = y;
-x.data = z;
-x.expires = b;
-add_timer(&a);
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Vaishali Thakkar <vthakkar1994@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use timer API functions setup_timer and mod_timer instead
of structure assignments as they are standard way to set
the timer and to update the expire field of an active timer
respectively.
This is done using Coccinelle and semantic patch used for
this is as follows:
// <smpl>
@@
expression x,y,z,a,b;
@@
-init_timer (&x);
+setup_timer (&x, y, z);
+mod_timer (&a, b);
-x.function = y;
-x.data = z;
-x.expires = b;
-add_timer(&a);
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Vaishali Thakkar <vthakkar1994@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use timer API functions setup_timer and mod_timer instead
of structure assignments as they are standard way to set
the timer and to update the expire field of an active timer
respectively.
This is done using Coccinelle and semantic patch used for
this is as follows:
// <smpl>
@@
expression x,y,z,a,b;
@@
-init_timer (&x);
+setup_timer (&x, y, z);
+mod_timer (&a, b);
-x.function = y;
-x.data = z;
-x.expires = b;
-add_timer(&a);
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Vaishali Thakkar <vthakkar1994@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change 'mutliple' to 'multiple'
Change 'Firmare' to 'Firmware'
Signed-off-by: Yannick Guerrini <yguerrini@tomshardware.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Setting a dev_pm_ops suspend/resume pair but not a set of
hibernation functions means those pm functions will not be
called upon hibernation.
Fix this by using SIMPLE_DEV_PM_OPS, which appropriately
assigns the suspend and hibernation handlers and move
cpsw_suspend/resume calbacks under CONFIG_PM_SLEEP
to avoid build warnings.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <Grygorii.Strashko@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Setting a dev_pm_ops suspend_late/resume_early pair but not a
set of hibernation functions means those pm functions will
not be called upon hibernation.
Fix this by using SET_LATE_SYSTEM_SLEEP_PM_OPS, which appropriately
assigns the suspend and hibernation handlers and move
davinci_mdio_x callbacks under CONFIG_PM_SLEEP to avoid build warnings.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <Grygorii.Strashko@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The new API slightly changes the layout of the version of
the firmware - prepare for that.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Report the average beacon signal and the number of received beacons as
measured by the firmware.
Since the firmware just counts, and doesn't reset the counter at all,
clear it in the firmware whenever we associate. However, accumulate it
over firmware restart.
Since clearing the statistics in the firmware will also clear the ones
for the radio statistics, add those to the accumulator when cleared.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Due to HW bug in the DBGC when driver want to stop the dbg recording it
should wait 100us before collecting the data instead of write 0 to
DBGC_OUT_CTRL.
Signed-off-by: Eran Harary <eran.harary@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The legacy scan API is deprecated and not used anymore with 10 and
higher firmware versions. Since we deprecated firmware version 9, we
can remove a whole lot of unused code.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
This firmware is not supported anymore. Stop loading this firmware.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Export the radio statistics from the statistics v10 API (if the
firmware also has the capability to fill these statistics) using
the global survey data facility.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
New firmware versions will report statistics using a new version 10
of the API, instead of the current version 8. Add support for this.
This enables getting beacon and radio statistics.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
This allows to use the firmware debugging system even when
the configuration values are set hard coded in the firmware.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The shared antenna should be forbidden to use only if there's
high BT activity. Comparing to BT_OFF was effectively causing
us to always forbid using the shared antenna for SISO. This
leads to degraded performance in scenarios where the shared
antenna would have better performance.
Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyalx.shapira@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Add this to the info printed when reading rate_scale_table.
Useful for debugging.
Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyalx.shapira@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
ss_force is a debugging option to force a certain single stream
tx mode. It's not useful if it gets reset after tx idle. Fix that.
While at it also make sure any code touching ss_force will only
get compiled if debugfs support is configured.
Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyalx.shapira@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Newer devices have more PAPD channel groups.
Signed-off-by: Eran Harary <eran.harary@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
When a TDLS station is being drained its Tx queues are still in use. Don't
allocate them to a different station in the meantime.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Due to issues with Miracast adapters MIMO reception disable
use of MIMO when for low latency P2P traffic.
Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyalx.shapira@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Once the FW supports autonomous decision between STBC/BFER/SISO
we no longer set the STBC bit and ANT_AB in the rate table.
However the FW rate in the tx response will have the STBC
or BFER bit set and the antennas set to ANT_AB in case these
were chosen by it. This will cause us to discard any such
response as unmatching the current LQ table and thus break
the rs search cycle completely.
Fix this by relaxing the rate matching in case we're working
with the new API and STBC/BFER are used.
Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyalx.shapira@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The check to avoid the shared antenna was passed the wrong
antenna parameter. It should have checked whether the antenna of
the next column we're considering is allowed and instead it was
passed the current antenna.
This could lead to a wrong choice of the next column in the rs
algorithm and non optimal performance.
Fixes: commit 219fb66b49 ("iwlwifi: mvm: rs - don't use the shared antenna when BT load is high")
Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyalx.shapira@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Commit 740c7f31c0 ("sh_eth: Ensure DMA engines are stopped before
freeing buffers") added a call to sh_eth_reset() to the
sh_eth_set_ringparam() and sh_eth_close() paths.
However, setting the software reset bit(s) in the EDMR register resets
the MAC Address Registers to zero. Hence after kexec, the new kernel
doesn't detect a valid MAC address and assigns a random MAC address,
breaking DHCP.
Set the MAC address again after the reset in sh_eth_dev_exit() to fix
this.
Tested on r8a7740/armadillo (GETHER) and r8a7791/koelsch (FAST_RCAR).
Fixes: 740c7f31c0 ("sh_eth: Ensure DMA engines are stopped before freeing buffers")
Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert+renesas@glider.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds bcmgenet_tx_poll for the tx_rings. This can reduce the
interrupt load and send xmit in network stack on time. This also
separated for the completion of tx_ring16 from bcmgenet_poll.
The bcmgenet_tx_reclaim of tx_ring[{0,1,2,3}] operative by an interrupt
is to be not more than a certain number TxBDs. It is caused by too
slowly reclaiming the transmitted skb. Therefore, performance
degradation of xmit after 605ad7f ("tcp: refine TSO autosizing").
Signed-off-by: Jaedon Shin <jaedon.shin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Brian reported crashes using IPv6 traffic with macvtap/veth combo.
I tracked the crashes in neigh_hh_output()
-> memcpy(skb->data - HH_DATA_MOD, hh->hh_data, HH_DATA_MOD);
Neighbour code assumes headroom to push Ethernet header is
at least 16 bytes.
It appears macvtap has only 14 bytes available on arches
where NET_IP_ALIGN is 0 (like x86)
Effect is a corruption of 2 bytes right before skb->head,
and possible crashes if accessing non existing memory.
This fix should also increase IPv4 performance, as paranoid code
in ip_finish_output2() wont have to call skb_realloc_headroom()
Reported-by: Brian Rak <brak@vultr.com>
Tested-by: Brian Rak <brak@vultr.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
four-way-handshake problem. The others are various small fixes
for problems all over, nothing really stands out.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=H3+7
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2015-02-27' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg says:
====================
A few patches have accumulated, among them the fix for Linus's
four-way-handshake problem. The others are various small fixes
for problems all over, nothing really stands out.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds support for reporting the actual and maximum combined channels
count of the hv_netvsc driver via 'ethtool --show-channels'.
This required adding 'max_chn' to 'struct netvsc_device', and assigning
it 'rsscap.num_recv_que' in 'rndis_filter_device_add'. Now we can access
the combined maximum channel count via 'struct netvsc_device' in the
ethtool callback.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Schwartzmeyer <andrew@schwartzmeyer.com>
Signed-off-by: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Due to the checks in get_hwsim_data_ref_from_addr, wmediumd
was only able to use the second mac address (those starting with
0x42). This is confusing and needlessly limiting, so allow any
configured address.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When a fully converted cfg80211 driver needs cfg80211-wext for
userspace API purposes, the symbols need not be exported. When
other drivers (orinoco/hermes or ipw2200) are enabled, they do
need the symbols exported as they use them directly.
Make those drivers select a new CFG80211_WEXT_EXPORT Kconfig
symbol (instead of just CFG80211_WEXT) and export the functions
only if requested - this saves about 1/2k due to the size of
EXPORT_SYMBOL() itself.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Prior to this patch, sending a packet with the source MAC address of one
of the CPSW interfaces to one of the CPSW slave ports while it's configured in
dual_emac mode would update the port_num field of the VLAN/Unicast Address
Table Entry. This would cause it to discard all incoming traffic addressed to
that MAC address, essentially rendering the port useless until the ALE table is
cleared (by starting and stopping the interface or rebooting.)
For example, if eth0 has a MAC address of 90:59:af:8f:43:e9 it will have
an ALE table entry:
00 00 00 00 59 90 02 30 e9 43 8f af
(VLAN Addr vlan_id=2 unicast type=0 port_num=0 addr=90:59:af:8f:43:e9)
If you configure another device with the same MAC address and connect it
to the first CPSW slave port and send some traffic the ALE table entry
becomes:
04 00 00 00 59 90 02 30 e9 43 8f af
(VLAN Addr vlan_id=2 unicast type=0 port_num=1 addr=90:59:af:8f:43:e9)
>From this point forward all incoming traffic addressed to
90:59:af:8f:43:e9 will be dropped.
Setting the SECURE bit for the VLAN/Unicast address table entry for each
interface's MAC address corrects the problem.
Signed-off-by: George McCollister <george.mccollister@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the usbnet core does not update the tx_packets statistic for
drivers with FLAG_MULTI_PACKET and there is no hook in the TX
completion path where they could do this.
cdc_ncm and dependent drivers are bumping tx_packets stat on the
transmit path while asix and sr9800 aren't updating it at all.
Add a packet count in struct skb_data so these drivers can fill it
in, initialise it to 1 for other drivers, and add the packet count
to the tx_packets statistic on completion.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben.hutchings@codethink.co.uk>
Tested-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a discrepancy here because the niu_class_to_ethflow() returns
zero on failure and one on success but the caller expected zero on
success and negative on failure.
The problem means that we allow the user to pass classes and flow_types
which we don't want. I've looked at it a bit and I don't see it as a
very serious bug.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The smc91x driver traditionally gets configured at compile-time
for whichever hardware it runs on. This no longer works on
ARM as we continue to move to building all-in-one kernels.
Most ARM configurations with this driver already use run-time
configuration through DT or through platform_data, but a
few have not been converted yet.
I've checked all ARM boards that use this driver in their
legacy board files, and converted the ones that were using
compile-time configuration in smc91x.h to behave like the
other ones and provide the interrupt polarity along with
the MMIO configuration (width, stride) at platform device
creation time.
In particular, these combinations were previously selectable
in Kconfig but in fact broken:
- sa1100 assabet plus pleb
- msm combined with any other armv6/v7 platform
- pxa-idp combined with any non-DMA pxa variant
- LogicPD PXA270 combined with any other pxa
- nomadik combined with any other armv4/v5 platform,
e.g. versatile.
None of these seem critical enough to warrant a backport
to stable, but it would be nice to clean this up for good.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
----
I would like the patch to get merged through netdev, after
Robert and/or Linus have verified it on at least some hardware.
There are a few other non-ARM platforms using this driver,
I could do the same patch for those if we want to take
it further.
arch/arm/mach-msm/board-halibut.c | 8 ++++-
arch/arm/mach-msm/board-qsd8x50.c | 8 ++++-
arch/arm/mach-pxa/idp.c | 5 +++
arch/arm/mach-pxa/lpd270.c | 8 ++++-
arch/arm/mach-realview/core.c | 7 ++++
arch/arm/mach-realview/realview_eb.c | 2 +-
arch/arm/mach-sa1100/neponset.c | 6 ++++
arch/arm/mach-sa1100/pleb.c | 7 ++++
drivers/net/ethernet/smsc/smc91x.c | 9 +++--
drivers/net/ethernet/smsc/smc91x.h | 114 ++----------------------------------------------------------
10 files changed, 57 insertions(+), 117 deletions(-)
Tested-by: Robert Jarzmik <robert.jarzmik@free.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2015-02-26
This series contains fixes for i40e and i40evf only.
Alexey Khoroshilov found a possible leak of 'cmd_buf' when copy_from_user()
failed in i40e_dbg_command_write(), so resolved by calling kfree().
Shannon provides a fix to ensure the shift and bitwise precedences do not
work backwards for us by adding parans. Fixed the driver by preventing
the driver from allowing stray interrupts or causing system logs from
un-handled interrupts by combining the ICR0 shutdown with the standard
interrupt shutdown and add the interrupt clearing to the PCI shutdown
path. Fixed an issue where a NVM write times out before a transaction
can complete, so Shannon added logic to make another attempt by
reacquiring the semaphore, then retry the write, if the one retry fails,
we will then give up. Adds checks to pointers before their use to ensure
we do not try to dereference NULL pointers when returning values from the
AdminQ calls.
Akeem adds a check to bail out if the device is already down when checking
for Tx hang subtask.
Anjali fixes TSO with more than 8 frags per segment issue. The hardware
has some limitations which the driver needs to adhere to:
1) no more than 8 descriptors per packet on the wire
2) no header can span more than 3 descriptors
If one of these events happens, the hardware will generate an internal
error and freeze the Tx queue, so Anjali fixes this by linearizes the skb
to avoid these situations. Fixed an issue where the per Traffic Class
queue count was higher than queues enabled, which will fix a warning
with multiple function mode where systems regularly have more cores than
vectors. Fixed TCP/IPv6 over VXLAN Tx checksum offload, where we were
checking the outer protocol flags and deciding the flow for the inner
header.
Jesse fixes a race condition in the transmit hang detection. Before we
were having issues of false Tx hang detection, no the driver makes more
direct with the checks for progress forward by directly checking the head
write back address and tail register when determining progress. This
avoids Tx hangs where the software gets behind, because we are directly
checking hardware state when determining a hang state.
Neerav fixes the transmit ring Qset handle when DCB reconfigures. The issue
was when DCB is reconfigured to a single traffic class (TC) and the driver
did not reset the Tx ring Qset handle to correct the mapping, which caused
the Tx queue to disable timeouts. Also as part of DCB reconfiguration flow
if the Tx queue disable times out, then issue a PF reset to do some level
of recovery.
Mitch stops flow director on shutdown because, in some cases, the hardware
would continue to try to access the FDIR ring after entering D3Hot state,
which would cause either PCIe errors or NMIs, depending upon the system
configuration.
* NOTE * I have verified that this series of patches for net will not cause
any merge issues when you sync up your net tree with your net-next tree.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is possible that the hardware may not have been properly shutdown
before this driver gets control, through use by firmware, for example.
Until the driver is loaded, interrupts associated with the hardware
could go pending. When the IRQs are requested napi support has not
been initialized yet, but the ISR will get control and schedule napi
processing resulting in a kernel panic because the poll routine has not
been set.
Adjust the code so that the driver is fully ready to handle and process
interrupts as soon as the IRQs are requested. This involves requesting
and freeing IRQs during start and stop processing and ordering the napi
add and delete calls appropriately.
Also adjust the powerup and powerdown routines to match the start and
stop routines in regards to the ordering of tasks, including napi
related calls.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Just another AX88178-based 10/100/1000 USB-to-Ethernet dongle. This one
shows up in lsusb as: "Sitecom Europe B.V. LN-028 Network USB 2.0 Adapter".
Signed-off-by: Luca Ceresoli <luca@lucaceresoli.net>
Cc: Francois Romieu <romieu@fr.zoreil.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch allows TSO being set/unset on the master, so that GSO
segmentation is done after team layer.
Similar patch is present for bonding:
b0ce3508b2 ("bonding: allow TSO being set on bonding master")
and bridge:
f902e8812e ("bridge: Add ability to enable TSO")
Suggested-by: Jiri Prochazka <jprochaz@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
"val" is declared as a u64 so static checkers complain that this shift
can wrap. I don't have the hardware but probably it's doesn't have over
31 ports. Still we may as well silence the warning even if it's not a
real bug.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make sure kmalloc() succeeds.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When doing reads and writes to adapter memory via the PCI-E Memory Window
interface, data gets swizzled on 4-byte boundaries on Big-Endian systems
because we need to account for the register read/write interface which
incorporates a swizzle onto the Little-Endian PCI-E Bus.
Based on original work by Casey Leedom <leedom@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We should complete notify_check before returning the credits. Once we return the
credits, adaptor may access the notify data.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Sankar <ssujith@cisco.com>
Signed-off-by: Govindarajulu Varadarajan <_govind@gmx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While testing I experience a deadlock while using the at86rf233 on a
raspberry pi. The reason was an edge triggered gpio irq because the irq
triggered while irq was disabled. This issue doesn't happend on a level
triggered irq because the irq will hit after calling enable_irq.
This patch adds a warning that it's not recommended to use a edge-triggered
irq type. Also change the examples to high-level irqtype.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The at86rf2xx chips supports the setting of irq polarity if active low
or active high. This patch adds a handling for IRQ_ACTIVE_LOW if the
irq_type is IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Since we support at86rf233 we need to ensure that basic operation
default values are the same. This patch always sets IRQ_MASK_MODE to 0
which is after reset 1 at the at86rf233 and 0 at the at86rf231.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch removes tx_timeout handling. We used it in sync xmit
handling. Since we support async xmit handling a xmit timeout handling
isn't easy to implement and should be implemented by netdev watchdog
mechanism.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds support for setting the xtal trim register. Some at86rf2xx
transceiver boards needs fine tuning the xtal capacitor.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch copies the platform data in driver allocated space at first.
With this change we ensure that we access the allocated platform data as
readonly space.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
For the STA interface, track 'privacy'.
Refactor safety checks to:
- always print connection params
- always check IE size validity
- require RSN IE for secure connection
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Make this field to track privacy attribute for all interface types
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
On some platforms get_cycles() implemented to allways return 0.
On such platforms "Division by zero" bug was triggered.
Signed-off-by: Boris Sorochkin <boriss@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Change threshold to be variable debugfs entry from hard-coded 0.
Default threshold value is 16 descriptors because HW is capable
of fetching up to 16 descriptors at once.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Shulman <qca_shulmanv@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Mark expected branches using likely()/unlikely().
Do it on high performance route - data path and interrupts
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In the old hardware, bug existed that caused DA and SA for every
Rx packet to be swapped in the AP mode.
New hardware has fix for this bug. Enable this fix in the
hardware.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Hardware older than Sparrow B0 obsolete.
There is no WiFi product that uses this hardware.
Recent firmware does not support it either.
Remove driver support.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Introduce boot loader. Instead of the operational firmware,
very small boot loader is burned to the on-board flash. Boot loader
initializes hardware upon reset, and prepares for low power mode.
Boot loader reports MAC address and detects radio chip connected.
Driver loads firmware only when bringing up interface. All information
required to set up network interface, most important is MAC address,
reported by the boot loader
The firmware composed of 2 files:
- wil6210.fw - firmware itself (compiled code + data)
- wil6210.board - board file (various board and radio dependent
calibrations and parameters)
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Commit 84b313b35f ("mwifiex: make tx packet 64 byte DMA aligned")
induced payload offset issue for USB interface.
There is no USB interface header for tx packets, so there's no need to
pull interface length while processing tx skb.
This patch fixes this issue.
Signed-off-by: Zhaoyang Liu <liuzy@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch adds support for DMA alignment of sk_buffs
allocated for RX.
Patch also adds support to modify skb allocation flags.
Signed-off-by: Marc Yang <yangyang@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Qingshui Gao <gaoqs@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
FW crash has been observed while running iperf TX with SD8887
devices. This is because of invalid TX buffer setting. SD8887
supports 2K buffer sizes. This patch fixes this issue.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch changes datatypes for device capability flags to bool.
Patch also aggregates these variables at single place.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch fixes a crash which was happening because of RX of
management frames on uninitialzed interface. Now we drop management
frames for interfaces where cfg80211 has not registered any management
subtype reception or interface has no NL80211 iftype set.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch handles a corner case where TX packet would remain in
driver queue till next packet comes in.
Here is sequence:
1. TX packet is queued via hard_start_xmit and main_work is queued
2. SDIO interrupt comes in which directly call mwifiex_main_process.
This starts executing main superloop.
3. Now work from step1 is scheduled but at first check itself it sees
mwifiex_processing is set and exits.
4. Now if superloop from step2 has passed TX processing part of superloop
this packet would remain in queue until next packet/command/SDIO interrupt
arrives and queues main_work.
This patch fixes this corner case by defining more_task flag which is set when
mwifiex_processing is found to be true. At end of superloop we again check if
more_task flag is set and if set, execute superloop again.
Signed-off-by: Shengzhen Li <szli@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Debugfs_remove will check for error or NULL for us, so it is not
necessary to do this here.
Signed-off-by: Bas Peters <baspeters93@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Delete SET_USB_STOP macro and rtl_usb_deinit because
those are called twice in USB de-initialize routine.
Add some de-initialize workqueue function in USB disconnect routine.
Signed-off-by: Taehee Yoo <ap420073@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Cleanup the port forwarding state transitions for the cases when the port
joins or leaves a bridge, or is brought admin UP or DOWN. When port is
bridged, we can rely on bridge driver putting port in correct state using
STP callback into port driver, regardless if bridge is enabled for STP or not.
When port is not bridged, we can reuse some of the STP code to enabled or
disable forwarding depending on UP or DOWN.
Tested by trying all the transitions from bridge/not bridge, and UP/DOWN, and
verifying port is in the correct forwarding state after each transition.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is just a rename of physical ports from "lport" to "pport". Not a
functional change. OF-DPA uses logical ports (lport) for tunnels, but the
driver (and device) were using "lport" for physical ports. Renaming physical
ports references to "pport", freeing up "lport" for use later with tunnels.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The rocker device returns error codes if something goes wrong with descriptor
processing. Originally the device used standard errno codes for different
errors, but since those errno codes aren't portable across ARCHs, the device
now returns hard-coded error codes that stay constant across diff ARCHs. Fix
driver to use those same hard-coded values.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This device is a dongle made by Philips to enhance their TVs with wireless capabilities,
but works flawlessly on any upstream kernel, provided that the ath9k_htc module is attached to it.
It's correctly recognized by lsusb as "0471:209e Philips (or NXP) PTA01 Wireless Adapter" and the
patch has been tested on real hardware.
Signed-off-by: Leon Nardella <leon.nardella@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
All hw driver components in the rtlwifi driver, except for the
rtl8192de component has this bug. They would clear BE bit in the
ACM_CTRL register instead of the VO bit when processing the VO queue.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In some rare circumstances the escan protection timer can expire
before the setup completed (due to long timeouts on IOCTL). This
patch avoids this situation by setting the timer after the setup
completed correctly.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel (Deognyoun) Kim <dekim@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The SDIO watchdog will put the device in sleep mode when there is
no activity for some time and nothing to do anymore. This check
is incomplete and should also check if there is a control frame
to transmit.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel (Deognyoun) Kim <dekim@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Borrowed the idea of the PM freezer to make sdio suspend wait for
watchdog and DPC thread to freeze at a safe point in their thread
routine. The suspend takes 20-25 msec.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel (Deognyoun) Kim <dekim@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Make the revision info visible in debugfs. The new debugfs
file is named 'revinfo'.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel (Deognyoun) Kim <dekim@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
When a key is set or cleared with an unsupported key index then
brcmfmac will print an error. With most wpa_supplicants this is
happening a lot. The error print is confusing and not needed.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Changing the SDIO state of the driver involves changing the bus
interface state. Adding a helper function makes sure that knowledge
is in one place.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel (Deognyoun) Kim <dekim@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
alloc_workqueue() has string format formation ability e.g. wqname%ifname
will be treated as wqnameifname. Use this and remove string operations
while defining strings for workqueue names.
Reported-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
the if/elseif/else is exhaustive - there is no 4th case given the
rssi_ctrl_mask = RADIO_2055_NBRSSI_SEL | RADIO_2055_WBRSSI_G1_SEL |
RADIO_2055_WBRSSI_G2_SEL;
so this unreachable else case (dead code) can be dropped.
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Mc Guire <hofrat@osadl.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This is only an API consolidation and should make things more readable
it replaces var * HZ / 1000 by msecs_to_jiffies(var).
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Mc Guire <hofrat@osadl.org>
Acked-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
When coming out of WoW sleep, check and restart
timers based on TSF2.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The events for patterns 8..15 need to be
cleared on wakeup.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Handle the user-configured patterns in the range 8..15
when waking up and update wow_status correctly.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The power save state of MCI has to be disabled
when enabling WoW sleep, check this properly.
ar9003_mci_state() doesn't handle MCI_STATE_GET_WLAN_PS_STATE
right now, but this will be done later when proper
support for MCI/PS is added.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Several new MCI states have to handled,
add them to the list.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
When MCI is enabled and WoW sleep is enabled,
make sure that the RTC keep awake timer is set
with the required value. This is also required
when the AR_WA is programmed.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Along with AR9462, AR9565 also has an extra field
in the TX descriptor which needs to be zeroed out
for the keep alive frame. This makes the earlier
REG_WRITE redundant, so it can be removed.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Make sure we don't try to dereference NULL pointers when returning values
from the AdminQ calls.
Change-ID: Ia6694f2f415d50acf0aba063c863568742799aff
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In some circumstances, a multi-write transaction takes longer than the
default 3 minute timeout on the write semaphore. If the write failed with
an EBUSY status, this is likely the problem, so here we try to reacquire
the semaphore then retry the write. We only do one retry, then give up.
Change-ID: I1c8be60688acc2f39573839579baf601207c4a36
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In some cases, the hardware would continue to try to access the FDIR
ring after entering D3Hot state, which would cause either PCIe errors or
NMIs, depending upon system configuration.
Explicitly stop FDIR in our shutdown routine to eliminate this
possibility.
Change-ID: I1bd9fc7fd8f151fe24cad132ac9adddab923e3af
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Combine the ICR0 shutdown with the standard interrupt shutdown, and
add the interrupt clearing to the PCI shutdown path.
This prevents the driver from allowing stray interrupts or causing
system logs from un-handled interrupts.
Change-ID: I48f6ab95cad7f8ca77c1f26c92a51cc1034ced43
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We were checking the outer Protocol flags and deciding the flow for
inner header. This patch fixes that.
This fixes the Tx checksum offload for TCP/IPv6 over vxlan.
Change-ID: I837aaea921d34f71b24c2bc32aaadea5001ddf78
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
As part of DCB reconfiguration flow if the Tx queue disable times out
then issue a PF reset to do some level of recovery.
Change-ID: I7550021c55bff355351c0365e61e1f05fcaff46d
Signed-off-by: Neerav Parikh <neerav.parikh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When DCB is reconfigured to single TC the driver did not reset the
Tx ring Qset handle to the correct mapping; which caused Tx queue
disable timeouts.
Change-ID: I4da5915ec92a83c281b478d653fae6ef1b72edfe
Signed-off-by: Neerav Parikh <neerav.parikh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When the driver or hardware gets less interrupt vectors than the actual
number of CPU cores, limit the queue count for the priority queue
traffic class (TC) queues.
This will fix a warning with multiple function mode where systems
regularly have more cores than vectors.
Also add extra comment for readability.
Change-ID: I4f02226263aa3995e1f5ee5503eac0cd6ee12fbd
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The driver was having some issues with false Tx hang detection. This
makes the driver a little more direct with the checks for progress
forward by directly checking the head write back address and tail register
when determining progress. This avoids Tx hangs where the software
gets behind, because we are directly checking hardware state when
determining hang state.
Change-ID: I774f0e861c9e8ab5ccb213634100fe15440ae24a
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The hardware has some limitations the driver needs to adhere to,
that we found in extended testing.
1) no more than 8 descriptors per packet on the wire
2) no header can span more than 3 descriptors
If one of these events occurs, the hardware will generate an internal
error and freeze the Tx queue.
This patch linearizes the skb to avoid these situations.
Change-ID: I37dab7d3966e14895a9663ec4d0aaa8eb0d9e115
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds check to bail out if device is already down when checking
for Tx hang subtask.
Change-ID: I3853fb7a6d11cb9a4c349b687cb25c15b19977a0
Signed-off-by: Akeem G Abodunrin <akeem.g.abodunrin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add parens to make sure the shift and bitwise precedences don't work backwards
for us.
Change-ID: I60c10ef4fad6bc654522b9d8a53da2e270a0f268
Reported-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The patch fixes a leak of 'cmd_buf' when copy_from_user() failed
in i40e_dbg_command_write().
Found by Linux Driver Verification project (linuxtesting.org).
Signed-off-by: Alexey Khoroshilov <khoroshilov@ispras.ru>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2015-02-24
This series contains updates to i40e and i40evf only, which bumps their
versions to i40e 1.2.9 and i40evf 1.2.3.
Paul fixes i40e_debug_aq() for big endian machines by adding the
appropriate LExx_TO_CPU wrappers.
Catherine adds a requested speed variable to the link_status to store the
last speeds we requested from the firmware and use the advertised speed
settings in get_settings in ethtool now that we have it. Due to the
new code addition, she also refactors get_settings to improve readability
and to accommodate some of the longer lines of code by adding two
functions i40e_get_settings_link_up() and i40e_get_settings_link_down().
Carolyn adds a struct to the VSI struct to keep track of RXNFC settings
done via ethtool. Adds more information to the interrupt vector
names, specifically to the VF misc vector name so that we can distinguish
between all the interrupts.
Ashish enables the i40evf driver to enable debug prints via ethtool.
Mitch updates i40e to enable packet split only when IOMMU is in use,
since it shows a distinct advantage over the single-buffer path
because it minimizes DMA mapping and unmapping. Also adds the receive
routine in use to the features log message to be able to print the
receive packet split status.
Greg adds the ability to get, set and commit permanently the NPAR
partition BW configuration through configfs. Enables an application
to query the i40e driver's private flags to get the status of NPAR
enablement via ethtool.
Neerav adds support for bridge offload ndo_ops getlink and setlink
to enable bridge hardware mode as per the mode set via IFLA_BRIDGE_MODE.
The support is only enabled in the case of a PF VSI and not available for
any other VSI type.
Kevin fixes i40e by ensuring the BUF and FLAG_RD flags are set for
indirect admin queue command.
Vasu updates the driver to setup FCoE netdev device type as "fcoe", so that
it shows up in sysfs as FCoE device.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement the bridge join, leave and set_stp callbacks by making that
we do the following:
- when a port joins the bridge, all existing ports in the bridge get
their VLAN control register updated with that joining port
- the joining port is including all existing bridge ports in its own
VLAN control register
The leave operation is fairly similar, special care must be taken to
make sure that port leaving the bridging is not removing itself from its
own VLAN control register.
Since the various BR_* states apply directly to our HW semantics, we
just need to translate these constants into their corresponding HW
settings, and voila!
We make sure to trigger a fast-ageing process for ports that are
joining/leaving the bridge and transition from incompatible states, this
is equivalent to triggering an ARL flush for that port.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The PHY requires different settings for the Decision Feedback Analyzer
(DFE) when running in KX mode vs. KR mode. Update the code to change
these settings when changing modes in order to provide a more stable
link.
Additionally, adjust the 10GbE PQ skew default setting to a more sane
value.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The commit below didn't update the max_ht_ampdu_exponent
for the devices listed in iwl-[1-6]000.c which, in result,
became 0 instead of 8K. This reduced the size of the Rx
AMPDU from 64K to 8K which had an impact in the Rx
throughput. One user reported that because of this, his
downstream throughput droppped by a half.
CC: <stable@vger.kernel.org> [3.19]
Fixes: c064ddf318 ("iwlwifi: change max HT and VHT A-MPDU exponent")
Reported-and-tested-by: Valentin Manea <linux-wireless@mrs.ro>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Bump i40e to 1.2.9 and i40evf 1.2.3
Also update the copyright year.
Change-ID: I345d777e94abd0acffe6a28793f675d251a86299
Signed-off-by: Sravanthi Tangeda <sravanthi.tangeda@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds the netdev name to the VF misc vector name. Without
this patch, all the interrupts show the same info, so it difficult to
distinguish them.
Change-ID: I247828697e1373ecfb5f8dc1bc9618e98a7f4942
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Allow an application to query the i40e driver's private flags to get the
status of NPAR enablement. This will be used by applications to determine
if there are NPAR specific features available.
Change-ID: Ia6d9477a48f9c4cb41ca022bd433f77da3f2146c
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Set FLAG_RD for send_driver_version AQ command.
Change-ID: I8253051eff85a1d4b5a4e12ce0395b65ceb91e62
Signed-off-by: Kevin Scott <kevin.c.scott@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add the RX routine in use to the features log message.
Change-ID: Ifbbf28fb7f42b9a3d2828586488e9e6331107dd5
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Setup FCoE netdev device type as "fcoe", so that it shows up in
sysfs as FCoE device.
Change-ID: Ie13a1a332dba4d5802586926104ee01ef20da44f
Signed-off-by: Vasu Dev <vasu.dev@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
BUF flag must be set for indirect AQ command.
Change-ID: I6819718a47baf69d1a91ebaed89f735ed6e86025
Signed-off-by: Kevin Scott <kevin.c.scott@intel.com>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add support for bridge offload ndo_ops getlink and setlink to
enable bridge hardware mode as per the mode set via IFLA_BRIDGE_MODE.
The support is only enabled in case of a PF VSI and not available for
any other VSI type.
By default the i40e driver inserts a bridge as part of the bring-up
when a FDIR type VSI and/or a FCoE VSI is created. This bridge is
created in VEB mode by default i.e. after creating the bridge using
"Add VEB" AQ command the loopback for the PF's default VSI is enabled.
The patch adds capability where all the VSIs created as downlink to
the bridge inherits the loopback property and enables loopback only
if the uplink bridge is operating in VEB mode.
Hence, there is no need to explicitly enable loopback as part of
allocating resources for SR-IOV VFs and call to do that has been
removed.
In case a user-request is made either via "bridge" utility or using
the bridge netlink interface that requires to change the hardware
bridge mode then that would require a PF reset and rebuild of the
switch hierarchy.
Also update the copyright year.
Change-ID: I4d78fc1c83158efda29ba7be92239b74f75d6d25
Signed-off-by: Neerav Parikh <neerav.parikh@intel.com>
Tested-By: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add configfs controls to get, set and commit NPAR BW configurations.
We export three controls:
min_bw - Can take a value from 0 to 100 inclusive
max_bw - Can take a value from 1 to 100 inclusive
commit - A write-only control that accepts only a value of 1 and will
cause the BW settings to be permanently committed to NVM so
that they are persistent across power cycles and system
resets
The BW values are relative and are expressed as percentages. For more
information on the interpretation of the BW settings see the Dell
specifications for NPAR.
Also update the copyright year.
Change-ID: Id7496ca65630b5037e32ba6a5a748fbc1632881b
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Tested-By: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We need to be able to get, set and commit permanently the NPAR
partition BW configuration through configfs. These are necessary
precursor functions for that feature.
Also update the copyright year.
Change-ID: I9d5ca160a9288145f1dd2042994028679fff55f3
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When an IOMMU is in use, the packet split receive path shows a distinct
advantage over the single-buffer path because it minimizes DMA mapping
and unmapping. However, this is not an advantage for systems with no
IOMMU. At init time, check to see if an IOMMU is enabled and enable
packet split receives.
Change-ID: I4f70d2e9c31bbea3dc8fd0c5734959a6e6602210
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Copy setting from ethtool to the HW specific struct to actually
enable prints. Change print from i40e to i40evf to differentiate
drivers in bare metal scenarios.
Also update the copyright year.
Change-ID: I06fee26247299a08f2e1c70fc811a9ea0931c4dd
Signed-off-by: Ashish Shah <ashish.n.shah@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds a struct to the VSI struct to keep track of rxnfc
settings done via ethtool. Without this patch, the device can only
list the options available, not the current settings and this is not
clear to the user. Without current settings, the available settings
never changing looks like a bug.
Also update the copyright year.
Change-ID: I087bbfdb33b330496a671630a7586773e3b3e589
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add a requested speed variable to the link_status struct to store the
last speeds we requested from the firmware (the speeds the FW will be
advertising with if autoneg is enabled).
Use the advertised speed settings in get_settings in ethtool now that
we have it. Also set the requested speed settings in set_settings in
ethtool as they are requested and initialize them in probe based on what
the firmware remembers as the last requested speeds.
To accommodate some longer lines in this new code, and improve
readability I have added two functions i40e_get_settings_link_up
and i40e_get_settings_link_down which get_settings now calls first.
It then does all of the settings that happen regardless of link
state. Some PHY types that supported the same settings were also combined.
Also update the copyright year.
Change-ID: Ica0c5ac81b6069ea6a7406fce7482f7816d4455c
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The function i40e_debug_aq() prints information helpful in debugging
admin queue commands, but it doesn't do so correctly on big endian machines.
This patch adds the appropriate LExx_TO_CPU wrappers for big endian
architectures.
Also update the copyright year.
Change-ID: I4b2dc229ed5bf6dfe35632a58cddf53c21aff4b0
Signed-off-by: Paul M Stillwell Jr <paul.m.stillwell.jr@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add Byte Queue Limits (BQL) support to via-rhine driver.
[edumazet] tweaked patch and changed TX_RING_SIZE from 16 to 64
Signed-off-by: Tino Reichardt <milky-kernel@mcmilk.de>
Tested-by: Jamie Gloudon <jamie.gloudon@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the pending indexes are released /after/ pushing the Tx response
then a stale pending index may be used if a new Tx request is
immediately pushed by the frontend. The may cause various WARNINGs or
BUGs if the stale pending index is actually still in use.
Fix this by releasing the pending index before pushing the Tx
response.
The full barrier for the pending ring update is not required since the
the Tx response push already has a suitable write barrier.
Signed-off-by: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@citrix.com>
Reviewed-by: Wei Liu <wei.liu2@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Churn Detection machines detect the situation where a port is operable,
but the Actor and Partner have not attached the link to an Aggregator and
brought the link into operation within a bound time period. Under normal
operation of the LACP, agreement between Actor and Partner should be reached
very rapidly. Continued failure to reach agreement can be symptomatic of
device failure.
Actor-churn-detection state-machine
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@redhat.com>
===================================
BEGIN=True + PortEnable=False
|
v
+------------------------+ ActorPort.Sync=True +------------------+
| ACTOR_CHURN_MONITOR | ---------------------> | NO_ACTOR_CHURN |
|========================| |==================|
| ActorChurn=False | ActorPort.Sync=False | ActorChurn=False |
| ActorChurn.Timer=Start | <--------------------- | |
+------------------------+ +------------------+
| ^
| |
ActorChurn.Timer=Expired |
| ActorPort.Sync=True
| |
| +-----------------+ |
| | ACTOR_CHURN | |
| |=================| |
+--------------> | ActorChurn=True | ------------+
| |
+-----------------+
Similar for the Partner-churn-detection.
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The 802.1AX standard states:
"The DA in LACPDUs is the Slow_Protocols_Multicast address."
This patch enforces that and drops LACPDUs with destination MAC
addresses other than Slow_Protocols_Multicast address
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2015-02-23
This series contains updates to e1000e, igbvf, i40e and i40evf.
David adds support for i219 devices to the e1000e driver.
Jeff (me) provides two patches to cleanup igbvf, first cleans up the
whitespace issues found and the second cleans up the usage of msleep(),
min() and max() with usleep_range(), min_t() and max_t() respectively.
Kamil updates the shadow RAM read/write functions by refactoring them
to prepare for future work.
Shannon renames the debugfs command "clear_stats pf" to clear_stats port"
to clarify what the function really does.
Mitch refactors the receive routine, by splitting the receive hot path
code into two, one for packet split and one for single buffer, which
improves receive performance. Disables NAPI polling sooner when closing
the interface to fix an occasional panic during close which was
caused by the driver trying to delete and clean rings at the same time.
Also refactors reset for i40evf, since a recent change to the shutdown
flow messed up the reset flow. Since i40evf_down() now holds the
critical section lock, we cannot call it from the reset handler, which
also holds the lock.
Nicholas restricts the virtual channel opcodes should remain consistent
between updates to the opcode enum.
Neerav converts the VSI connection type to use a #define instead of
using a magic number.
Anjali updates the registers file to remove registers no longer available.
Also fixes the EMPR interrupt handling, so that we won't trigger another
EMPR when we receive an EMPR event.
Catherine cleans up the variable an_enable since it was set and never
used.
Greg fixes the netdev op that allows the operator to turn MAC/VLAN
spoof checking on and off so that it includes the flag for VLAN spoof
checking.
v2: Updated patch #10 in the series to use test_and_clear_bit() as
suggested by Sergei Shtylyov
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
bcmgenet_hw_params->bds_cnt and GENET_DEFAULT_BD_CNT are used only in Tx init.
Rename them accordingly:
- bcmgenet_hw_params->bds_cnt => bcmgenet_hw_params->tx_bds_per_q
- GENET_DEFAULT_BD_CNT => GENET_Q16_TX_BD_CNT
Signed-off-by: Petri Gynther <pgynther@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is 1-to-1 mapping between TxCBs and TxBDs. Precalculate TxCB->bd_addr
once in bcmgenet_init_dma() instead of doing it over and over needlessly in
bcmgenet_get_txcb().
Signed-off-by: Petri Gynther <pgynther@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1. Rename bcmgenet_init_multiq() to bcmgenet_init_tx_queues()
2. Fix bcmgenet_init_tx_queues() function description
3. Move Tx default queue init inside bcmgenet_init_tx_queues()
4. Modify bcmgenet_init_dma() to call bcmgenet_init_tx_queues()
Signed-off-by: Petri Gynther <pgynther@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1. Simplify function description
2. Rename function parameter write_ptr to start_ptr to better indicate use
3. Remove unnecessary local variable first_bd
4. Remove out-of-place comment "Unclassified traffic goes to ring 16"
5. Fix TDMA_WRITE_PTR register init
Signed-off-by: Petri Gynther <pgynther@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Correct two problems with the error handling when using the netlink
forwarding API: first, the netlink skb is never freed if nla_put()
fails; and second, genlmsg_unicast() can fail if the netlink socket
is full. In the latter case, the corresponding data skb is not counted
as a drop and userspace programs like wmediumd will see TCP stalls
due to lost packets.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Under rare circumstances, after a reset, set_rx_mode might get called
while the watchdog is running, which will cause a deadlock on the
critical section lock. To correct this, add a counter and give up trying
to get the lock after fifty tries. Log a message if this happens but
don't take any other action. Because this happens after a reset, all of
the Rx filters are still in place and the device won't lose
connectivity.
We can also get stuck during shutdown, if the PF has stopped communicating
with us, or if a reset is occurring. If we can't get the lock after a reasonable
amount of time, just error out. Something else bad is happening anyway, so
adding this filter is the least of our concern right now.
Change-ID: I159731e2a82a06b389ee31b34ce336548e05baa0
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A recent change to the shutdown flow messed up the reset flow. Since
i40evf_down now holds the critical section lock, we cannot call it from
the reset handler, which also holds the lock. To do so causes a deadlock
accompanied by wailing and gnashing of teeth. This is easily triggered
by running an ethtool self-test on the PF device.
Instead, we move the relevant portions of i40evf_down into the reset
handler and bend them to our will. Additionally, we can optimize the
reinit path by not deleting the MAC and VLAN filters and then adding
them back again. Instead, we just set the 'add' flag and let the
watchdog resynchronize the filter list with the PF driver. We also
reword a few messages to make them more consistent with the rest of the
driver.
Change-ID: I03dd92ae736f7719fca3564b12a2cf9b98c6cb18
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When closing the interface, disable NAPI polling before any other
activities. This fixes an occasional panic during close caused by the
driver trying to delete and clean rings at the same time.
Change-ID: Ib4d427b13d310258ea85b248d535da70ecf0c1e9
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The netdev op that allows the operator to turn MAC/VLAN spoof checking on
and off did not include the flag for VLAN spoof checking. This patch
fixes that problem.
Change-ID: Ib4c9e639024a854592d97af22706544881ac3fcb
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Bump i40e to 1.2.8 and i40evf to 1.2.2
Change-ID: I64f47c3367ea8ff2a53068e895d7a1f60726c871
Signed-off-by: Sravanthi Tangeda <sravanthi.tangeda@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
An_enable was never used only set so lets remove it. The function
update_link_info only did two things, call get_link_info and set
an_enabled. Therefore we should also remove update_link_info and
change all references to it to get_link_info.
Change-ID: Ie3022680fa7a94bfd495a4f5fc76a73701d85569
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We shouldn't trigger another EMPR when we receive an EMPR event.
This patch handles EMPR event reception with a different state
so that we can do the right thing for NVM.
Change-ID: I9cac70b3658600f016a65beb6fb157e1c1f9adf9
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Some registers have been removed so take them out and
stop updating and looking at them.
Change-ID: I33da922c8de993a94dd8b8d8a2ae2146b8ca1a27
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Use #defined VSI connection type values instead of using magic numbers.
Change-ID: I2f6cf7bf394d391e1c0fe61779e9e4ad8858154a
Signed-off-by: Neerav Parikh <neerav.parikh@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Until the time a more robust versioning scheme is needed/implemented all
established virtual channel opcode values should remain consistent between
updates to the opcode enum.
This patch repositions I40E_VIRTCHNL_OP_CONFIG_RSS to the end of the enum. In
its current position this opcode displaces the initial value of
I40E_VIRTCHNL_OP_EVENT and will cause PF/VF compatibility issues.
Going forward the expectation is either:
a) All future opcode additions will be added as the last element of the
enum. Once VF drivers start making use of the new commands the virtual
channel version will need to be incremented and drivers will need to
implement a simple version check whereby VF drivers can only load on
PFs with a >= version.
b) or, if needed, design and implement a more complicated API
negotiation capability.
In either case PF drivers should always maintain backwards compatibility with
earlier VF driver versions.
Change-ID: Ie245daa09a231b6680ed793d648bdcc76caefe58
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Nunley <nicholas.d.nunley@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Split the receive hot path code into two, one for packet split and one
for single buffer. This improves receive performance since we only need
to check if the ring is in packet split mode once per NAPI poll time,
not several times per packet. The single buffer code is further improved
by the removal of a bunch of code and several variables that are not
needed. On a receive-oriented test this can improve single-threaded
throughput.
Also refactor the packet split receive path to use a fixed buffer for
headers, like ixgbe does. This vastly reduces the number of DMA mappings
and unmappings we need to do, allowing for much better performance in
the presence of an IOMMU.
Lastly, correct packet split descriptor types now that we are actually
using them.
Change-ID: I3a194a93af3d2c31e77ff17644ac7376da6f3e4b
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Change debugfs command from "clear_stats pf" to "clear_stats port"
to be clearer what the action is. Also, limit the action to the
base PF, not the NPAR partitions.
Change-ID: I22aa39c0962d83a83a985097b1000ed7f8c66f3f
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This change is to refactor the read/write functions to support
future work.
Change-ID: I13150d5e3042f2c617362c0140dc7e6473ebcdee
Signed-off-by: Kamil Krawczyk <kamil.krawczyk@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fixed a few cases of when we used msleep() when we should have been
using usleep_range(). Also updated the usage of min/max() to use
min_t/max_t().
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Fix the code comments to align with the drivers/net/ commenting style.
Also fix other checkpatch errors such as using tabs where possible and
properly wrap lines to conform to the 80 char limit (unless it is
a string).
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
i219 is the next-generation LOM that will be available on systems with the
Sunrise Point Platform Controller Hub (PCH) chipset from Intel. This patch
provides the initial support for the device.
Signed-off-by: Dave Ertman <david.m.ertman@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Tested-by: Carmen Edwards <carmenx.edwards@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Incorrect NAPI polling caused WARNING at net/core/dev.c net_rx_action.
Some stability issues were also seen at high throughput and system
load before this patch.
This patch contains several changes in altera_tse_main.c:
- tse_rx() is fixed to not process more than `limit` frames
- tse_poll() is refactored to match NAPI logic
- only received frames are counted for return value
- removed bogus condition `(rxcomplete >= budget || txcomplete > 0)`
- replace by: if (rxcomplete < budget) -> call __napi_complete and enable irq
- altera_isr()
- replace spin_lock_irqsave() by spin_lock() - we are in isr
- use spinlocks just over irq manipulation, not over __napi_schedule
- reset IRQ first, then disable and schedule napi
This is a cleaned up resubmission from Vlastimil's recent submission.
Signed-off-by: Vlastimil Setka <setka@vsis.cz>
Signed-off-by: Roman Pisl <rpisl@kky.zcu.cz>
Signed-off-by: Vince Bridgers <vbridger@opensource.altera.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch corrects a typo in the way tx_fifo_depth is read from the
devicetree. This patch was submitted by Vlastimil about a week ago,
and is now cleaned up and resubmitted.
Signed-off-by: Vlastimil Setka <setka@vsis.cz>
Signed-off-by: Vince Bridgers <vbridger@opensource.altera.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current FW is declaring support for BFER in ucode_capa.capa
but it doesn't really support it unless the new LQ_SS_PARAMS API
is supported as well. Avoid publishing BFER in our VHT caps
if FW doesn't support.
Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyalx.shapira@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
iwl_mvm_stop_roc removes TE only if running flag is set. This is not correct
since this flag is only set when the TE is started.
This resulted in a TE not being removed, when mac80211 believes that there are
no active ROCs.
Fixes: bf5da87f60 ("iwlwifi: mvm: add remove flow for AUX ROC time events")
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Matti Gottlieb <matti.gottlieb@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Currently following race is possible in team:
CPU0 CPU1
team_port_del
team_upper_dev_unlink
priv_flags &= ~IFF_TEAM_PORT
team_handle_frame
team_port_get_rcu
team_port_exists
priv_flags & IFF_TEAM_PORT == 0
return NULL (instead of port got
from rx_handler_data)
netdev_rx_handler_unregister
The thing is that the flag is removed before rx_handler is unregistered.
If team_handle_frame is called in between, team_port_exists returns 0
and team_port_get_rcu will return NULL.
So do not check the flag here. It is guaranteed by netdev_rx_handler_unregister
that team_handle_frame will always see valid rx_handler_data pointer.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Fixes: 3d249d4ca7 ("net: introduce ethernet teaming device")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In certain conditions, mac80211 may ask us to stop a scan (scheduled
or normal) that is not running anymore. This can also happen when we
are doing a different type of scan, for instance, mac80211 can ask us
to stop a scheduled scan when we are running a normal scan, due to
some race conditions. In this case, we would stop the wrong type of
scan and leave everything everything in a wrong state.
To fix this, simply ignore scan stop requests for scans types that are
not running.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The check to avoid the shared antenna was passed the wrong
antenna parameter. It should have checked whether the antenna of
the next column we're considering is allowed and instead it was
passed the current antenna.
This could lead to a wrong choice of the next column in the rs
algorithm and non optimal performance.
Fixes: commit 219fb66b49 ("iwlwifi: mvm: rs - don't use the shared antenna when BT load is high")
CC: <stable@vger.kernel.org> [3.19]
Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyalx.shapira@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Every time be_setup() is called, the driver will have to wait for the
function/FW to be properly initialized. So, it make sense to move this call
inside be_setup().
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalesh AP <kalesh.purayil@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Most of the resource cleanup sequences performed in be_suspend(),
be_eeh_err_detected() and be_err_detection_task() are same. Moved the
common code to a new routine be_cleanup() to avoid code duplication.
Signed-off-by: Kalesh AP <kalesh.purayil@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Most of the adapter initialisation sequences performed in be_resume(),
be_eeh_resume() and be_err_recover() are same. Renamed be_resume() to
be_pci_resume() and moved the common code to a new routine be_resume() to
avoid code duplication.
Signed-off-by: Kalesh AP <kalesh.purayil@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The steps needed for Lancer's reset/initialization sequence are:
a) wait for SLIPORT_STAUS RDY bit to be set
b) set the SLIPORT_CONTROL IP bit
c) repeat step "a"
The code needed for this sequence is already covered by the be_func_init()
routine (with minor modifications.) So, get rid of the
lancer_test_and_set_rdy_state() and lancer_provisioning_error() routines
that unnecessarily duplicate this code. Also fixed the error recovery
function to take care of these changes
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalesh AP <kalesh.purayil@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently when an error is detected, the queue resources are being cleaned up
in the recovery routine. The resources are better cleaned up in the error
detection routine itself (similar to EEH code.)
So, this patch re-factors error processing logic to follow the following sequence:
- check if there is an error in adapter
- if error,
- cleanup resources
- attempt recovery
The patch renames lancer_recover_func() to be_err_recover() as this
routine will be used in the future for error recovery on Skyhawk too.
Signed-off-by: Kalesh AP <kalesh.purayil@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Also rename func_recovery_work/task to err_detection_work/task as error
detection is the primary goal of this task while recovery is not guaranteed.
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalesh AP <kalesh.purayil@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Function initialization sequence is executed in be_probe(), be_resume
and be_eeh_resume(). Move this code to a new routine called be_func_init()
to prevent code duplication.
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalesh AP <kalesh.purayil@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Most of the code to fetch the adapter state is in be_setup()->be_get_config().
So, move the code from be_get_initial_config() to be_get_config().
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalesh AP <kalesh.purayil@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The members of be_adapter struct were being allocated in two separate
routines -- be_ctrl_init() and be_stats_init(). Also, some other members
were allocated elsewhere. This patch moves the alloc/free code into
be_drv_init/cleanup() routines. The be_pci_map_bars() routine that was
called from be_ctrl_init() is now called directly from be_probe().
The new routine be_drv_init() will now be the place-holder for allocating
memory for any new be_adapter{} members in the future.
Some routines needed to be moved to provide forward definitions for their
calls.
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalesh AP <kalesh.purayil@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently rs uses the info in mac80211 tx status which is
a translation of the actual rate coming up from the FW in
the tx response. This is matched up against the LQ table first
rate to make sure this tx frame used the current LQ table.
Instead of using the translated mac80211 info it's easier and
cleaner to just pass the actual tx response rate in the driver
private data and use that for matching.
This becomes even more important once the FW begins to
decide on its own whether to use STBC/BFER/SISO.
Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyalx.shapira@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
A scan abort command failure is not that unusual, since we may try to
send it after the scan has actually completed but before we received
the completed notification from the firmware. The scan abort can also
fail for other reasons, such as a timeout. In such cases, we should
clear things up so the next scans will work again. To do so, don't
return immediately in case of failures, but call
ieee80211_scan_completed() and clear the scan_status flags.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
There are certain regressions which are pointing to
these two commits which we are having a hard time
resolving. So revert them for now.
Specifically this reverts:
commit 0bec3b700d
Author: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Date: Wed Jan 7 10:49:49 2015 +0100
r8169: add support for xmit_more
and
commit 1e91887685
Author: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Date: Wed Oct 1 13:38:03 2014 +0200
r8169: add support for Byte Queue Limits
There were some attempts by Eric Dumazet to address some obvious
problems in the TX flow, to see if they would fix the problems,
but none of them seem to help for the regression reporters.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use helper functions to access current->state.
Direct assignments are prone to races and therefore buggy.
current->state = TASK_RUNNING is replaced by __set_current_state()
Thanks to Peter Zijlstra for the exact definition of the problem.
Suggested-By: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Acked-By: Jan "Yenya" Kasprzak <kas@fi.muni.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use helper functions to access current->state.
Direct assignments are prone to races and therefore buggy.
Thanks to Peter Zijlstra for the exact definition of the problem.
Suggested-By: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch updates the BNA driver version to 3.2.25.1 and the firmware version
to 3.2.5.1
Signed-off-by: Rasesh Mody <rasesh.mody@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reading 64-bits register was not working because we inverted the steps
between reading the lower 32-bits of the register and reading the upper
32-bits. Swapping these operations is how the HW guarantees that 64-bits
reads are latched correctly. We only have a handful of 64-bits registers
for now, mostly MIB counters, so the imapct is low.
Fixes: 246d7f773c ("net: dsa: add Broadcom SF2 switch driver")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
An error return from __vnet_tx_trigger() sets the TX descriptor to
VIO_DESC_FREE while leaving port->tx_bufs[txi].skb set. This leads
to a BUG_ON() the next time this descriptor is used.
This patch frees the pending skb when getting a trigger error to
match the VIO_DESC_FREE state.
Signed-off-by: David L Stevens <david.stevens@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove duplicate code.
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Issue caught by 0-day kernel test infrastructure. Code changed to use sockaddr
members so that %pISc can be used instead.
Fixes: b5a02f503c ('cxgb4 : Update ipv6 address handling api')
Signed-off-by: Anish Bhatt <anish@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ipvlan was added into 3.19 release and iproute2 added support
for the same in iproute2-3.19 package.
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
CC: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ltpc driver is rather outdated and does not get built on most
platforms because it requires the ISA_DMA_API symbol. However
there are some ARM platforms that have ISA_DMA_API but no virt_to_bus,
and they get this build error when enabling the ltpc driver.
drivers/net/appletalk/ltpc.c: In function 'handlefc':
drivers/net/appletalk/ltpc.c:380:2: error: implicit declaration of function 'virt_to_bus' [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
set_dma_addr(dma,virt_to_bus(ltdmacbuf));
^
This adds another dependency in Kconfig to avoid that configuration.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The smc91x driver tries to support multiple platforms at compile
time, but they are mutually exclusive at runtime, and not clearly
defined.
Trying to build for CONFIG_SA1100_ASSABET without CONFIG_ASSABET_NEPONSET
results in this link error:
drivers/built-in.o: In function `smc_drv_probe':
:(.text+0x33310c): undefined reference to `neponset_ncr_frob'
since the neponset_ncr_set function is not defined otherwise.
Similarly, building for both CONFIG_SA1100_ASSABET and CONFIG_SA1100_PLEB
results in a different build error:
smsc/smc91x.c: In function 'smc_drv_probe':
smsc/smc91x.c:2299:2: error: implicit declaration of function 'neponset_ncr_set' [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
neponset_ncr_set(NCR_ENET_OSC_EN);
^
smsc/smc91x.c:2299:19: error: 'NCR_ENET_OSC_EN' undeclared (first use in this function)
neponset_ncr_set(NCR_ENET_OSC_EN);
^
This is an attempt to fix the call site responsible for both
errors, making sure we call the function exactly when the driver
is actually trying to run on the assabet/neponset machine. With
this patch, I no longer see randconfig build errors in this file.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch converts all __raw_readl and __raw_writel function calls
to their corresponding readl_relaxed and writel_relaxed variants.
It also tells the driver to set ahb_endian_swp_mgmt_en bit in dma_cfg
when the CPU is configured in big endian mode.
Signed-off-by: Arun Chandran <achandran@mvista.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If both promisc and allmulti are set, promisc should trump allmulti and
disable the MAC filter; otherwise, the interface is not really promisc.
Previously, this code checked IFF_ALLMULTI prior to and without regard for
IFF_PROMISC; if both were set, only multicast and direct unicast traffic
would make it through the filter.
Signed-off-by: Derrick Pallas <pallas@meraki.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch updates BNX2 driver version to 2.2.6 and CNIC driver version
to 2.5.21.
Signed-off-by: Rasesh Mody <rasesh.mody@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Do not enable filter SORT MODE in chip init routine. This patch addresses an
issue where BCM5716 sporadically drops packets when changing multicast list.
Signed-off-by: Rasesh Mody <rasesh.mody@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch provides additional changes as a part of BNX2 and CNIC driver
re-branding effort.
Signed-off-by: Rasesh Mody <rasesh.mody@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
phy_init_eee uses phy_find_setting(phydev->speed, phydev->duplex)
to find a valid entry in the settings array for the given speed
and duplex value. For full duplex 1000baseT, this will return
the first matching entry, which is the entry for 1000baseKX_Full.
If the phy eee does not support 1000baseKX_Full, this entry will not
match, causing phy_init_eee to fail for no good reason.
Fixes: 9a9c56cb34 ("net: phy: fix a bug when verify the EEE support")
Fixes: 3e7077067e ("phy: Expand phy speed/duplex settings array")
Cc: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Always read bInterfaceNumber from the current altsetting, not from the first one
available in the altsetting array. This is coming from code review, not related
to any specific bug.
Signed-off-by: Aleksander Morgado <aleksander@aleksander.es>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The National Instruments USB Host-to-Host Cable is based on the Prolific
PL-25A1 chipset. Add its VID/PID so the plusb driver will recognize it.
Signed-off-by: Ben Shelton <ben.shelton@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- To avoid multiple accesses to CQE, extract compl_status and end_idx from
be_tx_compl_get().
Signed-off-by: Sriharsha Basavapatna <sriharsha.basavapatna@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- Reduce code duplication by moving WRB-frags setup into a function.
- Do not setup WRB-header before frags are setup, which is unncessary if
there's errors while setting up frags. We should only grab an entry for
the header, setup the frags and if everything is fine setup the header.
- The error cleanup can be moved into a small function.
Signed-off-by: Sriharsha Basavapatna <sriharsha.basavapatna@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The WRB header is setup by wrb_fill_hdr() routine. This routine currently
gets some of the WRB params as args and figures out rest of the WRB params
by looking at various fields in skb (like gso, checksum, vlan-tag etc).
All these params could instead be retrieved from the skb into a structure
and passed to this routine. This separates wrb_fill_hdr() to only provide
chip-specific code to fill the WRB. This also makes it simple to support
chips with different WRB formats.
Signed-off-by: Sriharsha Basavapatna <sriharsha.basavapatna@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ehea creates memory hotplug, reboot and crash hooks even if there
are no adapters in the box. Just create them when we probe our
first adapter.
[cascardo: use ehea_register_memory_hooks return code]
Signed-off-by: Anton Blanchard <anton@samba.org>
Tested-by: Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo <cascardo@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo <cascardo@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the device is configured to use single chip addressing mode, the
phy devices of the port are not accessible on the host MDIO
bus. Instead the switch internal MDIO bus must be used. For this to
work, the phy polling unit must be enabled.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mv88e6352 allows access to the port phys via an internal mdio bus
which is accessed using registers in the GLOBAL 2 range. The mv88e6171
and probably other devices use the same mechanism. Move this code into
the shared mv88e6xxx.c library.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This debug output is not really an error message since mac reset can fail
if the phy clocks are gated, specifically when the phy has been placed in
a powered down or isolation mode. The netdev output masks were changed from
err to dbg, and comments added in the code.
Signed-off-by: Vince Bridgers <vbridger@opensource.altera.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change use of Altera TSE's MDIO access from phy 0 registers to phy 1
registers. This allows support for GMII, MII, RGMII, and SGMII
designs where the external PHY is always accesible through
Altera TSE's MDIO phy 1 registers and Altera's PCS is accessible
through MDIO phy 0 registers for SGMII applications.
Signed-off-by: Vince Bridgers <vbridger@opensource.altera.com>
Tested-by: Kai Lin Ng <kailng@altera.com>
Tested-by: Dalon Westergreen <dwesterg@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Support setting the rx coalesce. Then someone could change the rx
agg timeout value through ethtool.
Signed-off-by: Hayes Wang <hayeswang@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The rx early size is calculated with the mtu, so it has to be
re-calculated when the mtu is changed.
Signed-off-by: Hayes Wang <hayeswang@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Separate USB_RX_EARLY_AGG into USB_RX_EARLY_TIMEOUT and USB_RX_EARLY_SIZE.
Replace r8153_set_rx_agg() with r8153_set_rx_early_timeout() and
r8153_set_rx_early_size().
Set the default timeout value according to the USB speed.
Signed-off-by: Hayes Wang <hayeswang@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull kconfig updates from Michal Marek:
"Yann E Morin was supposed to take over kconfig maintainership, but
this hasn't happened. So I'm sending a few kconfig patches that I
collected:
- Fix for missing va_end in kconfig
- merge_config.sh displays used if given too few arguments
- s/boolean/bool/ in Kconfig files for consistency, with the plan to
only support bool in the future"
* 'kconfig' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mmarek/kbuild:
kconfig: use va_end to match corresponding va_start
merge_config.sh: Display usage if given too few arguments
kconfig: use bool instead of boolean for type definition attributes
On top of tht is the major rework of lguest, to use PCI and virtio 1.0, to
double-check the implementation.
Then comes the inevitable fixes and cleanups from that work.
Thanks,
Rusty.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=ivCe
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'virtio-next-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rusty/linux
Pull virtio updates from Rusty Russell:
"OK, this has the big virtio 1.0 implementation, as specified by OASIS.
On top of tht is the major rework of lguest, to use PCI and virtio
1.0, to double-check the implementation.
Then comes the inevitable fixes and cleanups from that work"
* tag 'virtio-next-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rusty/linux: (80 commits)
virtio: don't set VIRTIO_CONFIG_S_DRIVER_OK twice.
virtio_net: unconditionally define struct virtio_net_hdr_v1.
tools/lguest: don't use legacy definitions for net device in example launcher.
virtio: Don't expose legacy net features when VIRTIO_NET_NO_LEGACY defined.
tools/lguest: use common error macros in the example launcher.
tools/lguest: give virtqueues names for better error messages
tools/lguest: more documentation and checking of virtio 1.0 compliance.
lguest: don't look in console features to find emerg_wr.
tools/lguest: don't start devices until DRIVER_OK status set.
tools/lguest: handle indirect partway through chain.
tools/lguest: insert driver references from the 1.0 spec (4.1 Virtio Over PCI)
tools/lguest: insert device references from the 1.0 spec (4.1 Virtio Over PCI)
tools/lguest: rename virtio_pci_cfg_cap field to match spec.
tools/lguest: fix features_accepted logic in example launcher.
tools/lguest: handle device reset correctly in example launcher.
virtual: Documentation: simplify and generalize paravirt_ops.txt
lguest: remove NOTIFY call and eventfd facility.
lguest: remove NOTIFY facility from demonstration launcher.
lguest: use the PCI console device's emerg_wr for early boot messages.
lguest: always put console in PCI slot #1.
...
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
1) Missing netlink attribute validation in nft_lookup, from Patrick
McHardy.
2) Restrict ipv6 partial checksum handling to UDP, since that's the
only case it works for. From Vlad Yasevich.
3) Clear out silly device table sentinal macros used by SSB and BCMA
drivers. From Joe Perches.
4) Make sure the remote checksum code never creates a situation where
the remote checksum is applied yet the tunneling metadata describing
the remote checksum transformation is still present. Otherwise an
external entity might see this and apply the checksum again. From
Tom Herbert.
5) Use msecs_to_jiffies() where applicable, from Nicholas Mc Guire.
6) Don't explicitly initialize timer struct fields, use setup_timer()
and mod_timer() instead. From Vaishali Thakkar.
7) Don't invoke tg3_halt() without the tp->lock held, from Jun'ichi
Nomura.
8) Missing __percpu annotation in ipvlan driver, from Eric Dumazet.
9) Don't potentially perform skb_get() on shared skbs, also from Eric
Dumazet.
10) Fix COW'ing of metrics for non-DST_HOST routes in ipv6, from Martin
KaFai Lau.
11) Fix merge resolution error between the iov_iter changes in vhost and
some bug fixes that occurred at the same time. From Jason Wang.
12) If rtnl_configure_link() fails we have to perform a call to
->dellink() before unregistering the device. From WANG Cong.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (39 commits)
net: dsa: Set valid phy interface type
rtnetlink: call ->dellink on failure when ->newlink exists
com20020-pci: add support for eae single card
vhost_net: fix wrong iter offset when setting number of buffers
net: spelling fixes
net/core: Fix warning while make xmldocs caused by dev.c
net: phy: micrel: disable NAND-tree for KSZ8021, KSZ8031, KSZ8051, KSZ8081
ipv6: fix ipv6_cow_metrics for non DST_HOST case
openvswitch: Fix key serialization.
r8152: restore hw settings
hso: fix rx parsing logic when skb allocation fails
tcp: make sure skb is not shared before using skb_get()
bridge: netfilter: Move sysctl-specific error code inside #ifdef
ipv6: fix possible deadlock in ip6_fl_purge / ip6_fl_gc
ipvlan: add a missing __percpu pcpu_stats
tg3: Hold tp->lock before calling tg3_halt() from tg3_init_one()
bgmac: fix device initialization on Northstar SoCs (condition typo)
qlcnic: Delete existing multicast MAC list before adding new
net/mlx5_core: Fix configuration of log_uar_page_sz
sunvnet: don't change gso data on clones
...
Pull debugfs patches from Al Viro:
"debugfs patches, mostly to make it possible for something like tracefs
to be transparently automounted on given directory in debugfs.
New primitive in there is debugfs_create_automount(name, parent, func,
arg), which creates a directory and makes its ->d_automount() return
func(arg). Another missing primitive was debugfs_create_file_size() -
open-coded in quite a few places. Dave's patch adds it and converts
the open-code instances to calling it"
* 'debugfs_automount' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs:
debugfs: Provide a file creation function that also takes an initial size
new primitive: debugfs_create_automount()
debugfs: split end_creating() into success and failure cases
debugfs: take mode-dependent parts of debugfs_get_inode() into callers
fold debugfs_mknod() into callers
fold debugfs_create() into caller
fold debugfs_mkdir() into caller
debugfs_mknod(): get rid useless arguments
fold debugfs_link() into caller
debugfs: kill __create_file()
debugfs: split the beginning and the end of __create_file() off
debugfs_{mkdir,create,link}(): get rid of redundant argument
Pull misc VFS updates from Al Viro:
"This cycle a lot of stuff sits on topical branches, so I'll be sending
more or less one pull request per branch.
This is the first pile; more to follow in a few. In this one are
several misc commits from early in the cycle (before I went for
separate branches), plus the rework of mntput/dput ordering on umount,
switching to use of fs_pin instead of convoluted games in
namespace_unlock()"
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs:
switch the IO-triggering parts of umount to fs_pin
new fs_pin killing logics
allow attaching fs_pin to a group not associated with some superblock
get rid of the second argument of acct_kill()
take count and rcu_head out of fs_pin
dcache: let the dentry count go down to zero without taking d_lock
pull bumping refcount into ->kill()
kill pin_put()
mode_t whack-a-mole: chelsio
file->f_path.dentry is pinned down for as long as the file is open...
get rid of lustre_dump_dentry()
gut proc_register() a bit
kill d_validate()
ncpfs: get rid of d_validate() nonsense
selinuxfs: don't open-code d_genocide()
Provide a file creation function that also takes an initial size so that the
caller doesn't have to set i_size, thus meaning that we don't have to call
deal with ->d_inode in the callers.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
If firmware advertises support for TxBF then the
driver has to instruct the firmware accordingly
during runtime. Without this patch connecting to
an AP with beamformer support would yield abysmal
Rx performance.
This has been tested with wmi-tlv and qca6174
while acting as a STA beamformee only.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This processes and pushes fw stats to the debug
module (if enabled).
Changing the generic ath10k_wmi_requests_stats()
call to use more stat bits has no effect on older
firmware binaries.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
New qca6174 wmi-tlv firmware revisions support
more stat event bits.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The expected parameter is not a single value but a
mask of values.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
New qca6174 wmi-tlv firmware supports vdev stats.
This patch adds support for it in the debug
frontend.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Some firmware revisions don't notify host about
self-bss-peer removal until after associated vdev
is deleted. This has been observed with qca6174
WLAN.RM.2.0-00073 firmware.
This patch fixes AP teardown slowdowns and
prevents delays and warnings:
ath10k_pci 0000:00:05.0: failed to remove peer for AP vdev 0: -110
ath10k_pci 0000:00:05.0: removing stale peer xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx from vdev_id 0
ath10k_pci 0000:00:05.0: peer-unmap-event: unknown peer id 24
ath10k_pci 0000:00:05.0: peer-unmap-event: unknown peer id 8
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The value was off by one. The error probably has no negative
affect on any upstream firmware, but should be fixed anyway
in case it comes into use in the future.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
A bit of general cleanup to make debug messages more useful.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
In case firmware fails to start the scan, then complete
the start condition and clean up so that driver does not
block on timeout.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
NAND-tree is used to check wiring between MAC and PHY using NAND gates
on the PHY side, hence the name.
NAND-tree initial status is latched at reset by probing the IRQ pin.
However some devices are sharing the PHY IRQ pin with other peripherals
such as Atmel SAMA5D[34]x-EK boards when using the optional TM7000
display module, therefore they are switching the PHY in NAND-tree test
mode depending on the current IRQ line status at reset.
This patch ensure PHY is not in NAND-tree test mode for all Micrel PHYs
using IRQ line as a NAND-tree toggle mode at reset.
Signed-off-by: Sylvain Rochet <sylvain.rochet@finsecur.com>
Signed-off-by: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a capability which let the hw could change the settings
automatically when the power change to ON. However, the USB reset
would reset the settings to the hw default, so the driver has to
restore the relative settings. Otherwise, it would influence the
functions of the hw, and the compatibility for the USB hub and
USB host controller.
The relative settings are as following.
- set the power down scale to 96.
- enable the power saving function of USB 2.0.
- disable the ALDPS of ECM mode.
- set burst mode depending on the burst size.
- enable the flow control of endpoint full.
- set fifo empty boundary to 32448 bytes.
- enable the function of exiting LPM when Rx OK occurs.
- set the connect timer to 1.
Signed-off-by: Hayes Wang <hayeswang@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
return type of wait_for_completion_timeout is unsigned long not int.
As rc is used here only for wait_for_completion_timeout the type is simply
changed to unsigned long.
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Mc Guire <hofrat@osadl.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The patch "module: fix types of device tables aliases" newly requires that
invocations of
MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE(type, name);
come *after* the definition of `name'. That is reasonable, but some
drivers weren't doing this. Fix them.
Cc: James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@HansenPartnership.com>
Cc: Andrey Ryabinin <a.ryabinin@samsung.com>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl>
Acked-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
printk and friends can now format bitmaps using '%*pb[l]'. cpumask
and nodemask also provide cpumask_pr_args() and nodemask_pr_args()
respectively which can be used to generate the two printf arguments
necessary to format the specified cpu/nodemask.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: "John W. Linville" <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
printk and friends can now format bitmaps using '%*pb[l]'. cpumask
and nodemask also provide cpumask_pr_args() and nodemask_pr_args()
respectively which can be used to generate the two printf arguments
necessary to format the specified cpu/nodemask.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: Chris Metcalf <cmetcalf@tilera.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
If skb allocation fails once the IP header has been received, the rx state is
being set to WAIT_SYNC. The logic, though, shouldn't directly return, as the
buffer may contain a full packet, and therefore the WAIT_SYNC state needs to be
processed (resetting state to WAIT_IP, clearing rx_buf_size and re-initializing
rx_buf_missing).
So, just let the while loop continue so that in the next iteration the WAIT_SYNC
state cleanly stops the loop. The WAIT_SYNC processing will be done just after
that, only if the end of packet is flagged.
Signed-off-by: Aleksander Morgado <aleksander@aleksander.es>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cosmetic patch to add __percpu qualifier to pcpu_stats
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tg3_init_one() calls tg3_halt() without tp->lock despite its assumption
and causes deadlock.
If lockdep is enabled, a warning like this shows up before the stall:
[ BUG: bad unlock balance detected! ]
3.19.0test #3 Tainted: G E
-------------------------------------
insmod/369 is trying to release lock (&(&tp->lock)->rlock) at:
[<ffffffffa02d5a1d>] tg3_chip_reset+0x14d/0x780 [tg3]
but there are no more locks to release!
tg3_init_one() doesn't call tg3_halt() under normal situation but
during kexec kdump I hit this problem.
Fixes: 932f19de ("tg3: Release tp->lock before invoking synchronize_irq()")
Signed-off-by: Jun'ichi Nomura <j-nomura@ce.jp.nec.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* remove superfluous warning message which is not needed anymore
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.11 (GNU/Linux)
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJU25/iAAoJEG4XJFUm622bJrgH/0oEdBDDCqlzKH51CQO40vgE
Nhl8LOJxOb/7qUcZKyulqQTFZumzKiOi3Skm67gK/RG3hgeacxb9rv7nZ0I1nn+8
bl8PElTX9p1E9zec7Iwm/bdL7IV79CYc+1izU8A9oMHVffohDA5HULcFRRz5BQ+C
BuKOteZizNP/iGhWc//8NcebFHQvOBFkyalFSRzkz+JabAGvBKEDunHcDakpCOFE
1MDbUyEVh2aEY1+iT7xYmQVjtJPInmIwcTeIPuvBgJ0RgLoHHliEDJGm+O6CLQgR
gwx6DrbNV82GFO6yNV6lLdUNJ821MLU5NTmIUNoC7D3ILaRxfJk9rXr5kUKRmyU=
=Lxa1
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'wireless-drivers-for-davem-2015-02-11' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvalo/wireless-drivers
rtlwifi:
* remove superfluous warning message which is not needed anymore
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On Northstar (Broadcom's ARM architecture) we need to manually enable
all cores. Code for that is already in place, but the condition for it
was wrong.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Driver keeps adding multicast addresses without deleting removed MACs and
worrying about adapters filter limit. This results into actual count of programmed
multicast addresses get accumulated over the time and overruns the adapter's
filter limit without putting device in ACCEPT_ALL_MULTI mode. This causes
newly added multicast traffic to fail after the sequence of addition - deletion
in certain pattern.
This issue is seen only when netdev's mcast list count is less than adapters
mcast filter limit.
e.g. If adapters multicast filter limit is 38 per function
then following sequence would result in multicast traffic failure for
newly added MACs.
- add less than 38 multicast MACs
- remove previously added multicast MACs
- add new multicast MACs (less than 38)
Signed-off-by: Shahed Shaikh <shahed.shaikh@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current code failed to configure the page size for architectures with page
size different than 4K - PPC for example.
Signed-off-by: Carol L Soto <clsoto@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch unclones an skb for the case where the sunvnet driver needs to
change the segmentation size so that it doesn't interfere with TCP SACK's
use of them.
Signed-off-by: David L Stevens <david.stevens@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces the use of functions setup_timer
and mod_timer.
This is done using Coccinelle and semantic patch used
for this as follows:
// <smpl>
@@
expression x,y,z,a,b;
@@
-init_timer (&x);
+setup_timer (&x, y, z);
+mod_timer (&a, b);
-x.function = y;
-x.data = z;
-x.expires = b;
-add_timer(&a);
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Vaishali Thakkar <vthakkar1994@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If CONFIG_NET_XGENE=y but CONFIG_OF=n:
drivers/net/ethernet/apm/xgene/xgene_enet_main.c:1033: warning: ‘xgene_enet_of_match’ defined but not used
Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is only an API consolidation and should make things more readable.
Converting milliseconds to jiffies by "val * HZ / 1000" is technically
OK but msecs_to_jiffies(val) is the cleaner solution and handles all
corner cases correctly. This is a minor API cleanup only.
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Mc Guire <hofrat@osadl.org>
Acked-by: Mark Einon <mark.einon@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change remote checksum handling to set checksum partial as default
behavior. Added an iflink parameter to configure not using
checksum partial (calling csum_partial to update checksum).
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds infrastructure so that remote checksum offload can
set CHECKSUM_PARTIAL instead of calling csum_partial and writing
the modfied checksum field.
Add skb_remcsum_adjust_partial function to set an skb for using
CHECKSUM_PARTIAL with remote checksum offload. Changed
skb_remcsum_process and skb_gro_remcsum_process to take a boolean
argument to indicate if checksum partial can be set or the
checksum needs to be modified using the normal algorithm.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remote checksum offload processing is currently the same for both
the GRO and non-GRO path. When the remote checksum offload option
is encountered, the checksum field referred to is modified in
the packet. So in the GRO case, the packet is modified in the
GRO path and then the operation is skipped when the packet goes
through the normal path based on skb->remcsum_offload. There is
a problem in that the packet may be modified in the GRO path, but
then forwarded off host still containing the remote checksum option.
A remote host will again perform RCO but now the checksum verification
will fail since GRO RCO already modified the checksum.
To fix this, we ensure that GRO restores a packet to it's original
state before returning. In this model, when GRO processes a remote
checksum option it still changes the checksum per the algorithm
but on return from lower layer processing the checksum is restored
to its original value.
In this patch we add define gro_remcsum structure which is passed
to skb_gro_remcsum_process to save offset and delta for the checksum
being changed. After lower layer processing, skb_gro_remcsum_cleanup
is called to restore the checksum before returning from GRO.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the normal {} instead of a macro to terminate an array.
Remove the macro too.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the normal {} instead of a macro to terminate an array.
Remove the macro too.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
1) More iov_iter conversion work from Al Viro.
[ The "crypto: switch af_alg_make_sg() to iov_iter" commit was
wrong, and this pull actually adds an extra commit on top of the
branch I'm pulling to fix that up, so that the pre-merge state is
ok. - Linus ]
2) Various optimizations to the ipv4 forwarding information base trie
lookup implementation. From Alexander Duyck.
3) Remove sock_iocb altogether, from CHristoph Hellwig.
4) Allow congestion control algorithm selection via routing metrics.
From Daniel Borkmann.
5) Make ipv4 uncached route list per-cpu, from Eric Dumazet.
6) Handle rfs hash collisions more gracefully, also from Eric Dumazet.
7) Add xmit_more support to r8169, e1000, and e1000e drivers. From
Florian Westphal.
8) Transparent Ethernet Bridging support for GRO, from Jesse Gross.
9) Add BPF packet actions to packet scheduler, from Jiri Pirko.
10) Add support for uniqu flow IDs to openvswitch, from Joe Stringer.
11) New NetCP ethernet driver, from Muralidharan Karicheri and Wingman
Kwok.
12) More sanely handle out-of-window dupacks, which can result in
serious ACK storms. From Neal Cardwell.
13) Various rhashtable bug fixes and enhancements, from Herbert Xu,
Patrick McHardy, and Thomas Graf.
14) Support xmit_more in be2net, from Sathya Perla.
15) Group Policy extensions for vxlan, from Thomas Graf.
16) Remove Checksum Offload support for vxlan, from Tom Herbert.
17) Like ipv4, support lockless transmit over ipv6 UDP sockets. From
Vlad Yasevich.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1494+1 commits)
crypto: fix af_alg_make_sg() conversion to iov_iter
ipv4: Namespecify TCP PMTU mechanism
i40e: Fix for stats init function call in Rx setup
tcp: don't include Fast Open option in SYN-ACK on pure SYN-data
openvswitch: Only set TUNNEL_VXLAN_OPT if VXLAN-GBP metadata is set
ipv6: Make __ipv6_select_ident static
ipv6: Fix fragment id assignment on LE arches.
bridge: Fix inability to add non-vlan fdb entry
net: Mellanox: Delete unnecessary checks before the function call "vunmap"
cxgb4: Add support in cxgb4 to get expansion rom version via ethtool
ethtool: rename reserved1 memeber in ethtool_drvinfo for expansion ROM version
net: dsa: Remove redundant phy_attach()
IB/mlx4: Reset flow support for IB kernel ULPs
IB/mlx4: Always use the correct port for mirrored multicast attachments
net/bonding: Fix potential bad memory access during bonding events
tipc: remove tipc_snprintf
tipc: nl compat add noop and remove legacy nl framework
tipc: convert legacy nl stats show to nl compat
tipc: convert legacy nl net id get to nl compat
tipc: convert legacy nl net id set to nl compat
...
- Reworked handling for foreign (grant mapped) pages to simplify the
code, enable a number of additional use cases and fix a number of
long-standing bugs.
- Prefer the TSC over the Xen PV clock when dom0 (and the TSC is
stable).
- Assorted other cleanup and minor bug fixes.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.12 (GNU/Linux)
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJU2JC+AAoJEFxbo/MsZsTRIvAH/1lgQ0EQlxaZtEFWY8cJBzxY
dXaTMfyGQOddGYDCW0r42hhXJHeX7DWXSERSD3aW9DZOn/eYdneHq9gWRD4uPrGn
hEFQ26J4jZWR5riGXaja0LqI2gJKLZ6BhHIQciLEbY+jw4ynkNBLNRPFehuwrCsZ
WdBwJkyvXC3RErekncRl/aNhxdi4p1P6qeiaW/mo3UcSO/CFSKybOLwT65iePazg
XuY9UiTn2+qcRkm/tjx8K9heHK8SBEGNWuoTcWYF1to8mwwUfKIAc4NO2UBDXJI+
rp7Z2lVFdII15JsQ08ATh3t7xDrMWLzCX/y4jCzmF3DBXLbSWdHCQMgI7TWt5pE=
=PyJK
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'stable/for-linus-3.20-rc0-tag' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/xen/tip
Pull xen features and fixes from David Vrabel:
- Reworked handling for foreign (grant mapped) pages to simplify the
code, enable a number of additional use cases and fix a number of
long-standing bugs.
- Prefer the TSC over the Xen PV clock when dom0 (and the TSC is
stable).
- Assorted other cleanup and minor bug fixes.
* tag 'stable/for-linus-3.20-rc0-tag' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/xen/tip: (25 commits)
xen/manage: Fix USB interaction issues when resuming
xenbus: Add proper handling of XS_ERROR from Xenbus for transactions.
xen/gntdev: provide find_special_page VMA operation
xen/gntdev: mark userspace PTEs as special on x86 PV guests
xen-blkback: safely unmap grants in case they are still in use
xen/gntdev: safely unmap grants in case they are still in use
xen/gntdev: convert priv->lock to a mutex
xen/grant-table: add a mechanism to safely unmap pages that are in use
xen-netback: use foreign page information from the pages themselves
xen: mark grant mapped pages as foreign
xen/grant-table: add helpers for allocating pages
x86/xen: require ballooned pages for grant maps
xen: remove scratch frames for ballooned pages and m2p override
xen/grant-table: pre-populate kernel unmap ops for xen_gnttab_unmap_refs()
mm: add 'foreign' alias for the 'pinned' page flag
mm: provide a find_special_page vma operation
x86/xen: cleanup arch/x86/xen/mmu.c
x86/xen: add some __init annotations in arch/x86/xen/mmu.c
x86/xen: add some __init and static annotations in arch/x86/xen/setup.c
x86/xen: use correct types for addresses in arch/x86/xen/setup.c
...
In commit e9538cf4f9 ("rtlwifi: Fix error when accessing unmapped memory
in skb"), a printk was included to indicate that the condition had been
reached. There is now enough evidence from other users that the fix is
working. That logging statement can now be removed.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Cc: Stable <stable@vger.kernel.org> [V3.18]
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch fixes indentation issue and error found in argument
reported by static analysis. Without this patch, sparse and other
static analysis errors will be found.
Reported-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Reported-by: Julia Lawall <julia.lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull RCU updates from Ingo Molnar:
"The main RCU changes in this cycle are:
- Documentation updates.
- Miscellaneous fixes.
- Preemptible-RCU fixes, including fixing an old bug in the
interaction of RCU priority boosting and CPU hotplug.
- SRCU updates.
- RCU CPU stall-warning updates.
- RCU torture-test updates"
* 'core-rcu-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip: (54 commits)
rcu: Initialize tiny RCU stall-warning timeouts at boot
rcu: Fix RCU CPU stall detection in tiny implementation
rcu: Add GP-kthread-starvation checks to CPU stall warnings
rcu: Make cond_resched_rcu_qs() apply to normal RCU flavors
rcu: Optionally run grace-period kthreads at real-time priority
ksoftirqd: Use new cond_resched_rcu_qs() function
ksoftirqd: Enable IRQs and call cond_resched() before poking RCU
rcutorture: Add more diagnostics in rcu_barrier() test failure case
torture: Flag console.log file to prevent holdovers from earlier runs
torture: Add "-enable-kvm -soundhw pcspk" to qemu command line
rcutorture: Handle different mpstat versions
rcutorture: Check from beginning to end of grace period
rcu: Remove redundant rcu_batches_completed() declaration
rcutorture: Drop rcu_torture_completed() and friends
rcu: Provide rcu_batches_completed_sched() for TINY_RCU
rcutorture: Use unsigned for Reader Batch computations
rcutorture: Make build-output parsing correctly flag RCU's warnings
rcu: Make _batches_completed() functions return unsigned long
rcutorture: Issue warnings on close calls due to Reader Batch blows
documentation: Fix smp typo in memory-barriers.txt
...
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2015-02-09
This series contains updates to i40e and i40evf only.
Rickard Strandqvist removes an unused function for i40e.
John Linville reorders a piece of code so that y_budget does not get used
by the FCoE code before it gets initialized.
Mitch adds a delay after VF reset with a minimum of 10ms to allow the
hardware internal FIFOs to flush. Bumps up the ARQ descriptors, since
we can easily overrun the PF's admin receive queue. Added locking around
the VF reset code, since during VF deallocation, we cannot depend on
simply masking the interrupt since this does not lock out the service task,
which can still call the reset routine. Fix a potential multi-minute
delay on driver unload, VF disable or system shutdown. When the module
is being unloaded, waiting for the PF to politely handle all of our admin
queue requests might take forever with a lot of VFs enabled, so just
stop everything and request a VF reset. Also stops the watchdog during
shutdown to prevent a log full of admin queue errors and the occasional
hang when the system is shut down.
Anjali forces Tx descriptor writebacks on ITR by kicking off the SWINT
interrupt since we noticed that there are non-cache-aligned Tx
descriptors waiting in the ring while interrupts are disabled under NAPI.
Enables loopback for the FCoE VSI, so that VSIs can directly talk to each
other without going out on the wire.
Matthew fixes an LED blink issue by making sure to clear the GPIO blink
field, instead of OR'ing against zero if the field is already '1'.
Greg cleans up a function header comment.
Vasu helps biosdevname user tool to differentiate dev_port for PCoE netdev
and PF netdev, by setting different dev_port value for FCoE netdev.
Carolyn adds a call to u64_stats_init to the receive setup in order to
avoid lockdep errors with seqcount on newer kernels.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The vunmap() function performs also input parameter validation.
Thus the test around the call is not needed.
This issue was detected by using the Coccinelle software.
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Acked-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support to get option/expansion rom version flashed in the adapter via
ethtool getdrvinfo function.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When queuing work to send the NETDEV_BONDING_INFO netdev event, it's
possible that when the work is executed, the pointer to the slave
becomes invalid. This can happen if between queuing the event and the
execution of the work, the net-device was un-ensvaled and re-enslaved.
Fix that by queuing a work with the data of the slave instead of the
slave structure.
Fixes: 69e6113343 ('net/bonding: Notify state change on slaves')
Reported-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Moni Shoua <monis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
iwlwifi:
* more work for new devices (4165 / 8260)
* cleanups / improvemnts in rate control
* fixes for TDLS
* major statistics work from Johannes - more to come
* improvements for the fw error dump infrastructure
* usual amount of small fixes here and there (scan, D0i3 etc...)
* add support for beamforming
* enable stuck queue detection for iwlmvm
* a few fixes for EBS scan
* fixes for various failure paths
* improvements for TDLS Offchannel
wil6210:
* performance tuning
* some AP features
brcm80211:
* rework some code in SDIO part of the brcmfmac driver related to
suspend/resume that were found doing stress testing
* in PCIe part scheduling of worker thread needed to be relaxed
* minor fixes and exposing firmware revision information to
user-space, ie. ethtool.
mwifiex:
* enhancements for change virtual interface handling
* remove coupling between netdev and FW supported interface
combination, now conversion from any type of supported interface
types to any other type is possible
* DFS support in AP mode
ath9k:
* fix calibration issues on some boards
* Wake-on-WLAN improvements
ath10k:
* add support for qca6174 hardware
* enable RX batching to reduce CPU load
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.11 (GNU/Linux)
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJU1fUoAAoJEG4XJFUm622bnjMH/25f2kyLAJSLJmiIhpEcYlNJ
CJMAYsSTcqhKaMEbx742StUUDH3pa1oV4mQ5csVa2QJIsS90WzPpB1eRnNtQ69Nj
89Zfwa6bbX0TXDgw1Aa28NewPY/3xWpCjI03HBQaMIncToWv3/dzNUr0bEmIuBds
wsr5Y+fy80VKnkoXG7XzGFOqmxxFwNS+UF3M1WNtQ+xcr9rK3/LLxyWFy84S9UIe
4lVOb+df91YFIJeLs28/hfTiRhvV0fWIbupGv8UhuBMho+F0dpLvra+3xksEqALu
4+AzI0j9GjqFfMzbmRBcPcT4Rl37nLmvQ+7XokrFgAYS5zp7OGylOMU3nHyvkuY=
=iL8v
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'wireless-drivers-next-for-davem-2015-02-07' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvalo/wireless-drivers-next
Major changes:
iwlwifi:
* more work for new devices (4165 / 8260)
* cleanups / improvemnts in rate control
* fixes for TDLS
* major statistics work from Johannes - more to come
* improvements for the fw error dump infrastructure
* usual amount of small fixes here and there (scan, D0i3 etc...)
* add support for beamforming
* enable stuck queue detection for iwlmvm
* a few fixes for EBS scan
* fixes for various failure paths
* improvements for TDLS Offchannel
wil6210:
* performance tuning
* some AP features
brcm80211:
* rework some code in SDIO part of the brcmfmac driver related to
suspend/resume that were found doing stress testing
* in PCIe part scheduling of worker thread needed to be relaxed
* minor fixes and exposing firmware revision information to
user-space, ie. ethtool.
mwifiex:
* enhancements for change virtual interface handling
* remove coupling between netdev and FW supported interface
combination, now conversion from any type of supported interface
types to any other type is possible
* DFS support in AP mode
ath9k:
* fix calibration issues on some boards
* Wake-on-WLAN improvements
ath10k:
* add support for qca6174 hardware
* enable RX batching to reduce CPU load
Conflicts:
drivers/net/wireless/rtlwifi/pci.c
Conflict resolution is to get rid of the 'end' label and keep
the rest.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a call to u64_stats_init to Rx setup.
This done in order to avoid lockdep errors with seqcount on newer kernels.
Change-ID: Ia8ba8f0bcbd1c0e926f97d70aeee4ce4fd055e93
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
For all VSIs on a VEB, Loopback mode should be either on or off.
Our configuration requires them to be ON so that VSIs can directly
talk to each other without going out on the wire.
Change-ID: I77b8310bc846329972b13b185949ab1431a46c30
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Set different dev_port value 1 for FCoE netdev than the default zero
dev_port value for PF netdev, this helps biosdevname user tool to
differentiate them correctly while both attached to the same PCI
function.
Change-ID: I8fb90e4ef52a1242f7580e49a3f0918735aee8ef
Signed-off-by: Vasu Dev <vasu.dev@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Make sure to clear the GPIO blink field, instead of OR'ing against zero
if the field is already '1'.
Change-ID: Ie52a52abd48f6f52b20778a6b8b0c542dfc9245c
Signed-off-by: Matt Jared <matthew.a.jared@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch forces Tx descriptor writebacks on ITR by kicking
off the SWINT interrupt when we notice that there are non-cache-aligned
Tx descriptors waiting in the ring while interrupts are disabled
under NAPI.
Change-ID: dd6d9675629bf266c7515ad7a201394618c35444
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Stop the service task in the shutdown handler, preventing it from
accessing the admin queue after it had been closed. This fixes a panic
that could occur when the system was shut down with a lot of VFs
enabled.
Change-ID: I286735e3842de472385bbf7ad68d30331e508add
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Stop the watchdog during shutdown. Failing to do this causes a log full
of admin queue errors and the occasional hang when the system is shut
down.
Change-ID: Ib2fd11213cca2fa589eb68577e86b1000c23c250
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Occasionally on shutdown, the FW will hand us a bunch of messages filled
with zeros, which can cause us to spin trying to handle them. Just
ignore these and get on with shutting down.
Change-ID: I347e9648f7153ad5a7b7e0847b87f7aad5f3e0da
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When the module is being unloaded, don't wait for the PF to politely
handle all of our admin queue requests, as that might take forever with
a lot of VFs enabled. Instead, just stop everything and request a VF
reset.
When the original shutdown code was written, VF resets were unreliable,
so we avoided them. But with production hardware and firmware, and the
1.x PF driver, this is no longer the case.
This fixes a potential multi-minute delay on driver unload, VF disable,
or system shutdown.
Change-ID: Ib43d6d860ef6b9b8f26e8dce0615a0302608c7d9
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
During VF deallocation, we need to lock out the VF reset code. However,
we cannot depend on simply masking the interrupt, as this does not lock
out the service task, which can still call the reset routine. Instead,
leave the interrupt enabled, but add locking around the VF disable and
reset routines.
For the disable code, we wait to get the lock, as the reset code will
take a finite amount of time to run. For the reset code, we just return
if we fail to get the lock. Since we know that the VFs are being
disabled, we don't need to handle the reset.
This fixes a panic when disabling SR-IOV.
Change-ID: Iea0a6cdef35c331f48c6d5b2f8e6f0e86322e7d8
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When enabling 64 VFs and loading the VF driver in the host kernel, we
can easily overrun the PF's admin receive queue. Double the size of this
queue, and increase the work limit to allow the PF to handle more
requests in a single pass through the service task.
Change-ID: I0efbbdc61954bffad422a2f33c4b948a59370bf5
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Delay a minimum of 10ms after VF reset, to allow the hardware's internal
FIFOs to flush.
Change-ID: I8a02ddb28c9f0d7303a1eb21d0b2443e5b4c1cda
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This I40E_FCOE block increments v_budget before it has been initialized,
then v_budget gets overwritten a few lines later. This patch just
reorders the code hunks in what I believe was the intended sequence.
Coverity: CID 1260099
Signed-off-by: John W Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Remove the function i40e_rx_is_fip() that is not used anywhere.
This was partially found by using a static code analysis program
called cppcheck.
Signed-off-by: Rickard Strandqvist <rickard_strandqvist@spectrumdigital.se>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
src_ip is a pointer to a union vxlan_addr, one member of which is a
struct sockaddr. Passing a pointer to src_ip is wrong; one should pass
the value of src_ip itself. Since %pIS formally expects something of
type struct sockaddr*, let's pass a pointer to the appropriate union
member, though this of course doesn't change the generated code.
Fixes: e4c7ed4153 ("vxlan: add ipv6 support")
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <linux@rasmusvillemoes.dk>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The hex constant chosen for VMXNET3_REV1_MAGIC is offensive,
replace it with its decimal equivalent.
Signed-off-by: Shrikrishna Khare <skhare@vmware.com>
Reviewed-by: Shreyas Bhatewara <sbhatewara@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Receive Flow Steering is a nice solution but suffers from
hash collisions when a mix of connected and unconnected traffic
is received on the host, when flow hash table is populated.
Also, clearing flow in inet_release() makes RFS not very good
for short lived flows, as many packets can follow close().
(FIN , ACK packets, ...)
This patch extends the information stored into global hash table
to not only include cpu number, but upper part of the hash value.
I use a 32bit value, and dynamically split it in two parts.
For host with less than 64 possible cpus, this gives 6 bits for the
cpu number, and 26 (32-6) bits for the upper part of the hash.
Since hash bucket selection use low order bits of the hash, we have
a full hash match, if /proc/sys/net/core/rps_sock_flow_entries is big
enough.
If the hash found in flow table does not match, we fallback to RPS (if
it is enabled for the rxqueue).
This means that a packet for an non connected flow can avoid the
IPI through a unrelated/victim CPU.
This also means we no longer have to clear the table at socket
close time, and this helps short lived flows performance.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Dump Transport Processor modules congestion control configuration
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds support to dump the current contents of mailbox and the driver which owns
it.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Dump out various chip sensor information. Currently Chip Temperature
and Core Voltage.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The 32-bit fields of a tx-wrb are little endian. The driver is currently
using be_dws_le_to_cpu() routine to swap (cpu to le) all the fields of
a tx-wrb. So, the rsvd field is also unnecessarily swapped.
This patch fixes this by individually swapping the required fields.
Also, the type of the fields in eth_tx_wrb{} is now changed to __le32
from u32 to avoid sparse warnings.
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for processing the port misconfigure async
event generated by the FW. This event is generated typically when an
optical module is incorrectly installed or is faulty.
This patch also moves the port_name field to the adapter struct for
logging the event. As the be_cmd_query_port_name() call is now moved
to be_get_config(), it is modified to use the mailbox instead of MCCQ
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch re-factors the filter setting (uc-list, mc-list, promisc, vlan)
code in be_set_rx_mode() and be_vid_config() to make it more readable
and reduce code duplication.
This patch adds a separate field to track the state/mode of filtering,
along with moving all the filtering related fields to one place in be
be_adapter structure.
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch passes BE_IF_FLAGS_XXX flags to be_cmd_rx_filter() routine
instead of the IFF_XXX flags. Doing this gets rid of the code to convert
the IFF_XXX flags to the BE_IF_FLAGS_XXX used by the FW cmd. The patch
also removes code for setting if_flags_mask that was duplicated for each
filter mode.
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalesh AP <kalesh.purayil@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While sending FW update cmds to the FW, the driver specifies the "type"
of each component that needs to be flashed. The FW then picks the offset
in the flash area at which the componnet is to be flashed. This doesn't work
when new components that the current FW doesn't recognize, need to be
flashed. Recent FWs (10.2 and above) support a scheme of FW-update wherein
the "offset" of the component in the flash area can be specified instead
of the "type". This patch uses the "offset" based FW-update mechanism and
only when it fails, it fallsback to the old "type" based update.
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara.volam@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Skyhawk-B0 FW UFI is not compatible to flash on Skyhawk-P2 ASIC.
But, Skyhawk-P2 FW UFI is compatible with both B0 and P2 chips.
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara.volam@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch re-factors the code that checks for flash file compatibility with
the chip type, for better readability, as follows:
- be_get_ufi_type() returns the UFI type from the flash file
- be_check_ufi_compatibility() checks if the UFI type is compatible
with the adapter/chip that is being flashed
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara.volam@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
BIT(x) is the preffered usage.
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara.volam@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Routines that are called only inside one src file must remain in that
file itself. Including them in a header file that is used for exporting
routine/struct definitions, causes unnecessary compilation of other
src files, when such a routine is modified.
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2015-02-05
This series contains updates to fm10k, ixgbe and ixgbevf.
Matthew fixes an issue where fm10k does not properly drop the upper-most four
bits on of the VLAN ID due to type promotion, so resolve the issue by not
masking off the bits, but by throwing an error if the VLAN ID is out-of-bounds.
Then cleans up two cases where variables were not being used, but were
being set, so just remove the unused variables.
Don cleans up sparse errors in the x550 family file for ixgbe. Fixed up
a redundant setting of the default value for set_rxpba, which was done
twice accidentally. Cleaned up the probe routine to remove a redundant
attempt to identify the PHY, which could lead to a panic on x550. Added
support for VXLAN receive checksum offload in x550 hardware. Added the
Ethertype Anti-spoofing feature for affected devices.
Emil enables ixgbe and ixgbevf to allow multiple queues in SRIOV mode.
Adds RSS support for x550 per VF. Fixed up a couple of issues introduced
in commit 2b509c0cd2 ("ixgbe: cleanup ixgbe_ndo_set_vf_vlan"), fixed
setting of the VLAN inside ixgbe_enable_port_vlan() and disable the
"hide VLAN" bit in PFQDE when port VLAN is disabled. Cleaned up the
setting of vlan_features by enabling all features at once. Fixed the
ordering of the shutdown patch so that we attempt to shutdown the rings
more gracefully. We shutdown the main Rx filter in the case of Rx and we
set the carrier_off state in the case of Tx so that packets stop being
delivered from outside the driver. Then we shutdown interrupts and NAPI,
then finally stop the rings from performing DMA and clean them. Added
code to allow for Tx hang checking to provide more robust debug info in
the event of a transmit unit hang in ixgbevf. Cleaned up ixgbevf logic
dealing with link up/down by breaking down the link detection and up/down
events into separate functions, similar to how these events are handled
in other drivers. Combined the ixgbevf reset and watchdog tasks into a
single task so that we can avoid multiple schedules of the reset task when
we have a reset event needed due to either the mailbox going down or
transmit packets being present on a link down.
v2: Fixed up patch #03 of the series to remove the variable type change
based on feedback from David Laight
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
vlan_get_protocol() has been defined and use it to replace
get_protocol().
Signed-off-by: Hayes Wang <hayeswang@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Keep NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_CTAG_RX and NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_CTAG_TX at the
same line.
Signed-off-by: Hayes Wang <hayeswang@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is unnecessary to accress the hw register if the device is unplugged.
Signed-off-by: Hayes Wang <hayeswang@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace (tp->speed & LINK_STATUS) with netif_carrier_ok().
Signed-off-by: Hayes Wang <hayeswang@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Set LPM timer to 500us, except for RTL_VER_04 which doesn't link at
USB 3.0.
Signed-off-by: Hayes Wang <hayeswang@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If a error occurs when submitting rx, skip the remaining submissions
and try to submit them again next time.
Signed-off-by: Hayes Wang <hayeswang@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When using per channel DMA interrupts the transmit interrupt (TI) and the
receive interrupt (RI) are masked off so as to not generate an interrupt
to the main ISR. However, should another interrupt fire for the DMA channel
that is handled by the main ISR the TI/RI bits can still be set. This
will cause the wrong and uninitialized napi structure to be used causing a
panic. Add a check to be sure per channel DMA interrupts are not enabled
before acting on those bit flags.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement the power on/off recommended procedure for the Single GPHY we
have on our Starfighter 2 switch. In order to make sure we get proper
LED link/activity signaling during suspend, switch the link indication
from the Switch/MAC to the PHY.
Finally, since the GPHY needs to be reset to be put in low power mode,
we will loose any context applied to it: workarounds, EEE etc.. so we
need to call phy_init_hw() to get our fixups re-applied successfully.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the code that touches the single GPHY register from
bcm_sf2_sw_resume() to a separate function since we will have to
enable/disable the GPHY from different locations, and we want the code
to be self-contained.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the case where there is only one switch, no routing table will have
been allocated, so do not dereference it in this case.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a couple bugs with the error handling in this function.
1) If we can't allocate "rx_ring->rx_skbuff" then we should call
dma_free_coherent() but we don't.
2) free_rx_ring() frees "rx_ring->rx_skbuff_dma" and "rx_ring->rx_skbuff"
so calling it in a loop causes a double free.
Also it was a bit confusing how we sometimes freed things before doing
the goto. I've cleaned it up so it does error handling in normal kernel
style.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* Enable stuck queue detection for iwlmvm
* A few fixes for EBS scan
* Fixes for various failure paths
* Improvements for TDLS Offchannel
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=6aXS
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'iwlwifi-next-for-kalle-2015-02-03' of https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/iwlwifi/iwlwifi-next
* Add support for beamforming
* Enable stuck queue detection for iwlmvm
* A few fixes for EBS scan
* Fixes for various failure paths
* Improvements for TDLS Offchannel
The functions brcmu_pkt_buf_free_skb() and usb_free_urb() test whether
their argument is NULL and then return immediately. Thus the test around
the call is not needed.
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The kfree() function tests whether its argument is NULL and then
returns immediately. Thus the test around the call is not needed.
This issue was detected by using the Coccinelle software.
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The kfree() function tests whether its argument is NULL and then
returns immediately. Thus the test around the call is not needed.
This issue was detected by using the Coccinelle software.
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The relay_close() function tests whether its argument is NULL and then
returns immediately. Thus the test around the call is not needed.
This issue was detected by using the Coccinelle software.
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The functions kfree() and release_firmware() were called in a few cases
by the cw1200_load_firmware_cw1200() function during error handling even if
the passed variables contained still a null pointer.
Corresponding implementation details could be improved by adjustments for
jump targets.
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The release_firmware() function tests whether its argument is NULL and then
returns immediately. Thus the test around the call is not needed.
This issue was detected by using the Coccinelle software.
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This is only an API consolidation and should make things more readable
it replaces var * HZ / 1000 by msecs_to_jiffies(var).
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Mc Guire <hofrat@osadl.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This is only an API consolidation and should make things more readable
it replaces var * HZ / 1000 by msecs_to_jiffies(var).
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Mc Guire <hofrat@osadl.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This is only an API consolidation and should make things more readable
it replaces var * HZ / 1000 by msecs_to_jiffies(var).
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Mc Guire <hofrat@osadl.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This is only an API consolidation to make things more readable.
Instances of HZ / CONST are replaced by appropriate msecs_to_jiffies().
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Mc Guire <hofrat@osadl.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Sometimes while CPU have some load and ath5k doing the wireless
interface reset the whole WiSoC completely freezes. Set of tests shows
that using atomic delay function while we wait interface reset helps to
avoid such freezes.
The easiest way to reproduce this issue: create a station interface,
start continous scan with wpa_supplicant and load CPU by something. Or
just create multiple station interfaces and put them all in continous
scan.
This patch partially reverts the commit 1846ac3dbe ("ath5k: Use
usleep_range where possible"), which replaces initial udelay()
by usleep_range().
I do not know actual source of this issue, but all looks like that HW
freeze is caused by transaction on internal SoC bus, while wireless
block is in reset state.
Also I should note that I do not know how many chips are affected, but I
did not see this issue with chips, other than AR5312.
CC: Jiri Slaby <jirislaby@gmail.com>
CC: Nick Kossifidis <mickflemm@gmail.com>
CC: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Fixes: 1846ac3dbe ("ath5k: Use usleep_range where possible")
Reported-by: Christophe Prevotaux <c.prevotaux@rural-networks.com>
Tested-by: Christophe Prevotaux <c.prevotaux@rural-networks.com>
Tested-by: Eric Bree <ebree@nltinc.com>
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Set the transmit rate for the keep-alive frames
as 1M/CCK when the current channel is in the
2GHz band.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Chips in the AR9003 family have a second TSF, which
needs to be cleared when putting the card to
sleep.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Setting the required configuration in the PCIE
WorkAround register needs to be done after all the
WoW parameters have been set.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch addresses several issues with the
ath9k_hw_wow_enable() routine:
* The usage of set/clr variables is removed. Writing
the required values to registers is cleaner.
* The shift value of 28 for the contention window field
in AR_WOW_PATTERN is incorrect, change it to 27.
* Disabling Keep Alive needs to be done based on the
LINK_CHANGE option. This is done unconditionally now,
fix this.
* The workaround for the D1/D3 issue is required only
for AR9462.
* The bitfield for enabling pattern matching for packets
less than 256 bytes has expanded for new chips, handle
this accordingly.
* General cleanup.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Since the number of user patterns is higher for
newer chips, make sure that this is registered
during initialization.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Newer chips like WB222, WB335 support more than
8 user-configurable patterns. This patch adds
support for it by setting up the correct HW
registers.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This driver utilizes a FIFO buffer for RX descriptors. There are four places
in the code where it calculates the number of free slots. Several of those
locations do the calculation incorrectly. To fix these and to prevent future
mistakes, a common inline routine is created.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Cc: Stable <stable@vger.kernel.org> [V3.18]
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The hardware and firmware for the RTL8192EE utilize a FIFO list of
descriptors. There were some problems with the initial implementation.
The worst of these failed to detect that the FIFO was becoming full,
which led to the device needing to be power cycled. As this condition
is not relevant to most of the devices supported by rtlwifi, a callback
routine was added to detect this situation. This patch implements the
necessary changes in the pci handler, and the linkage into the appropriate
rtl8192ee routine.
Signed-off-by: Troy Tan <troy_tan@realsil.com.cn>
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Cc: Stable <stable@vger.kernel.org> [V3.18]
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch enables the ethertype Anti-Spoofing feature for affected
devices. It is configured such that LLDP packets sent by a VF will
be dropped.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This change combines the reset and watchdog tasklets into a single task.
The advantage of this is that we can avoid multiple schedules of the reset
task when we have a reset event needed due to either the mailbox going down
or transmit packets being present on a link down.
CC: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch cleans up the logic dealing with link down/up by breaking down the
link detection and up/down events into separate functions - similar to how these
events are handled in other drivers.
CC: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds code to allow for Tx hang checking. The idea is to provide
more robust debug info in the event of a transmit unit hang. Similar to the
logic in ixgbe.
CC: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch updates the ordering of the shutdown path so that we attempt to
shutdown the rings more gracefully. Basically the big changes are that we
shutdown the main Rx filter in the case of Rx and we set the carrier_off
state in the case of Tx so that packets stop being delivered from outside
the driver. Then we shut down interrupts and NAPI. Finally we stop the
rings from performing DMA and clean them. This is a bit more graceful than
the previous path.
CC: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Clean up the setting of vlan_features by enabling all features at once.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add support VXLAN receive checksum offload in X550 hardware.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We always identify the PHY in our reset_hw path anyway so there is
no need to do it in get_invariants(). The reason I even noticed this
is that for new hardware (X550em) we don't assign some methods until
later in probe and calling phy.ops.read_reg could lead to a panic.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
My original patch 6a14ee0cfb "ixgbe: Add X550 support function pointers"
accidental set a default value for this structure member twice.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes couple of issues introduced by
commit 2b509c0cd2 ("ixgbe: cleanup ixgbe_ndo_set_vf_vlan")
- fix setting of the VLAN inside ixgbe_enable_port_vlan()
- disable the "hide VLAN" bit in PFQDE when port VLAN is disabled
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
X550 provides RSS registers for configuring RSS per VF.
This patch introduces ixgbevf_setup_vfmrqc() which uses the VFRETA,
VFRSSRK and VFMRQC registers to configure RSS on X550.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch enables multiple queues and RSS support for the VF.
Maximum of 2 queues are supported due to available vectors.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
ixgbe_set_sriov_queues() has the logic to allow multiple queues, this patch
just removes the limitation.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch cleans up prototypes that should have been defined
as static.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fix two cases where variables are being set but not used.
Signed-off-by: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh<Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently, fm10k_update_xc_addr_pf has an issue where it does not
properly drop the upper-most four bits of the VLAN ID due to type
promotion. Resolve the issue not by masking off the bits, but by
throwing an error if the VLAN ID is out-of-bounds.
Reported-by: Rasmus Villemoes <linux@rasmusvillemoes.dk>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
this patch fixes following sparse warning:
vxge-config.c:4640:30: warning: Using plain integer as NULL pointer
Signed-off-by: Lad, Prabhakar <prabhakar.csengg@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
this patch fixes following sparse warning:
interface.c:83:5: warning: symbol 'xenvif_poll' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Lad, Prabhakar <prabhakar.csengg@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Wei Liu <wei.liu2@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
this patch fixes following sparse warning:
macb.c:2038:26: warning: symbol 'gem_ethtool_ops' was not declared. Should it be static?
Alongside drops exporting of gem_ethtool_ops as there is no need.
Signed-off-by: Lad, Prabhakar <prabhakar.csengg@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
this patch fixes following sparse warnings:
bnx2x_main.c:9172:6: warning: symbol 'bnx2x_stop_ptp' was not declared. Should it be static?
bnx2x_main.c:13321:6: warning: symbol 'bnx2x_register_phc' was not declared. Should it be static?
bnx2x_main.c:14638:5: warning: symbol 'bnx2x_enable_ptp_packets' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Lad, Prabhakar <prabhakar.csengg@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
this patch fixes following sparse warnings:
enic_main.c:92:28: warning: symbol 'mod_table' was not declared. Should it be static?
enic_main.c:109:28: warning: symbol 'mod_range' was not declared. Should it be static?
enic_main.c:1306:5: warning: symbol 'enic_busy_poll' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Lad, Prabhakar <prabhakar.csengg@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
this patch fixes following sparse warning:
enic_ethtool.c:95:6: warning: symbol 'enic_intr_coal_set_rx' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Lad, Prabhakar <prabhakar.csengg@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
this patch fixes following sparse warning:
be_cmds.c:2750:5: warning: symbol 'be_cmd_set_qos' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Lad, Prabhakar <prabhakar.csengg@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
this patch fixes following sparse warning:
cxgb4_dcb.c:25:6: warning: symbol 'dcb_ver_array' was not declared. Should it be static?
Alongside making it const.
Signed-off-by: Lad, Prabhakar <prabhakar.csengg@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
this patch fixes following sparse warnings:
netvsc.c:688:5: warning: symbol 'netvsc_copy_to_send_buf' was not declared. Should it be static?
rndis_filter.c:627:5: warning: symbol 'rndis_filter_set_offload_params' was not declared. Should it be static?
rndis_filter.c:702:5: warning: symbol 'rndis_filter_set_rss_param' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Lad, Prabhakar <prabhakar.csengg@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch add a missing check on the return value of devm_kzalloc,
which would cause a NULL pointer dereference in a OOM situation.
Signed-off-by: Kiran Padwal <kiran.padwal@smartplayin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass the static attribute groups and the driver data via
tty_port_register_device_attr() instead of manual device_create_file()
and device_remove_file() calls.
Signed-off-by: Takashi Iwai <tiwai@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/vxlan.c
drivers/vhost/net.c
include/linux/if_vlan.h
net/core/dev.c
The net/core/dev.c conflict was the overlap of one commit marking an
existing function static whilst another was adding a new function.
In the include/linux/if_vlan.h case, the type used for a local
variable was changed in 'net', whereas the function got rewritten
to fix a stacked vlan bug in 'net-next'.
In drivers/vhost/net.c, Al Viro's iov_iter conversions in 'net-next'
overlapped with an endainness fix for VHOST 1.0 in 'net'.
In drivers/net/vxlan.c, vxlan_find_vni() added a 'flags' parameter
in 'net-next' whereas in 'net' there was a bug fix to pass in the
correct network namespace pointer in calls to this function.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows for a VXLAN-GBP socket to talk to a Linux VXLAN socket by
not setting any of the bits.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The kfree() function tests whether its argument is NULL and then
returns immediately. Thus the test around the call is not needed.
This issue was detected by using the Coccinelle software.
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of manual calls of device_create_file() and
device_remove_files(), assign the static attribute groups to netdev
groups array. This simplifies the code and avoids the possible
races.
Signed-off-by: Takashi Iwai <tiwai@suse.de>
Acked-by: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of manual calls of device_create_file() and
device_remove_files(), assign the static attribute groups to netdev
groups array. This simplifies the code and avoids the possible
races.
Signed-off-by: Takashi Iwai <tiwai@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The functions kfree() and vfree() perform also input parameter validation.
Thus the test around their calls is not needed.
This issue was detected by using the Coccinelle software.
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=rHuc
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'linux-can-next-for-3.20-20150204' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mkl/linux-can-next
Marc Kleine-Budde says:
====================
pull-request: can-next 2015-02-04
this is a pull request of 2 patches for net-next/master.
Nicholas Mc Guire contributes a patch for the janz-ican3 driver to fix
a mismatch in an assignment. Ahmed S. Darwish contributes a patch for
the kvaser_usb driver, to make the driver more robust during the
bus-off handling.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
this patch fixes following sparse warning:
cpsw-common.c:23:5: warning: symbol 'cpsw_am33xx_cm_get_macid' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Lad, Prabhakar <prabhakar.csengg@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The kfree() function tests whether its argument is NULL and then
returns immediately. Thus the test around the call is not needed.
This issue was detected by using the Coccinelle software.
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The kfree() function tests whether its argument is NULL and then
returns immediately. Thus the test around the call is not needed.
This issue was detected by using the Coccinelle software.
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The kfree() function tests whether its argument is NULL and then
returns immediately. Thus the test around the call is not needed.
This issue was detected by using the Coccinelle software.
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After d75b1ade56 ("net: less interrupt masking in NAPI")
driver's NAPI poll routine is expected to return
exact budget value if it wants to be re-called.
Signed-off-by: Shahed Shaikh <shahed.shaikh@qlogic.com>
Fixes: d75b1ade56 ("net: less interrupt masking in NAPI")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The release_firmware() function tests whether its argument is NULL and then
returns immediately. Thus the test around the call is not needed.
This issue was detected by using the Coccinelle software.
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
cxgb_busy_poll, corresponding to ndo_busy_poll, gets called by the socket
waiting for data.
With busy_poll enabled, improvement is seen in latency numbers as observed by
collecting netperf TCP_RR numbers.
Below are latency number, with and without busy-poll, in a switched environment
for a particular msg size:
netperf command: netperf -4 -H <ip> -l 30 -t TCP_RR -- -r1,1
Latency without busy-poll: ~16.25 us
Latency with busy-poll : ~08.79 us
Based on original work by Kumar Sanghvi <kumaras@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The RSS support requires enablement based on the features reported by
the hardware. The setting of this flag is missing. Add support to
set the RSS enablement flag based on the reported hardware features.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The functions cpsw_ale_destroy() and of_dev_put() test whether their argument
is NULL and then return immediately. Thus the test around the call
is not needed.
This issue was detected by using the Coccinelle software.
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The of_dev_put() function tests whether its argument is NULL and then
returns immediately. Thus the test around the call is not needed.
This issue was detected by using the Coccinelle software.
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The number of traffic classes reported by the hardware is zero-based
so increment the value returned to get an actual count.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch improves memory utilization and therefore the packets rate
for special MTU's. Instead of setting the frag_stride to the maximal
hard coded frag_size, use the actual frag_size that is set according to
the MTU, when setting the stride of the last frag.
So, for example, for MTU 1600, where the frag_size of the 2nd frag is
86, the frag_size is set to 128 instead of 4096. See below:
Before:
frag:0 - size:1536 prefix:0 stride:1536
frag:1 - size:86 prefix:1536 stride:4096
frag 0 allocator: - size:32768 frags:21
frag 1 allocator: - size:32768 frags:8
After:
frag:0 - size:1536 prefix:0 stride:1536
frag:1 - size:86 prefix:1536 stride:128
frag 0 allocator: - size:32768 frags:21
frag 1 allocator: - size:32768 frags:256
Signed-off-by: Ido Shamay <idos@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After Initialization of page_alloc, print actual allocated page
size and number of frags it contains. prints is done only when drv
message level is set on the interface.
Signed-off-by: Ido Shamay <idos@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Align the IDs in the code with the modinfo, lspci -n, etc tools outputs.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We do support cache line sizes of 32 and 64 bytes without activating the
CQE stride feature. Fix a misleading print saying that these cache line
sizes aren't supported.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add Initialization to struct config_dev before filling and using it.
Fix to warning:
warning: config_dev.rx_checksum_val may be used uninitialized in this function
Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
a) Previously, mlx4_mr_rereg_write filled the MPT's start
and length with the old MPT's values.
Fixing the initialization to take the new start and length.
b) In addition access flags in mpt_status were initialized instead of
status due to bad boolean operation. Fixing the operation.
c) Initialization of pd_slave caused a protection error.
Fix - removing this initialization.
d) In resource_tracker.c: Fixing vf encoding to be one-based.
Fixes: e630664c ('mlx4_core: Add helper functions to support MR re-registration')
Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Capture NETDEV events generated by the bonding driver and based on that
make decisions of how to configure port aggregation in the mlx4 core driver.
This includes setting the V2P port table and re-creating the interested
interfaces in bonded/non-bonded mode.
Signed-off-by: Moni Shoua <monis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Supply interface functions to bond and unbond ports of a mlx4 internal
interfaces. Example for such an interface is the one registered by the
mlx4 IB driver under RoCE.
There are
1. Functions to go in/out to/from bonded mode
2. Function to remap virtual ports to physical ports
The bond_mutex prevents simultaneous access to data that keep status of
the device in bonded mode.
The upper mlx4 interface marks to the mlx4 core module that they
want to be subject for such bonding by setting the MLX4_INTFF_BONDING
flag. Interface which goes to/from bonded mode is re-created.
The mlx4 Ethernet driver does not set this flag when registering the
interface, the IB driver does.
Signed-off-by: Moni Shoua <monis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement the hardware interface required for port aggregation.
1. Disable RX port check on receive - don't perform a validity check
that matches to QP's port and the port where the packet is received.
2. Virtual to physical port remap - configure virtual to physical port
mapping. Port remap capability for virtual functions.
Signed-off-by: Moni Shoua <monis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use notifier chain to dispatch an event upon a change in slave state.
Event is dispatched with slave specific info.
Signed-off-by: Moni Shoua <monis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move slave state changes to a helper function, this is a pre-step for adding
functionality of dispatching an event when this helper is called.
This commit doesn't add new functionality.
Signed-off-by: Moni Shoua <monis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* revert a patch that caused a regression with mesh userspace (Bob)
* fix a number of suspend/resume related races
(from Emmanuel, Luca and myself - we'll look at backporting later)
* add software implementations for new ciphers (Jouni)
* add a new ACPI ID for Broadcom's rfkill (Mika)
* allow using netns FD for wireless (Vadim)
* some other cleanups (various)
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=wOaR
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2015-02-03' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Last round of updates for net-next:
* revert a patch that caused a regression with mesh userspace (Bob)
* fix a number of suspend/resume related races
(from Emmanuel, Luca and myself - we'll look at backporting later)
* add software implementations for new ciphers (Jouni)
* add a new ACPI ID for Broadcom's rfkill (Mika)
* allow using netns FD for wireless (Vadim)
* some other cleanups (various)
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is only an API consolidation and should make things more readable
it replaces var * HZ / 1000 by msecs_to_jiffies(var).
As there is a discrepancy between the code and the comments this is in
a separate patch.
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Mc Guire <hofrat@osadl.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is only an API consolidation and should make things more readable
it replaces var * HZ / 1000 by msecs_to_jiffies(var).
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Mc Guire <hofrat@osadl.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2015-02-03
Here's what's likely the last bluetooth-next pull request for 3.20.
Notable changes include:
- xHCI workaround + a new id for the ath3k driver
- Several new ids for the btusb driver
- Support for new Intel Bluetooth controllers
- Minor cleanups to ieee802154 code
- Nested sleep warning fix in socket accept() code path
- Fixes for Out of Band pairing handling
- Support for LE scan restarting for HCI_QUIRK_STRICT_DUPLICATE_FILTER
- Improvements to data we expose through debugfs
- Proper handling of Hardware Error HCI events
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch correct the bad expression while writing the
bit-pattern from software's buffer to hardware registers.
Signed-off-by: Sanjeev Sharma <Sanjeev_Sharma@mentor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds skb_remcsum_process and skb_gro_remcsum_process to
perform the appropriate adjustments to the skb when receiving
remote checksum offload.
Updated vxlan and gue to use these functions.
Tested: Ran TCP_RR and TCP_STREAM netperf for VXLAN and GUE, did
not see any change in performance.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The commone register macors (e.g. RSR) is too commont to drivers, it may
be conflict with the architectures (e.g. xtensa, sh).
The related warnings (with allmodconfig under xtensa):
CC [M] drivers/net/usb/sr9700.o
In file included from drivers/net/usb/sr9700.c:24:0:
drivers/net/usb/sr9700.h:65:0: warning: "RSR" redefined
#define RSR 0x06
^
In file included from ./arch/xtensa/include/asm/bitops.h:22:0,
from include/linux/bitops.h:36,
from include/linux/kernel.h:10,
from include/linux/list.h:8,
from include/linux/module.h:9,
from drivers/net/usb/sr9700.c:13:
./arch/xtensa/include/asm/processor.h:190:0: note: this is the location of the previous definition
#define RSR(v,sr) __asm__ __volatile__ ("rsr %0,"__stringify(sr) : "=a"(v));
^
Signed-off-by: Chen Gang <gang.chen.5i5j@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Freescale ethernet controllers have the capability to re-assemble fragmented
data into a single ethernet frame. This patch uses this capability and
implements NETIP_F_SG feature into the fs_enet ethernet driver.
On a MPC885, I get 53% performance improvement on a ftp transfer of a 15Mb file:
* Without the patch : 2,8 Mbps
* With the patch : 4,3 Mbps
Signed-off-by: Christophe Leroy <christophe.leroy@c-s.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Sending data in high speed then introducing a busoff results
in spurious BUS_ERROR events from the USBCan-II firmware directly
_after_ the triggered BUS_OFF event.
In the current CAN state handling code, this will lead to an
invalid can state of ACTIVE, ERROR, or PASSIVE even though the
CAN controller has been already shut down due to the busoff.
Guard the state handling code from such invalid events.
Signed-off-by: Ahmed S. Darwish <ahmed.darwish@valeo.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
return type of wait_for_completion_timeout is unsigned long not int, this patch
removes the type mismatch by moving the call into the condition.
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Mc Guire <der.herr@hofr.at>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
The 3.2 revision has a different target BMI
version so it wasn't recognized by ath10k (despite
the chip_id rev being on the supported list
already).
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Introduce an optional log level configuration for the existing debugfs fw_dbglog file. It
allows users to configure the desired log level for firmware dbglog messages.
To configure log level as WARN:
echo 0xffffffff 2 > /sys/kernel/debug/ieee80211/phy0/ath10k/fw_dbglog
The values are:
VERBOSE 0
INFO 1
WARN 2
ERR 3
Signed-off-by: SenthilKumar Jegadeesan <sjegadee@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Otherwise ath10k will just checksum everything even if it did not
go through the TCP/IP stack (for example bridged frames). In the worst
case this could mean recreating the checksum for incorrect data.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The command logic shouldn't really care about
arvif structure.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Ath10k driver sets wrong default key idx that results in
sending unicast frames with multicast key.
The reason for this behavior is that cached broadcast key
is installed for station MAC address on association. After
dot1x completes, unicast key is installed for station
MAC address. Default key idx is set to broadcast key id when
driver tries to send broadcast frame. This causes firmware
to use broadcast key id to transmit unicast frames to stations.
Used TX_USAGE flag to set default key for stations.
Added callback for setting unicast default idx which will be
invoked on every default key idx configuration.
Signed-off-by: SenthilKumar Jegadeesan <sjegadee@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This reverts commit 3d0ad09412.
Now that GSO functionality can correctly track if the fragment
id has been selected and select a fragment id if necessary,
we can re-enable UFO on tap/macvap and virtio devices.
Signed-off-by: Vladislav Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 5188cd44c5.
Now that GSO layer can track if fragment id has been selected
and can allocate one if necessary, we don't need to do this in
tap and macvtap. This reverts most of the code and only keeps
the new ipv6 fragment id generation function that is still needed.
Fixes: 3d0ad09412 (drivers/net: Disable UFO through virtio)
Signed-off-by: Vladislav Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current implementation depends on msm-bus driver which
is not merged into mainline kernel therefore
this code is removed
Signed-off-by: Hamad Kadmany <qca_hkadmany@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Print (at debug level) all cipher and AKM suites
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Print Tx descriptors
Print ring index for all Tx related messages
Sort prefixes: Tx for transmit, TxC for completion, added "D"
for descriptor related prints
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Use spinlock, this should not impact Tx as lock is always free
except for de-allocation.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Non-cacheable Tx descriptor for the last fragment of
multi-fragment frame used to be written back twice.
Refactor code to always write non-cacheable descriptor
only once
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In the Tx, work around used to force destination index 0
to be used. This is no more necessary, as firmware supports
multiple destinations
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Since the maximum number of configurable patterns
is chip-specific, use the HW capability instead
of a fixed value for checking if a free pattern
slot is available.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
These macros are applicable to pre-AR9003 chips
and the addresses are different for the AR9003
family. Since they are unused anyway, remove them.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Since the number of patterns that can be configured in
the HW is higher for newer chips, store the chip-specific
value in ath9k_hw_wow.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This can be used to hold the WOW state in
ath9k_hw.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
There is no need to allocate a new structure and
free it for every user pattern, instead use local
variables.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This can be used to force WOW for cards that
are not present in the supported PCI ID list.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Printing the value of the wakeup status is sufficient.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The various variables tracking bmiss interrupts
are not really used anywhere except in a debug
message. Remove them since they have no functional
purpose.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch makes sure that valid WOW triggers
are present before trying to suspend the device.
Also, introduce and use ATH_OP_WOW_ENABLED to
bypass PCI suspend and clear it in resume().
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Registering the card as a wakeup source needs to
be done once, during initialization. When the WOW
configuration changes, the card's status as wakeup
source needs to be changed too and this is done
via the set_wakeup() callback. Also, make sure
the device is removed properly using ath9k_deinit_wow().
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
If CONFIG_ATH9K_CHANNEL_CONTEXT is enabled, check whether
multiple contexts are active and if so, return 1 without
enabling WOW since we don't support it in this case.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
If multiple interfaces are active or there is no
associated station interface, bail out early and
return 1 so that mac80211 can proceed with the normal
suspend routine.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
WOW capability is registered with mac80211 only when
the device has the ability to wakeup, so there is no
need to check in the suspend() routine.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Do not try to cancel work instances and ANI when
the device is not present or WOW triggers are
not configured. Bail out early and use ath_err()
for such error conditions.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Enabling WOW based on the chip is incorrect since
it needs to be done for specific sub-devices which
have proper platform support.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
When AP is started, firmware exits power save mode. This
means power save manager of AP takes priority over station.
Firmware stop sending periodic AWAKE events to host.
We may have UAPSD enabled on station which buffers data
packets until AWAKE event from firmware. Data path is
unnecessarily blocked in this case. This patch disables
UAPSD mode to reenable transmit data path.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch makes sure that skb is freed after downloading
NULL packet in error cases. Also, USB chipsets return
-EINPROGRESS after downloading packets, they are freed in
USB completion handler later. We will add missing change
to set tx_lock_flag for USB which blocks further packets.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Memory is leaked after downloading already processed packet. This
patch fixes the problem by freeing returned skb. Other transmit
paths don't have this problem.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Wakeup timer is in sync with 'pm_wakeup_fw_try' flag. It
has been started instead of cancelling at one place. This
patch corrects it.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
